爱伦·坡全集· 第 2 章

第 二 章 · Volume 2

olume 2

[Redactor’s Note—Some endnotes are by Poe and some were added by

Griswold. In this volume the notes are at the end.]

THE PURLOINED LETTER

Nil sapientiæ odiosius acumine nimio.—_Seneca_.

At Paris, just after dark one gusty evening in the autumn of 18-,

I was enjoying the twofold luxury of meditation and a meerschaum,

in company with my friend C. Auguste Dupin, in his little back

library, or book-closet, _au troisième_, No. 33, _Rue Dunôt,

Faubourg St. Germain_. For one hour at least we had maintained a

profound silence; while each, to any casual observer, might have

seemed intently and exclusively occupied with the curling eddies

of smoke that oppressed the atmosphere of the chamber. For

myself, however, I was mentally discussing certain topics which

had formed matter for conversation between us at an earlier

period of the evening; I mean the affair of the Rue Morgue, and

the mystery attending the murder of Marie Rogêt. I looked upon

it, therefore, as something of a coincidence, when the door of

our apartment was thrown open and admitted our old acquaintance,

Monsieur G——, the Prefect of the Parisian police.

We gave him a hearty welcome; for there was nearly half as much

of the entertaining as of the contemptible about the man, and we

had not seen him for several years. We had been sitting in the

dark, and Dupin now arose for the purpose of lighting a lamp, but

sat down again, without doing so, upon G.‘s saying that he had

called to consult us, or rather to ask the opinion of my friend,

about some official business which had occasioned a great deal of

trouble.

“If it is any point requiring reflection,” observed Dupin, as he

forebore to enkindle the wick, “we shall examine it to better

purpose in the dark.”

“That is another of your odd notions,” said the Prefect, who had

a fashion of calling every thing “odd” that was beyond his

comprehension, and thus lived amid an absolute legion of

“oddities.”

“Very true,” said Dupin, as he supplied his visitor with a pipe,

and rolled towards him a comfortable chair.

“And what is the difficulty now?” I asked. “Nothing more in the

assassination way, I hope?”

“Oh no; nothing of that nature. The fact is, the business is very

simple indeed, and I make no doubt that we can manage it

sufficiently well ourselves; but then I thought Dupin would like

to hear the details of it, because it is so excessively odd.”

“Simple and odd,” said Dupin.

“Why, yes; and not exactly that, either. The fact is, we have all

been a good deal puzzled because the affair is so simple, and yet

baffles us altogether.”

“Perhaps it is the very simplicity of the thing which puts you at

fault,” said my friend.

“What nonsense you do talk!” replied the Prefect, laughing

heartily.

“Perhaps the mystery is a little too plain,” said Dupin.

“Oh, good heavens! who ever heard of such an idea?”

“A little too self-evident.”

“Ha! ha! ha—ha! ha! ha!—ho! ho! ho!” roared our visitor,

profoundly amused, “oh, Dupin, you will be the death of me yet!”

“And what, after all, is the matter on hand?” I asked.

“Why, I will tell you,” replied the Prefect, as he gave a long,

steady and contemplative puff, and settled himself in his chair.

“I will tell you in a few words; but, before I begin, let me

caution you that this is an affair demanding the greatest

secrecy, and that I should most probably lose the position I now

hold, were it known that I confided it to any one.”

“Proceed,” said I.

“Or not,” said Dupin.

“Well, then; I have received personal information, from a very

high quarter, that a certain document of the last importance has

been purloined from the royal apartments. The individual who

purloined it is known; this beyond a doubt; he was seen to take

it. It is known, also, that it still remains in his possession.”

“How is this known?” asked Dupin.

“It is clearly inferred,” replied the Prefect, “from the nature

of the document, and from the non-appearance of certain results

which would at once arise from its passing out of the robber’s

possession; that is to say, from his employing it as he must

design in the end to employ it.”

“Be a little more explicit,” I said.

“Well, I may venture so far as to say that the paper gives its

holder a certain power in a certain quarter where such power is

immensely valuable.” The Prefect was fond of the cant of

diplomacy.

“Still I do not quite understand,” said Dupin.

“No? Well; the disclosure of the document to a third person, who

shall be nameless, would bring in question the honor of a

personage of most exalted station; and this fact gives the holder

of the document an ascendancy over the illustrious personage

whose honor and peace are so jeopardized.”

“But this ascendancy,” I interposed, “would depend upon the

robber’s knowledge of the loser’s knowledge of the robber. Who

would dare—”

“The thief,” said G., “is the Minister D——, who dares all things,

those unbecoming as well as those becoming a man. The method of

the theft was not less ingenious than bold. The document in

question—a letter, to be frank—had been received by the personage

robbed while alone in the royal boudoir. During its perusal she

was suddenly interrupted by the entrance of the other exalted

personage from whom especially it was her wish to conceal it.

After a hurried and vain endeavor to thrust it in a drawer, she

was forced to place it, open as it was, upon a table. The

address, however, was uppermost, and, the contents thus

unexposed, the letter escaped notice. At this juncture enters the

Minister D——. His lynx eye immediately perceives the paper,

recognises the handwriting of the address, observes the confusion

of the personage addressed, and fathoms her secret. After some

business transactions, hurried through in his ordinary manner, he

produces a letter somewhat similar to the one in question, opens

it, pretends to read it, and then places it in close

juxtaposition to the other. Again he converses, for some fifteen

minutes, upon the public affairs. At length, in taking leave, he

takes also from the table the letter to which he had no claim.

Its rightful owner saw, but, of course, dared not call attention

to the act, in the presence of the third personage who stood at

her elbow. The minister decamped; leaving his own letter—one of

no importance—upon the table.”

“Here, then,” said Dupin to me, “you have precisely what you

demand to make the ascendancy complete—the robber’s knowledge of

the loser’s knowledge of the robber.”

“Yes,” replied the Prefect; “and the power thus attained has, for

some months past, been wielded, for political purposes, to a very

dangerous extent. The personage robbed is more thoroughly

convinced, every day, of the necessity of reclaiming her letter.

But this, of course, cannot be done openly. In fine, driven to

despair, she has committed the matter to me.”

“Than whom,” said Dupin, amid a perfect whirlwind of smoke, “no

more sagacious agent could, I suppose, be desired, or even

imagined.”

“You flatter me,” replied the Prefect; “but it is possible that

some such opinion may have been entertained.”

“It is clear,” said I, “as you observe, that the letter is still

in possession of the minister; since it is this possession, and

not any employment of the letter, which bestows the power. With

the employment the power departs.”

“True,” said G.; “and upon this conviction I proceeded. My first

care was to make thorough search of the minister’s hotel; and

here my chief embarrassment lay in the necessity of searching

without his knowledge. Beyond all things, I have been warned of

the danger which would result from giving him reason to suspect

our design.”

“But,” said I, “you are quite au fait in these investigations.

The Parisian police have done this thing often before.”

“Oh, yes; and for this reason I did not despair. The habits of

the minister gave me, too, a great advantage. He is frequently

absent from home all night. His servants are by no means

numerous. They sleep at a distance from their master’s apartment,

and, being chiefly Neapolitans, are readily made drunk. I have

keys, as you know, with which I can open any chamber or cabinet

in Paris. For three months a night has not passed, during the

greater part of which I have not been engaged, personally, in

ransacking the D—— Hotel. My honor is interested, and, to mention

a great secret, the reward is enormous. So I did not abandon the

search until I had become fully satisfied that the thief is a

more astute man than myself. I fancy that I have investigated

every nook and corner of the premises in which it is possible

that the paper can be concealed.”

“But is it not possible,” I suggested, “that although the letter

may be in possession of the minister, as it unquestionably is, he

may have concealed it elsewhere than upon his own premises?”

“This is barely possible,” said Dupin. “The present peculiar

condition of affairs at court, and especially of those intrigues

in which D—— is known to be involved, would render the instant

availability of the document—its susceptibility of being produced

at a moment’s notice—a point of nearly equal importance with its

possession.”

“Its susceptibility of being produced?” said I.

“That is to say, of being destroyed,” said Dupin.

“True,” I observed; “the paper is clearly then upon the premises.

As for its being upon the person of the minister, we may consider

that as out of the question.”

“Entirely,” said the Prefect. “He has been twice waylaid, as if

by footpads, and his person rigorously searched under my own

inspection.”

“You might have spared yourself this trouble,” said Dupin. “D——,

I presume, is not altogether a fool, and, if not, must have

anticipated these waylayings, as a matter of course.”

“Not altogether a fool,” said G., “but then he’s a poet, which I

take to be only one remove from a fool.”

“True,” said Dupin, after a long and thoughtful whiff from his

meerschaum, “although I have been guilty of certain doggrel

myself.”

“Suppose you detail,” said I, “the particulars of your search.”

“Why the fact is, we took our time, and we searched _everywhere_.

I have had long experience in these affairs. I took the entire

building, room by room; devoting the nights of a whole week to

each. We examined, first, the furniture of each apartment. We

opened every possible drawer; and I presume you know that, to a

properly trained police agent, such a thing as a secret drawer is

impossible. Any man is a dolt who permits a ‘secret’ drawer to

escape him in a search of this kind. The thing is so plain. There

is a certain amount of bulk—of space—to be accounted for in every

cabinet. Then we have accurate rules. The fiftieth part of a line

could not escape us. After the cabinets we took the chairs. The

cushions we probed with the fine long needles you have seen me

employ. From the tables we removed the tops.”

“Why so?”

“Sometimes the top of a table, or other similarly arranged piece

of furniture, is removed by the person wishing to conceal an

article; then the leg is excavated, the article deposited within

the cavity, and the top replaced. The bottoms and tops of

bedposts are employed in the same way.”

“But could not the cavity be detected by sounding?” I asked.

“By no means, if, when the article is deposited, a sufficient

wadding of cotton be placed around it. Besides, in our case, we

were obliged to proceed without noise.”

“But you could not have removed—you could not have taken to

pieces all articles of furniture in which it would have been

possible to make a deposit in the manner you mention. A letter

may be compressed into a thin spiral roll, not differing much in

shape or bulk from a large knitting-needle, and in this form it

might be inserted into the rung of a chair, for example. You did

not take to pieces all the chairs?”

“Certainly not; but we did better—we examined the rungs of every

chair in the hotel, and, indeed the jointings of every

description of furniture, by the aid of a most powerful

microscope. Had there been any traces of recent disturbance we

should not have failed to detect it instantly. A single grain of

gimlet-dust, for example, would have been as obvious as an apple.

Any disorder in the glueing—any unusual gaping in the

joints—would have sufficed to insure detection.”

“I presume you looked to the mirrors, between the boards and the

plates, and you probed the beds and the bed-clothes, as well as

the curtains and carpets.”

“That of course; and when we had absolutely completed every

particle of the furniture in this way, then we examined the house

itself. We divided its entire surface into compartments, which we

numbered, so that none might be missed; then we scrutinized each

individual square inch throughout the premises, including the two

houses immediately adjoining, with the microscope, as before.”

“The two houses adjoining!” I exclaimed; “you must have had a

great deal of trouble.”

“We had; but the reward offered is prodigious!”

“You include the grounds about the houses?”

“All the grounds are paved with brick. They gave us comparatively

little trouble. We examined the moss between the bricks, and

found it undisturbed.”

“You looked among D——‘s papers, of course, and into the books of

the library?”

“Certainly; we opened every package and parcel; we not only

opened every book, but we turned over every leaf in each volume,

not contenting ourselves with a mere shake, according to the

fashion of some of our police officers. We also measured the

thickness of every book-cover, with the most accurate

admeasurement, and applied to each the most jealous scrutiny of

the microscope. Had any of the bindings been recently meddled

with, it would have been utterly impossible that the fact should

have escaped observation. Some five or six volumes, just from the

hands of the binder, we carefully probed, longitudinally, with

the needles.”

“You explored the floors beneath the carpets?”

“Beyond doubt. We removed every carpet, and examined the boards

with the microscope.”

“And the paper on the walls?”

“Yes.”

“You looked into the cellars?”

“We did.”

“Then,” I said, “you have been making a miscalculation, and the

letter is not upon the premises, as you suppose.”

“I fear you are right there,” said the Prefect. “And now, Dupin,

what would you advise me to do?”

“To make a thorough re-search of the premises.”

“That is absolutely needless,” replied G——. “I am not more sure

that I breathe than I am that the letter is not at the Hotel.”

“I have no better advice to give you,” said Dupin. “You have, of

course, an accurate description of the letter?”

“Oh yes!”—And here the Prefect, producing a memorandum-book,

proceeded to read aloud a minute account of the internal, and

especially of the external appearance of the missing document.

Soon after finishing the perusal of this description, he took his

departure, more entirely depressed in spirits than I had ever

known the good gentleman before.

In about a month afterwards he paid us another visit, and found

us occupied very nearly as before. He took a pipe and a chair and

entered into some ordinary conversation. At length I said,—

“Well, but G——, what of the purloined letter? I presume you have

at last made up your mind that there is no such thing as

overreaching the Minister?”

“Confound him, say I—yes; I made the re-examination, however, as

Dupin suggested—but it was all labor lost, as I knew it would

be.”

“How much was the reward offered, did you say?” asked Dupin.

“Why, a very great deal—a very liberal reward—I don’t like to say

how much, precisely; but one thing I will say, that I wouldn’t

mind giving my individual check for fifty thousand francs to any

one who could obtain me that letter. The fact is, it is becoming

of more and more importance every day; and the reward has been

lately doubled. If it were trebled, however, I could do no more

than I have done.”

“Why, yes,” said Dupin, drawlingly, between the whiffs of his

meerschaum, “I really—think, G——, you have not exerted

yourself—to the utmost in this matter. You might—do a little

more, I think, eh?”

“How?—in what way?”

“Why—puff, puff—you might—puff, puff—employ counsel in the

matter, eh?—puff, puff, puff. Do you remember the story they tell

of Abernethy?”

“No; hang Abernethy!”

“To be sure! hang him and welcome. But, once upon a time, a

certain rich miser conceived the design of spunging upon this

Abernethy for a medical opinion. Getting up, for this purpose, an

ordinary conversation in a private company, he insinuated his

case to the physician, as that of an imaginary individual.

“‘We will suppose,’ said the miser, ‘that his symptoms are such

and such; now, doctor, what would you have directed him to take?’

“‘Take!’ said Abernethy, ‘why, take advice, to be sure.’”

“But,” said the Prefect, a little discomposed, “I am perfectly

willing to take advice, and to pay for it. I would really give

fifty thousand francs to any one who would aid me in the matter.”

“In that case,” replied Dupin, opening a drawer, and producing a

check-book, “you may as well fill me up a check for the amount

mentioned. When you have signed it, I will hand you the letter.”

I was astounded. The Prefect appeared absolutely

thunder-stricken. For some minutes he remained speechless and

motionless, looking incredulously at my friend with open mouth,

and eyes that seemed starting from their sockets; then,

apparently recovering himself in some measure, he seized a pen,

and after several pauses and vacant stares, finally filled up and

signed a check for fifty thousand francs, and handed it across

the table to Dupin. The latter examined it carefully and

deposited it in his pocket-book; then, unlocking an escritoire,

took thence a letter and gave it to the Prefect. This functionary

grasped it in a perfect agony of joy, opened it with a trembling

hand, cast a rapid glance at its contents, and then, scrambling

and struggling to the door, rushed at length unceremoniously from

the room and from the house, without having uttered a syllable

since Dupin had requested him to fill up the check.

When he had gone, my friend entered into some explanations.

“The Parisian police,” he said, “are exceedingly able in their

way. They are persevering, ingenious, cunning, and thoroughly

versed in the knowledge which their duties seem chiefly to

demand. Thus, when G—— detailed to us his mode of searching the

premises at the Hotel D——, I felt entire confidence in his having

made a satisfactory investigation—so far as his labors extended.”

“So far as his labors extended?” said I.

“Yes,” said Dupin. “The measures adopted were not only the best

of their kind, but carried out to absolute perfection. Had the

letter been deposited within the range of their search, these

fellows would, beyond a question, have found it.”

I merely laughed—but he seemed quite serious in all that he said.

“The measures, then,” he continued, “were good in their kind, and

well executed; their defect lay in their being inapplicable to

the case, and to the man. A certain set of highly ingenious

resources are, with the Prefect, a sort of Procrustean bed, to

which he forcibly adapts his designs. But he perpetually errs by

being too deep or too shallow for the matter in hand; and many a

schoolboy is a better reasoner than he. I knew one about eight

years of age, whose success at guessing in the game of ‘even and

odd’ attracted universal admiration. This game is simple, and is

played with marbles. One player holds in his hand a number of

these toys, and demands of another whether that number is even or

odd. If the guess is right, the guesser wins one; if wrong, he

loses one. The boy to whom I allude won all the marbles of the

school. Of course he had some principle of guessing; and this lay

in mere observation and admeasurement of the astuteness of his

opponents. For example, an arrant simpleton is his opponent, and,

holding up his closed hand, asks, ‘are they even or odd?’ Our

schoolboy replies, ‘odd,’ and loses; but upon the second trial he

wins, for he then says to himself, ‘the simpleton had them even

upon the first trial, and his amount of cunning is just

sufficient to make him have them odd upon the second; I will

therefore guess odd;’—he guesses odd, and wins. Now, with a

simpleton a degree above the first, he would have reasoned thus:

‘This fellow finds that in the first instance I guessed odd, and,

in the second, he will propose to himself, upon the first

impulse, a simple variation from even to odd, as did the first

simpleton; but then a second thought will suggest that this is

too simple a variation, and finally he will decide upon putting

it even as before. I will therefore guess even;’—he guesses even,

and wins. Now this mode of reasoning in the schoolboy, whom his

fellows termed ‘lucky,’—what, in its last analysis, is it?”

“It is merely,” I said, “an identification of the reasoner’s

intellect with that of his opponent.”

“It is,” said Dupin; “and, upon inquiring of the boy by what

means he effected the thorough identification in which his

success consisted, I received answer as follows: ‘When I wish to

find out how wise, or how stupid, or how good, or how wicked is

any one, or what are his thoughts at the moment, I fashion the

expression of my face, as accurately as possible, in accordance

with the expression of his, and then wait to see what thoughts or

sentiments arise in my mind or heart, as if to match or

correspond with the expression.’ This response of the schoolboy

lies at the bottom of all the spurious profundity which has been

attributed to Rochefoucault, to La Bougive, to Machiavelli, and

to Campanella.”

“And the identification,” I said, “of the reasoner’s intellect

with that of his opponent, depends, if I understand you aright,

upon the accuracy with which the opponent’s intellect is

admeasured.”

“For its practical value it depends upon this,” replied Dupin;

“and the Prefect and his cohort fail so frequently, first, by

default of this identification, and, secondly, by

ill-admeasurement, or rather through non-admeasurement, of the

intellect with which they are engaged. They consider only their

own ideas of ingenuity; and, in searching for anything hidden,

advert only to the modes in which they would have hidden it. They

are right in this much—that their own ingenuity is a faithful

representative of that of the mass; but when the cunning of the

individual felon is diverse in character from their own, the

felon foils them, of course. This always happens when it is above

their own, and very usually when it is below. They have no

variation of principle in their investigations; at best, when

urged by some unusual emergency—by some extraordinary reward—they

extend or exaggerate their old modes of practice, without

touching their principles. What, for example, in this case of

D——, has been done to vary the principle of action? What is all

this boring, and probing, and sounding, and scrutinizing with the

microscope and dividing the surface of the building into

registered square inches—what is it all but an exaggeration of

the application of the one principle or set of principles of

search, which are based upon the one set of notions regarding

human ingenuity, to which the Prefect, in the long routine of his

duty, has been accustomed? Do you not see he has taken it for

granted that all men proceed to conceal a letter,—not exactly in

a gimlet hole bored in a chair-leg—but, at least, in some

out-of-the-way hole or corner suggested by the same tenor of

thought which would urge a man to secrete a letter in a

gimlet-hole bored in a chair-leg? And do you not see also, that

such recherchés nooks for concealment are adapted only for

ordinary occasions, and would be adopted only by ordinary

intellects; for, in all cases of concealment, a disposal of the

article concealed—a disposal of it in this recherché manner,—is,

in the very first instance, presumable and presumed; and thus its

discovery depends, not at all upon the acumen, but altogether

upon the mere care, patience, and determination of the seekers;

and where the case is of importance—or, what amounts to the same

thing in the political eyes, when the reward is of magnitude,—the

qualities in question have never been known to fail. You will now

understand what I meant in suggesting that, had the purloined

letter been hidden any where within the limits of the Prefect’s

examination—in other words, had the principle of its concealment

been comprehended within the principles of the Prefect—its

discovery would have been a matter altogether beyond question.

This functionary, however, has been thoroughly mystified; and the

remote source of his defeat lies in the supposition that the

Minister is a fool, because he has acquired renown as a poet. All

fools are poets; this the Prefect feels; and he is merely guilty

of a non distributio medii in thence inferring that all poets are

fools.”

“But is this really the poet?” I asked. “There are two brothers,

I know; and both have attained reputation in letters. The

Minister I believe has written learnedly on the Differential

Calculus. He is a mathematician, and no poet.”

“You are mistaken; I know him well; he is both. As poet and

mathematician, he would reason well; as mere mathematician, he

could not have reasoned at all, and thus would have been at the

mercy of the Prefect.”

“You surprise me,” I said, “by these opinions, which have been

contradicted by the voice of the world. You do not mean to set at

naught the well-digested idea of centuries. The mathematical

reason has long been regarded as the reason par excellence.”

“‘Il y a à parièr,’” replied Dupin, quoting from Chamfort, “‘que

toute idée publique, toute convention reçue est une sottise, car

elle a convenue au plus grand nombre.’ The mathematicians, I

grant you, have done their best to promulgate the popular error

to which you allude, and which is none the less an error for its

promulgation as truth. With an art worthy a better cause, for

example, they have insinuated the term ‘analysis’ into

application to algebra. The French are the originators of this

particular deception; but if a term is of any importance—if words

derive any value from applicability—then ‘analysis’ conveys

‘algebra’ about as much as, in Latin, ‘ambitus’ implies

‘ambition,’ ‘_religio_’ ‘religion,’ or ‘_homines honesti_’ a set

of _honorable_ men.”

“You have a quarrel on hand, I see,” said I, “with some of the

algebraists of Paris; but proceed.”

“I dispute the availability, and thus the value, of that reason

which is cultivated in any especial form other than the

abstractly logical. I dispute, in particular, the reason educed

by mathematical study. The mathematics are the science of form

and quantity; mathematical reasoning is merely logic applied to

observation upon form and quantity. The great error lies in

supposing that even the truths of what is called pure algebra,

are abstract or general truths. And this error is so egregious

that I am confounded at the universality with which it has been

received. Mathematical axioms are not axioms of general truth.

What is true of relation—of form and quantity—is often grossly

false in regard to morals, for example. In this latter science it

is very usually untrue that the aggregated parts are equal to the

whole. In chemistry also the axiom fails. In the consideration of

motive it fails; for two motives, each of a given value, have

not, necessarily, a value when united, equal to the sum of their

values apart. There are numerous other mathematical truths which

are only truths within the limits of relation. But the

mathematician argues, from his finite truths, through habit, as

if they were of an absolutely general applicability—as the world

indeed imagines them to be. Bryant, in his very learned

‘Mythology,’ mentions an analogous source of error, when he says

that ‘although the Pagan fables are not believed, yet we forget

ourselves continually, and make inferences from them as existing

realities.’ With the algebraists, however, who are Pagans

themselves, the ‘Pagan fables’ are believed, and the inferences

are made, not so much through lapse of memory, as through an

unaccountable addling of the brains. In short, I never yet

encountered the mere mathematician who could be trusted out of

equal roots, or one who did not clandestinely hold it as a point

of his faith that x2+px was absolutely and unconditionally equal

to q. Say to one of these gentlemen, by way of experiment, if you

please, that you believe occasions may occur where x2+px is not

altogether equal to q, and, having made him understand what you

mean, get out of his reach as speedily as convenient, for, beyond

doubt, he will endeavor to knock you down.

“I mean to say,” continued Dupin, while I merely laughed at his

last observations, “that if the Minister had been no more than a

mathematician, the Prefect would have been under no necessity of

giving me this check. I know him, however, as both mathematician

and poet, and my measures were adapted to his capacity, with

reference to the circumstances by which he was surrounded. I knew

him as a courtier, too, and as a bold intriguant. Such a man, I

considered, could not fail to be aware of the ordinary policial

modes of action. He could not have failed to anticipate—and

events have proved that he did not fail to anticipate—the

waylayings to which he was subjected. He must have foreseen, I

reflected, the secret investigations of his premises. His

frequent absences from home at night, which were hailed by the

Prefect as certain aids to his success, I regarded only as ruses,

to afford opportunity for thorough search to the police, and thus

the sooner to impress them with the conviction to which G——, in

fact, did finally arrive—the conviction that the letter was not

upon the premises. I felt, also, that the whole train of thought,

which I was at some pains in detailing to you just now,

concerning the invariable principle of policial action in

searches for articles concealed—I felt that this whole train of

thought would necessarily pass through the mind of the Minister.

It would imperatively lead him to despise all the ordinary nooks

of concealment. He could not, I reflected, be so weak as not to

see that the most intricate and remote recess of his hotel would

be as open as his commonest closets to the eyes, to the probes,

to the gimlets, and to the microscopes of the Prefect. I saw, in

fine, that he would be driven, as a matter of course, to

simplicity, if not deliberately induced to it as a matter of

choice. You will remember, perhaps, how desperately the Prefect

laughed when I suggested, upon our first interview, that it was

just possible this mystery troubled him so much on account of its

being so very self-evident.”

“Yes,” said I, “I remember his merriment well. I really thought

he would have fallen into convulsions.”

“The material world,” continued Dupin, “abounds with very strict

analogies to the immaterial; and thus some color of truth has

been given to the rhetorical dogma, that metaphor, or simile, may

be made to strengthen an argument, as well as to embellish a

description. The principle of the vis inertiæ, for example, seems

to be identical in physics and metaphysics. It is not more true

in the former, that a large body is with more difficulty set in

motion than a smaller one, and that its subsequent momentum is

commensurate with this difficulty, than it is, in the latter,

that intellects of the vaster capacity, while more forcible, more

constant, and more eventful in their movements than those of

inferior grade, are yet the less readily moved, and more

embarrassed and full of hesitation in the first few steps of

their progress. Again: have you ever noticed which of the street

signs, over the shop-doors, are the most attractive of

attention?”

“I have never given the matter a thought,” I said.

“There is a game of puzzles,” he resumed, “which is played upon a

map. One party playing requires another to find a given word—the

name of town, river, state or empire—any word, in short, upon the

motley and perplexed surface of the chart. A novice in the game

generally seeks to embarrass his opponents by giving them the

most minutely lettered names; but the adept selects such words as

stretch, in large characters, from one end of the chart to the

other. These, like the over-largely lettered signs and placards

of the street, escape observation by dint of being excessively

obvious; and here the physical oversight is precisely analogous

with the moral inapprehension by which the intellect suffers to

pass unnoticed those considerations which are too obtrusively and

too palpably self-evident. But this is a point, it appears,

somewhat above or beneath the understanding of the Prefect. He

never once thought it probable, or possible, that the Minister

had deposited the letter immediately beneath the nose of the

whole world, by way of best preventing any portion of that world

from perceiving it.

“But the more I reflected upon the daring, dashing, and

discriminating ingenuity of D——; upon the fact that the document

must always have been at hand, if he intended to use it to good

purpose; and upon the decisive evidence, obtained by the Prefect,

that it was not hidden within the limits of that dignitary’s

ordinary search—the more satisfied I became that, to conceal this

letter, the Minister had resorted to the comprehensive and

sagacious expedient of not attempting to conceal it at all.

“Full of these ideas, I prepared myself with a pair of green

spectacles, and called one fine morning, quite by accident, at

the Ministerial hotel. I found D—— at home, yawning, lounging,

and dawdling, as usual, and pretending to be in the last

extremity of ennui. He is, perhaps, the most really energetic

human being now alive—but that is only when nobody sees him.

“To be even with him, I complained of my weak eyes, and lamented

the necessity of the spectacles, under cover of which I

cautiously and thoroughly surveyed the whole apartment, while

seemingly intent only upon the conversation of my host.

“I paid especial attention to a large writing-table near which he

sat, and upon which lay confusedly, some miscellaneous letters

and other papers, with one or two musical instruments and a few

books. Here, however, after a long and very deliberate scrutiny,

I saw nothing to excite particular suspicion.

“At length my eyes, in going the circuit of the room, fell upon a

trumpery fillagree card-rack of pasteboard, that hung dangling by

a dirty blue ribbon, from a little brass knob just beneath the

middle of the mantel-piece. In this rack, which had three or four

compartments, were five or six visiting cards and a solitary

letter. This last was much soiled and crumpled. It was torn

nearly in two, across the middle—as if a design, in the first

instance, to tear it entirely up as worthless, had been altered,

or stayed, in the second. It had a large black seal, bearing the

D—— cipher _very_ conspicuously, and was addressed, in a

diminutive female hand, to D——, the minister, himself. It was

thrust carelessly, and even, as it seemed, contemptuously, into

one of the uppermost divisions of the rack.

“No sooner had I glanced at this letter, than I concluded it to

be that of which I was in search. To be sure, it was, to all

appearance, radically different from the one of which the Prefect

had read us so minute a description. Here the seal was large and

black, with the D—— cipher; there it was small and red, with the

ducal arms of the S—— family. Here, the address, to the Minister,

diminutive and feminine; there the superscription, to a certain

royal personage, was markedly bold and decided; the size alone

formed a point of correspondence. But, then, the radicalness of

these differences, which was excessive; the dirt; the soiled and

torn condition of the paper, so inconsistent with the true

methodical habits of D——, and so suggestive of a design to delude

the beholder into an idea of the worthlessness of the

document—these things, together with the hyper-obtrusive

situation of this document, full in the view of every visitor,

and thus exactly in accordance with the conclusions to which I

had previously arrived; these things, I say, were strongly

corroborative of suspicion, in one who came with the intention to

suspect.

“I protracted my visit as long as possible, and, while I

maintained a most animated discussion with the Minister upon a

topic which I knew well had never failed to interest and excite

him, I kept my attention really riveted upon the letter. In this

examination, I committed to memory its external appearance and

arrangement in the rack; and also fell, at length, upon a

discovery which set at rest whatever trivial doubt I might have

entertained. In scrutinizing the edges of the paper, I observed

them to be more chafed than seemed necessary. They presented the

broken appearance which is manifested when a stiff paper, having

been once folded and pressed with a folder, is refolded in a

reversed direction, in the same creases or edges which had formed

the original fold. This discovery was sufficient. It was clear to

me that the letter had been turned, as a glove, inside out,

re-directed, and re-sealed. I bade the Minister good morning, and

took my departure at once, leaving a gold snuff-box upon the

table.

“The next morning I called for the snuff-box, when we resumed,

quite eagerly, the conversation of the preceding day. While thus

engaged, however, a loud report, as if of a pistol, was heard

immediately beneath the windows of the hotel, and was succeeded

by a series of fearful screams, and the shoutings of a terrified

mob. D—— rushed to a casement, threw it open, and looked out. In

the meantime, I stepped to the card-rack, took the letter, put it

in my pocket, and replaced it by a fac-simile, (so far as regards

externals,) which I had carefully prepared at my

lodgings—imitating the D—— cipher, very readily, by means of a

seal formed of bread.

“The disturbance in the street had been occasioned by the frantic

behavior of a man with a musket. He had fired it among a crowd of

women and children. It proved, however, to have been without

ball, and the fellow was suffered to go his way as a lunatic or a

drunkard. When he had gone, D—— came from the window, whither I

had followed him immediately upon securing the object in view.

Soon afterwards I bade him farewell. The pretended lunatic was a

man in my own pay.”

“But what purpose had you,” I asked, “in replacing the letter by

a fac-simile? Would it not have been better, at the first visit,

to have seized it openly, and departed?”

“D——,” replied Dupin, “is a desperate man, and a man of nerve.

His hotel, too, is not without attendants devoted to his

interests. Had I made the wild attempt you suggest, I might never

have left the Ministerial presence alive. The good people of

Paris might have heard of me no more. But I had an object apart

from these considerations. You know my political prepossessions.

In this matter, I act as a partisan of the lady concerned. For

eighteen months the Minister has had her in his power. She has

now him in hers—since, being unaware that the letter is not in

his possession, he will proceed with his exactions as if it was.

Thus will he inevitably commit himself, at once, to his political

destruction. His downfall, too, will not be more precipitate than

awkward. It is all very well to talk about the facilis descensus

Averni; but in all kinds of climbing, as Catalani said of

singing, it is far more easy to get up than to come down. In the

present instance I have no sympathy—at least no pity—for him who

descends. He is that monstrum horrendum, an unprincipled man of

genius. I confess, however, that I should like very well to know

the precise character of his thoughts, when, being defied by her

whom the Prefect terms ‘a certain personage’ he is reduced to

opening the letter which I left for him in the card-rack.”

“How? did you put any thing particular in it?”

“Why—it did not seem altogether right to leave the interior

blank—that would have been insulting. D——, at Vienna once, did me

an evil turn, which I told him, quite good-humoredly, that I

should remember. So, as I knew he would feel some curiosity in

regard to the identity of the person who had outwitted him, I

thought it a pity not to give him a clue. He is well acquainted

with my MS., and I just copied into the middle of the blank sheet

the words—

“‘— — Un dessein si funeste,

S’il n’est digne d’Atrée, est digne de Thyeste.

They are to be found in Crébillon’s ‘Atrée.’”

THE THOUSAND-AND-SECOND TALE OF SCHEHERAZADE

Truth is stranger than fiction.—_Old Saying_

Having had occasion, lately, in the course of some Oriental

investigations, to consult the Tellmenow Isitsöornot, a work

which (like the Zohar of Simeon Jochaides) is scarcely known at

all, even in Europe; and which has never been quoted, to my

knowledge, by any American—if we except, perhaps, the author of

the “Curiosities of American Literature”;—having had occasion, I

say, to turn over some pages of the first-mentioned very

remarkable work, I was not a little astonished to discover that

the literary world has hitherto been strangely in error

respecting the fate of the vizier’s daughter, Scheherazade, as

that fate is depicted in the “Arabian Nights”; and that the

_dénouement_ there given, if not altogether inaccurate, as far as

it goes, is at least to blame in not having gone very much

farther.

For full information on this interesting topic, I must refer the

inquisitive reader to the “Isitsöornot” itself; but in the

meantime, I shall be pardoned for giving a summary of what I

there discovered.

It will be remembered, that, in the usual version of the tales, a

certain monarch having good cause to be jealous of his queen, not

only puts her to death, but makes a vow, by his beard and the

prophet, to espouse each night the most beautiful maiden in his

dominions, and the next morning to deliver her up to the

executioner.

Having fulfilled this vow for many years to the letter, and with

a religious punctuality and method that conferred great credit

upon him as a man of devout feeling and excellent sense, he was

interrupted one afternoon (no doubt at his prayers) by a visit

from his grand vizier, to whose daughter, it appears, there had

occurred an idea.

Her name was Scheherazade, and her idea was, that she would

either redeem the land from the depopulating tax upon its beauty,

or perish, after the approved fashion of all heroines, in the

attempt.

Accordingly, and although we do not find it to be leap-year

(which makes the sacrifice more meritorious), she deputes her

father, the grand vizier, to make an offer to the king of her

hand. This hand the king eagerly accepts—(he had intended to take

it at all events, and had put off the matter from day to day,

only through fear of the vizier),—but, in accepting it now, he

gives all parties very distinctly to understand, that, grand

vizier or no grand vizier, he has not the slightest design of

giving up one iota of his vow or of his privileges. When,

therefore, the fair Scheherazade insisted upon marrying the king,

and did actually marry him despite her father’s excellent advice

not to do any thing of the kind—when she would and did marry him,

I say, will I, nill I, it was with her beautiful black eyes as

thoroughly open as the nature of the case would allow.

It seems, however, that this politic damsel (who had been reading

Machiavelli, beyond doubt), had a very ingenious little plot in

her mind. On the night of the wedding, she contrived, upon I

forget what specious pretence, to have her sister occupy a couch

sufficiently near that of the royal pair to admit of easy

conversation from bed to bed; and, a little before cock-crowing,

she took care to awaken the good monarch, her husband (who bore

her none the worse will because he intended to wring her neck on

the morrow),—she managed to awaken him, I say, (although on

account of a capital conscience and an easy digestion, he slept

well) by the profound interest of a story (about a rat and a

black cat, I think) which she was narrating (all in an undertone,

of course) to her sister. When the day broke, it so happened that

this history was not altogether finished, and that Scheherazade,

in the nature of things could not finish it just then, since it

was high time for her to get up and be bowstrung—a thing very

little more pleasant than hanging, only a trifle more genteel!

The king’s curiosity, however, prevailing, I am sorry to say,

even over his sound religious principles, induced him for this

once to postpone the fulfilment of his vow until next morning,

for the purpose and with the hope of hearing that night how it

fared in the end with the black cat (a black cat, I think it was)

and the rat.

The night having arrived, however, the lady Scheherazade not only

put the finishing stroke to the black cat and the rat (the rat

was blue) but before she well knew what she was about, found

herself deep in the intricacies of a narration, having reference

(if I am not altogether mistaken) to a pink horse (with green

wings) that went, in a violent manner, by clockwork, and was

wound up with an indigo key. With this history the king was even

more profoundly interested than with the other—and, as the day

broke before its conclusion (notwithstanding all the queen’s

endeavors to get through with it in time for the bowstringing),

there was again no resource but to postpone that ceremony as

before, for twenty-four hours. The next night there happened a

similar accident with a similar result; and then the next—and

then again the next; so that, in the end, the good monarch,

having been unavoidably deprived of all opportunity to keep his

vow during a period of no less than one thousand and one nights,

either forgets it altogether by the expiration of this time, or

gets himself absolved of it in the regular way, or (what is more

probable) breaks it outright, as well as the head of his father

confessor. At all events, Scheherazade, who, being lineally

descended from Eve, fell heir, perhaps, to the whole seven

baskets of talk, which the latter lady, we all know, picked up

from under the trees in the garden of Eden; Scheherazade, I say,

finally triumphed, and the tariff upon beauty was repealed.

Now, this conclusion (which is that of the story as we have it

upon record) is, no doubt, excessively proper and pleasant—but

alas! like a great many pleasant things, is more pleasant than

true, and I am indebted altogether to the “Isitsöornot” for the

means of correcting the error. “Le mieux,” says a French proverb,

“est l’ennemi du bien,” and, in mentioning that Scheherazade had

inherited the seven baskets of talk, I should have added that she

put them out at compound interest until they amounted to

seventy-seven.

“My dear sister,” said she, on the thousand-and-second night, (I

quote the language of the “Isitsöornot” at this point, verbatim)

“my dear sister,” said she, “now that all this little difficulty

about the bowstring has blown over, and that this odious tax is

so happily repealed, I feel that I have been guilty of great

indiscretion in withholding from you and the king (who I am sorry

to say, snores—a thing no gentleman would do) the full conclusion

of Sinbad the sailor. This person went through numerous other and

more interesting adventures than those which I related; but the

truth is, I felt sleepy on the particular night of their

narration, and so was seduced into cutting them short—a grievous

piece of misconduct, for which I only trust that Allah will

forgive me. But even yet it is not too late to remedy my great

neglect—and as soon as I have given the king a pinch or two in

order to wake him up so far that he may stop making that horrible

noise, I will forthwith entertain you (and him if he pleases)

with the sequel of this very remarkable story.”

Hereupon the sister of Scheherazade, as I have it from the

“Isitsöornot,” expressed no very particular intensity of

gratification; but the king, having been sufficiently pinched, at

length ceased snoring, and finally said, “Hum!” and then “Hoo!”

when the queen, understanding these words (which are no doubt

Arabic) to signify that he was all attention, and would do his

best not to snore any more—the queen, I say, having arranged

these matters to her satisfaction, re-entered thus, at once, into

the history of Sinbad the sailor:

“‘At length, in my old age,’ [these are the words of Sinbad

himself, as retailed by Scheherazade]—‘at length, in my old age,

and after enjoying many years of tranquillity at home, I became

once more possessed of a desire of visiting foreign countries;

and one day, without acquainting any of my family with my design,

I packed up some bundles of such merchandise as was most precious

and least bulky, and, engaging a porter to carry them, went with

him down to the sea-shore, to await the arrival of any chance

vessel that might convey me out of the kingdom into some region

which I had not as yet explored.

“‘Having deposited the packages upon the sands, we sat down

beneath some trees, and looked out into the ocean in the hope of

perceiving a ship, but during several hours we saw none whatever.

At length I fancied that I could hear a singular buzzing or

humming sound; and the porter, after listening awhile, declared

that he also could distinguish it. Presently it grew louder, and

then still louder, so that we could have no doubt that the object

which caused it was approaching us. At length, on the edge of the

horizon, we discovered a black speck, which rapidly increased in

size until we made it out to be a vast monster, swimming with a

great part of its body above the surface of the sea. It came

toward us with inconceivable swiftness, throwing up huge waves of

foam around its breast, and illuminating all that part of the sea

through which it passed, with a long line of fire that extended

far off into the distance.

“‘As the thing drew near we saw it very distinctly. Its length

was equal to that of three of the loftiest trees that grow, and

it was as wide as the great hall of audience in your palace, O

most sublime and munificent of the Caliphs. Its body, which was

unlike that of ordinary fishes, was as solid as a rock, and of a

jetty blackness throughout all that portion of it which floated

above the water, with the exception of a narrow blood-red streak

that completely begirdled it. The belly, which floated beneath

the surface, and of which we could get only a glimpse now and

then as the monster rose and fell with the billows, was entirely

covered with metallic scales, of a color like that of the moon in

misty weather. The back was flat and nearly white, and from it

there extended upwards of six spines, about half the length of

the whole body.

“‘This horrible creature had no mouth that we could perceive;

but, as if to make up for this deficiency, it was provided with

at least four score of eyes, that protruded from their sockets

like those of the green dragon-fly, and were arranged all around

the body in two rows, one above the other, and parallel to the

blood-red streak, which seemed to answer the purpose of an

eyebrow. Two or three of these dreadful eyes were much larger

than the others, and had the appearance of solid gold.

“‘Although this beast approached us, as I have before said, with

the greatest rapidity, it must have been moved altogether by

necromancy—for it had neither fins like a fish nor web-feet like

a duck, nor wings like the seashell which is blown along in the

manner of a vessel; nor yet did it writhe itself forward as do

the eels. Its head and its tail were shaped precisely alike,

only, not far from the latter, were two small holes that served

for nostrils, and through which the monster puffed out its thick

breath with prodigious violence, and with a shrieking,

disagreeable noise.

“‘Our terror at beholding this hideous thing was very great, but

it was even surpassed by our astonishment, when upon getting a

nearer look, we perceived upon the creature’s back a vast number

of animals about the size and shape of men, and altogether much

resembling them, except that they wore no garments (as men do),

being supplied (by nature, no doubt) with an ugly uncomfortable

covering, a good deal like cloth, but fitting so tight to the

skin, as to render the poor wretches laughably awkward, and put

them apparently to severe pain. On the very tips of their heads

were certain square-looking boxes, which, at first sight, I

thought might have been intended to answer as turbans, but I soon

discovered that they were excessively heavy and solid, and I

therefore concluded they were contrivances designed, by their

great weight, to keep the heads of the animals steady and safe

upon their shoulders. Around the necks of the creatures were

fastened black collars, (badges of servitude, no doubt,) such as

we keep on our dogs, only much wider and infinitely stiffer, so

that it was quite impossible for these poor victims to move their

heads in any direction without moving the body at the same time;

and thus they were doomed to perpetual contemplation of their

noses—a view puggish and snubby in a wonderful, if not positively

in an awful degree.

“‘When the monster had nearly reached the shore where we stood,

it suddenly pushed out one of its eyes to a great extent, and

emitted from it a terrible flash of fire, accompanied by a dense

cloud of smoke, and a noise that I can compare to nothing but

thunder. As the smoke cleared away, we saw one of the odd

man-animals standing near the head of the large beast with a

trumpet in his hand, through which (putting it to his mouth) he

presently addressed us in loud, harsh, and disagreeable accents,

that, perhaps, we should have mistaken for language, had they not

come altogether through the nose.

“‘Being thus evidently spoken to, I was at a loss how to reply,

as I could in no manner understand what was said; and in this

difficulty I turned to the porter, who was near swooning through

affright, and demanded of him his opinion as to what species of

monster it was, what it wanted, and what kind of creatures those

were that so swarmed upon its back. To this the porter replied,

as well as he could for trepidation, that he had once before

heard of this sea-beast; that it was a cruel demon, with bowels

of sulphur and blood of fire, created by evil genii as the means

of inflicting misery upon mankind; that the things upon its back

were vermin, such as sometimes infest cats and dogs, only a

little larger and more savage; and that these vermin had their

uses, however evil—for, through the torture they caused the beast

by their nibbling and stingings, it was goaded into that degree

of wrath which was requisite to make it roar and commit ill, and

so fulfil the vengeful and malicious designs of the wicked genii.

“This account determined me to take to my heels, and, without

once even looking behind me, I ran at full speed up into the

hills, while the porter ran equally fast, although nearly in an

opposite direction, so that, by these means, he finally made his

escape with my bundles, of which I have no doubt he took

excellent care—although this is a point I cannot determine, as I

do not remember that I ever beheld him again.

“‘For myself, I was so hotly pursued by a swarm of the men-vermin

(who had come to the shore in boats) that I was very soon

overtaken, bound hand and foot, and conveyed to the beast, which

immediately swam out again into the middle of the sea.

“‘I now bitterly repented my folly in quitting a comfortable home

to peril my life in such adventures as this; but regret being

useless, I made the best of my condition, and exerted myself to

secure the goodwill of the man-animal that owned the trumpet, and

who appeared to exercise authority over his fellows. I succeeded

so well in this endeavor that, in a few days, the creature

bestowed upon me various tokens of his favor, and in the end even

went to the trouble of teaching me the rudiments of what it was

vain enough to denominate its language; so that, at length, I was

enabled to converse with it readily, and came to make it

comprehend the ardent desire I had of seeing the world.

“‘Washish squashish squeak, Sinbad, hey-diddle diddle, grunt unt

grumble, hiss, fiss, whiss,’ said he to me, one day after

dinner—but I beg a thousand pardons, I had forgotten that your

majesty is not conversant with the dialect of the Cock-neighs (so

the man-animals were called; I presume because their language

formed the connecting link between that of the horse and that of

the rooster). With your permission, I will translate. ‘Washish

squashish,’ and so forth:—that is to say, ‘I am happy to find, my

dear Sinbad, that you are really a very excellent fellow; we are

now about doing a thing which is called circumnavigating the

globe; and since you are so desirous of seeing the world, I will

strain a point and give you a free passage upon back of the

beast.’”

When the Lady Scheherazade had proceeded thus far, relates the

“Isitsöornot,” the king turned over from his left side to his

right, and said:

“It is, in fact, very surprising, my dear queen, that you

omitted, hitherto, these latter adventures of Sinbad. Do you know

I think them exceedingly entertaining and strange?”

The king having thus expressed himself, we are told, the fair

Scheherazade resumed her history in the following words:

“Sinbad went on in this manner with his narrative—‘I thanked the

man-animal for its kindness, and soon found myself very much at

home on the beast, which swam at a prodigious rate through the

ocean; although the surface of the latter is, in that part of the

world, by no means flat, but round like a pomegranate, so that we

went—so to say—either up hill or down hill all the time.’

“That I think, was very singular,” interrupted the king.

“Nevertheless, it is quite true,” replied Scheherazade.

“I have my doubts,” rejoined the king; “but, pray, be so good as

to go on with the story.”

“I will,” said the queen. “‘The beast,’ continued Sinbad to the

caliph, ‘swam, as I have related, up hill and down hill until, at

length, we arrived at an island, many hundreds of miles in

circumference, but which, nevertheless, had been built in the

middle of the sea by a colony of little things like

caterpillars.’” (*1)

“Hum!” said the king.

“‘Leaving this island,’ said Sinbad—(for Scheherazade, it must be

understood, took no notice of her husband’s ill-mannered

ejaculation) ‘leaving this island, we came to another where the

forests were of solid stone, and so hard that they shivered to

pieces the finest-tempered axes with which we endeavoured to cut

them down.’” (*2)

“Hum!” said the king, again; but Scheherazade, paying him no

attention, continued in the language of Sinbad.

“‘Passing beyond this last island, we reached a country where

there was a cave that ran to the distance of thirty or forty

miles within the bowels of the earth, and that contained a

greater number of far more spacious and more magnificent palaces

than are to be found in all Damascus and Bagdad. From the roofs

of these palaces there hung myriads of gems, like diamonds, but

larger than men; and in among the streets of towers and pyramids

and temples, there flowed immense rivers as black as ebony, and

swarming with fish that had no eyes.’” (*3)

“Hum!” said the king.

“‘We then swam into a region of the sea where we found a lofty

mountain, down whose sides there streamed torrents of melted

metal, some of which were twelve miles wide and sixty miles long

(*4); while from an abyss on the summit, issued so vast a

quantity of ashes that the sun was entirely blotted out from the

heavens, and it became darker than the darkest midnight; so that

when we were even at the distance of a hundred and fifty miles

from the mountain, it was impossible to see the whitest object,

however close we held it to our eyes.’” (*5)

“Hum!” said the king.

“‘After quitting this coast, the beast continued his voyage until

we met with a land in which the nature of things seemed

reversed—for we here saw a great lake, at the bottom of which,

more than a hundred feet beneath the surface of the water, there

flourished in full leaf a forest of tall and luxuriant trees.’”

(*6)

“Hoo!” said the king.

“Some hundred miles farther on brought us to a climate where the

atmosphere was so dense as to sustain iron or steel, just as our

own does feather.’” (*7)

“Fiddle de dee,” said the king.

“Proceeding still in the same direction, we presently arrived at

the most magnificent region in the whole world. Through it there

meandered a glorious river for several thousands of miles. This

river was of unspeakable depth, and of a transparency richer than

that of amber. It was from three to six miles in width; and its

banks which arose on either side to twelve hundred feet in

perpendicular height, were crowned with ever-blossoming trees and

perpetual sweet-scented flowers, that made the whole territory

one gorgeous garden; but the name of this luxuriant land was the

Kingdom of Horror, and to enter it was inevitable death.’” (*8)

“Humph!” said the king.

“‘We left this kingdom in great haste, and, after some days, came

to another, where we were astonished to perceive myriads of

monstrous animals with horns resembling scythes upon their heads.

These hideous beasts dig for themselves vast caverns in the soil,

of a funnel shape, and line the sides of them with rocks, so

disposed one upon the other that they fall instantly, when

trodden upon by other animals, thus precipitating them into the

monster’s dens, where their blood is immediately sucked, and

their carcasses afterwards hurled contemptuously out to an

immense distance from “the caverns of death."’” (*9)

“Pooh!” said the king.

“‘Continuing our progress, we perceived a district with

vegetables that grew not upon any soil but in the air. (*10)

There were others that sprang from the substance of other

vegetables; (*11) others that derived their substance from the

bodies of living animals; (*12) and then again, there were others

that glowed all over with intense fire; (*13) others that moved

from place to place at pleasure, (*14) and what was still more

wonderful, we discovered flowers that lived and breathed and

moved their limbs at will and had, moreover, the detestable

passion of mankind for enslaving other creatures, and confining

them in horrid and solitary prisons until the fulfillment of

appointed tasks.’” (*15)

“Pshaw!” said the king.

“‘Quitting this land, we soon arrived at another in which the

bees and the birds are mathematicians of such genius and

erudition, that they give daily instructions in the science of

geometry to the wise men of the empire. The king of the place

having offered a reward for the solution of two very difficult

problems, they were solved upon the spot—the one by the bees, and

the other by the birds; but the king keeping their solution a

secret, it was only after the most profound researches and labor,

and the writing of an infinity of big books, during a long series

of years, that the men-mathematicians at length arrived at the

identical solutions which had been given upon the spot by the

bees and by the birds.’” (*16)

“Oh my!” said the king.

“‘We had scarcely lost sight of this empire when we found

ourselves close upon another, from whose shores there flew over

our heads a flock of fowls a mile in breadth, and two hundred and

forty miles long; so that, although they flew a mile during every

minute, it required no less than four hours for the whole flock

to pass over us—in which there were several millions of millions

of fowl.’” (*17)

“Oh fy!” said the king.

“‘No sooner had we got rid of these birds, which occasioned us

great annoyance, than we were terrified by the appearance of a

fowl of another kind, and infinitely larger than even the rocs

which I met in my former voyages; for it was bigger than the

biggest of the domes on your seraglio, oh, most Munificent of

Caliphs. This terrible fowl had no head that we could perceive,

but was fashioned entirely of belly, which was of a prodigious

fatness and roundness, of a soft-looking substance, smooth,

shining and striped with various colors. In its talons, the

monster was bearing away to his eyrie in the heavens, a house

from which it had knocked off the roof, and in the interior of

which we distinctly saw human beings, who, beyond doubt, were in

a state of frightful despair at the horrible fate which awaited

them. We shouted with all our might, in the hope of frightening

the bird into letting go of its prey, but it merely gave a snort

or puff, as if of rage and then let fall upon our heads a heavy

sack which proved to be filled with sand!’”

“Stuff!” said the king.

“‘It was just after this adventure that we encountered a

continent of immense extent and prodigious solidity, but which,

nevertheless, was supported entirely upon the back of a sky-blue

cow that had no fewer than four hundred horns.’” (*18)

“That, now, I believe,” said the king, “because I have read

something of the kind before, in a book.”

“‘We passed immediately beneath this continent, (swimming in

between the legs of the cow), and, after some hours, found

ourselves in a wonderful country indeed, which, I was informed by

the man-animal, was his own native land, inhabited by things of

his own species. This elevated the man-animal very much in my

esteem, and in fact, I now began to feel ashamed of the

contemptuous familiarity with which I had treated him; for I

found that the man-animals in general were a nation of the most

powerful magicians, who lived with worms in their brain, (*19)

which, no doubt, served to stimulate them by their painful

writhings and wrigglings to the most miraculous efforts of

imagination!’”

“Nonsense!” said the king.

“‘Among the magicians, were domesticated several animals of very

singular kinds; for example, there was a huge horse whose bones

were iron and whose blood was boiling water. In place of corn, he

had black stones for his usual food; and yet, in spite of so hard

a diet, he was so strong and swift that he would drag a load more

weighty than the grandest temple in this city, at a rate

surpassing that of the flight of most birds.’” (*20)

“Twattle!” said the king.

“‘I saw, also, among these people a hen without feathers, but

bigger than a camel; instead of flesh and bone she had iron and

brick; her blood, like that of the horse, (to whom, in fact, she

was nearly related,) was boiling water; and like him she ate

nothing but wood or black stones. This hen brought forth very

frequently, a hundred chickens in the day; and, after birth, they

took up their residence for several weeks within the stomach of

their mother.’” (*21)

“Fal lal!” said the king.

“‘One of this nation of mighty conjurors created a man out of

brass and wood, and leather, and endowed him with such ingenuity

that he would have beaten at chess, all the race of mankind with

the exception of the great Caliph, Haroun Alraschid. (*22)

Another of these magi constructed (of like material) a creature

that put to shame even the genius of him who made it; for so

great were its reasoning powers that, in a second, it performed

calculations of so vast an extent that they would have required

the united labor of fifty thousand fleshy men for a year. (*23)

But a still more wonderful conjuror fashioned for himself a

mighty thing that was neither man nor beast, but which had brains

of lead, intermixed with a black matter like pitch, and fingers

that it employed with such incredible speed and dexterity that it

would have had no trouble in writing out twenty thousand copies

of the Koran in an hour, and this with so exquisite a precision,

that in all the copies there should not be found one to vary from

another by the breadth of the finest hair. This thing was of

prodigious strength, so that it erected or overthrew the

mightiest empires at a breath; but its powers were exercised

equally for evil and for good.’”

“Ridiculous!” said the king.

“‘Among this nation of necromancers there was also one who had in

his veins the blood of the salamanders; for he made no scruple of

sitting down to smoke his chibouc in a red-hot oven until his

dinner was thoroughly roasted upon its floor. (*24) Another had

the faculty of converting the common metals into gold, without

even looking at them during the process. (*25) Another had such a

delicacy of touch that he made a wire so fine as to be invisible.

(*26) Another had such quickness of perception that he counted

all the separate motions of an elastic body, while it was

springing backward and forward at the rate of nine hundred

millions of times in a second.’” (*27)

“Absurd!” said the king.

“‘Another of these magicians, by means of a fluid that nobody

ever yet saw, could make the corpses of his friends brandish

their arms, kick out their legs, fight, or even get up and dance

at his will. (*28) Another had cultivated his voice to so great

an extent that he could have made himself heard from one end of

the world to the other. (*29) Another had so long an arm that he

could sit down in Damascus and indite a letter at Bagdad—or

indeed at any distance whatsoever. (*30) Another commanded the

lightning to come down to him out of the heavens, and it came at

his call; and served him for a plaything when it came. Another

took two loud sounds and out of them made a silence. Another

constructed a deep darkness out of two brilliant lights. (*31)

Another made ice in a red-hot furnace. (*32) Another directed the

sun to paint his portrait, and the sun did. (*33) Another took

this luminary with the moon and the planets, and having first

weighed them with scrupulous accuracy, probed into their depths

and found out the solidity of the substance of which they were

made. But the whole nation is, indeed, of so surprising a

necromantic ability, that not even their infants, nor their

commonest cats and dogs have any difficulty in seeing objects

that do not exist at all, or that for twenty millions of years

before the birth of the nation itself had been blotted out from

the face of creation.’” (*34)

“Preposterous!” said the king.

“‘The wives and daughters of these incomparably great and wise

magi,’” continued Scheherazade, without being in any manner

disturbed by these frequent and most ungentlemanly interruptions

on the part of her husband—“‘the wives and daughters of these

eminent conjurers are every thing that is accomplished and

refined; and would be every thing that is interesting and

beautiful, but for an unhappy fatality that besets them, and from

which not even the miraculous powers of their husbands and

fathers has, hitherto, been adequate to save. Some fatalities

come in certain shapes, and some in others—but this of which I

speak has come in the shape of a crotchet.’”

“A what?” said the king.

“‘A crotchet’” said Scheherazade. “‘One of the evil genii, who

are perpetually upon the watch to inflict ill, has put it into

the heads of these accomplished ladies that the thing which we

describe as personal beauty consists altogether in the

protuberance of the region which lies not very far below the

small of the back. Perfection of loveliness, they say, is in the

direct ratio of the extent of this lump. Having been long

possessed of this idea, and bolsters being cheap in that country,

the days have long gone by since it was possible to distinguish a

woman from a dromedary—’”

“Stop!” said the king—“I can’t stand that, and I won’t. You have

already given me a dreadful headache with your lies. The day,

too, I perceive, is beginning to break. How long have we been

married?—my conscience is getting to be troublesome again. And

then that dromedary touch—do you take me for a fool? Upon the

whole, you might as well get up and be throttled.”

These words, as I learn from the “Isitsöornot,” both grieved and

astonished Scheherazade; but, as she knew the king to be a man of

scrupulous integrity, and quite unlikely to forfeit his word, she

submitted to her fate with a good grace. She derived, however,

great consolation, (during the tightening of the bowstring,) from

the reflection that much of the history remained still untold,

and that the petulance of her brute of a husband had reaped for

him a most righteous reward, in depriving him of many

inconceivable adventures.

A DESCENT INTO THE MAELSTROM.

The ways of God in Nature, as in Providence, are not as our ways;

nor are the models that we frame any way commensurate to the

vastness, profundity, and unsearchableness of His works, _which have

a depth in them greater than the well of Democritus_.

—_Joseph Glanville_.

We had now reached the summit of the loftiest crag. For some

minutes the old man seemed too much exhausted to speak.

“Not long ago,” said he at length, “and I could have guided you

on this route as well as the youngest of my sons; but, about

three years past, there happened to me an event such as never

happened to mortal man—or at least such as no man ever survived

to tell of—and the six hours of deadly terror which I then

endured have broken me up body and soul. You suppose me a _very_

old man—but I am not. It took less than a single day to change

these hairs from a jetty black to white, to weaken my limbs, and

to unstring my nerves, so that I tremble at the least exertion,

and am frightened at a shadow. Do you know I can scarcely look

over this little cliff without getting giddy?”

The “little cliff,” upon whose edge he had so carelessly thrown

himself down to rest that the weightier portion of his body hung

over it, while he was only kept from falling by the tenure of his

elbow on its extreme and slippery edge—this “little cliff” arose,

a sheer unobstructed precipice of black shining rock, some

fifteen or sixteen hundred feet from the world of crags beneath

us. Nothing would have tempted me to within half a dozen yards of

its brink. In truth so deeply was I excited by the perilous

position of my companion, that I fell at full length upon the

ground, clung to the shrubs around me, and dared not even glance

upward at the sky—while I struggled in vain to divest myself of

the idea that the very foundations of the mountain were in danger

from the fury of the winds. It was long before I could reason

myself into sufficient courage to sit up and look out into the

distance.

“You must get over these fancies,” said the guide, “for I have

brought you here that you might have the best possible view of

the scene of that event I mentioned—and to tell you the whole

story with the spot just under your eye.”

“We are now,” he continued, in that particularizing manner which

distinguished him—“we are now close upon the Norwegian coast—in

the sixty-eighth degree of latitude—in the great province of

Nordland—and in the dreary district of Lofoden. The mountain upon

whose top we sit is Helseggen, the Cloudy. Now raise yourself up

a little higher—hold on to the grass if you feel giddy—so—and

look out, beyond the belt of vapor beneath us, into the sea.”

I looked dizzily, and beheld a wide expanse of ocean, whose

waters wore so inky a hue as to bring at once to my mind the

Nubian geographer’s account of the _Mare Tenebrarum_. A panorama

more deplorably desolate no human imagination can conceive. To

the right and left, as far as the eye could reach, there lay

outstretched, like ramparts of the world, lines of horridly black

and beetling cliff, whose character of gloom was but the more

forcibly illustrated by the surf which reared high up against its

white and ghastly crest, howling and shrieking forever. Just

opposite the promontory upon whose apex we were placed, and at a

distance of some five or six miles out at sea, there was visible

a small, bleak-looking island; or, more properly, its position

was discernible through the wilderness of surge in which it was

enveloped. About two miles nearer the land, arose another of

smaller size, hideously craggy and barren, and encompassed at

various intervals by a cluster of dark rocks.

The appearance of the ocean, in the space between the more

distant island and the shore, had something very unusual about

it. Although, at the time, so strong a gale was blowing landward

that a brig in the remote offing lay to under a double-reefed

trysail, and constantly plunged her whole hull out of sight,

still there was here nothing like a regular swell, but only a

short, quick, angry cross dashing of water in every direction—as

well in the teeth of the wind as otherwise. Of foam there was

little except in the immediate vicinity of the rocks.

“The island in the distance,” resumed the old man, “is called by

the Norwegians Vurrgh. The one midway is Moskoe. That a mile to

the northward is Ambaaren. Yonder are Islesen, Hotholm,

Keildhelm, Suarven, and Buckholm. Farther off—between Moskoe and

Vurrgh—are Otterholm, Flimen, Sandflesen, and Stockholm. These

are the true names of the places—but why it has been thought

necessary to name them at all, is more than either you or I can

understand. Do you hear anything? Do you see any change in the

water?”

We had now been about ten minutes upon the top of Helseggen, to

which we had ascended from the interior of Lofoden, so that we

had caught no glimpse of the sea until it had burst upon us from

the summit. As the old man spoke, I became aware of a loud and

gradually increasing sound, like the moaning of a vast herd of

buffaloes upon an American prairie; and at the same moment I

perceived that what seamen term the _chopping_ character of the

ocean beneath us, was rapidly changing into a current which set

to the eastward. Even while I gazed, this current acquired a

monstrous velocity. Each moment added to its speed—to its

headlong impetuosity. In five minutes the whole sea, as far as

Vurrgh, was lashed into ungovernable fury; but it was between

Moskoe and the coast that the main uproar held its sway. Here the

vast bed of the waters, seamed and scarred into a thousand

conflicting channels, burst suddenly into phrensied

convulsion—heaving, boiling, hissing—gyrating in gigantic and

innumerable vortices, and all whirling and plunging on to the

eastward with a rapidity which water never elsewhere assumes

except in precipitous descents.

In a few minutes more, there came over the scene another radical

alteration. The general surface grew somewhat more smooth, and

the whirlpools, one by one, disappeared, while prodigious streaks

of foam became apparent where none had been seen before. These

streaks, at length, spreading out to a great distance, and

entering into combination, took unto themselves the gyratory

motion of the subsided vortices, and seemed to form the germ of

another more vast. Suddenly—very suddenly—this assumed a distinct

and definite existence, in a circle of more than a mile in

diameter. The edge of the whirl was represented by a broad belt

of gleaming spray; but no particle of this slipped into the mouth

of the terrific funnel, whose interior, as far as the eye could

fathom it, was a smooth, shining, and jet-black wall of water,

inclined to the horizon at an angle of some forty-five degrees,

speeding dizzily round and round with a swaying and sweltering

motion, and sending forth to the winds an appalling voice, half

shriek, half roar, such as not even the mighty cataract of

Niagara ever lifts up in its agony to Heaven.

The mountain trembled to its very base, and the rock rocked. I

threw myself upon my face, and clung to the scant herbage in an

excess of nervous agitation.

“This,” said I at length, to the old man—“this _can_ be nothing

else than the great whirlpool of the Maelström.”

“So it is sometimes termed,” said he. “We Norwegians call it the

Moskoe-ström, from the island of Moskoe in the midway.”

The ordinary accounts of this vortex had by no means prepared me

for what I saw. That of Jonas Ramus, which is perhaps the most

circumstantial of any, cannot impart the faintest conception

either of the magnificence, or of the horror of the scene—or of

the wild bewildering sense of _the novel_ which confounds the

beholder. I am not sure from what point of view the writer in

question surveyed it, nor at what time; but it could neither have

been from the summit of Helseggen, nor during a storm. There are

some passages of his description, nevertheless, which may be

quoted for their details, although their effect is exceedingly

feeble in conveying an impression of the spectacle.

“Between Lofoden and Moskoe,” he says, “the depth of the water is

between thirty-six and forty fathoms; but on the other side,

toward Ver (Vurrgh) this depth decreases so as not to afford a

convenient passage for a vessel, without the risk of splitting on

the rocks, which happens even in the calmest weather. When it is

flood, the stream runs up the country between Lofoden and Moskoe

with a boisterous rapidity; but the roar of its impetuous ebb to

the sea is scarce equalled by the loudest and most dreadful

cataracts; the noise being heard several leagues off, and the

vortices or pits are of such an extent and depth, that if a ship

comes within its attraction, it is inevitably absorbed and

carried down to the bottom, and there beat to pieces against the

rocks; and when the water relaxes, the fragments thereof are

thrown up again. But these intervals of tranquility are only at

the turn of the ebb and flood, and in calm weather, and last but

a quarter of an hour, its violence gradually returning. When the

stream is most boisterous, and its fury heightened by a storm, it

is dangerous to come within a Norway mile of it. Boats, yachts,

and ships have been carried away by not guarding against it

before they were within its reach. It likewise happens

frequently, that whales come too near the stream, and are

overpowered by its violence; and then it is impossible to

describe their howlings and bellowings in their fruitless

struggles to disengage themselves. A bear once, attempting to

swim from Lofoden to Moskoe, was caught by the stream and borne

down, while he roared terribly, so as to be heard on shore. Large

stocks of firs and pine trees, after being absorbed by the

current, rise again broken and torn to such a degree as if

bristles grew upon them. This plainly shows the bottom to consist

of craggy rocks, among which they are whirled to and fro. This

stream is regulated by the flux and reflux of the sea—it being

constantly high and low water every six hours. In the year 1645,

early in the morning of Sexagesima Sunday, it raged with such

noise and impetuosity that the very stones of the houses on the

coast fell to the ground.”

In regard to the depth of the water, I could not see how this

could have been ascertained at all in the immediate vicinity of

the vortex. The “forty fathoms” must have reference only to

portions of the channel close upon the shore either of Moskoe or

Lofoden. The depth in the centre of the Moskoe-ström must be

immeasurably greater; and no better proof of this fact is

necessary than can be obtained from even the sidelong glance into

the abyss of the whirl which may be had from the highest crag of

Helseggen. Looking down from this pinnacle upon the howling

Phlegethon below, I could not help smiling at the simplicity with

which the honest Jonas Ramus records, as a matter difficult of

belief, the anecdotes of the whales and the bears; for it

appeared to me, in fact, a self-evident thing, that the largest

ship of the line in existence, coming within the influence of

that deadly attraction, could resist it as little as a feather

the hurricane, and must disappear bodily and at once.

The attempts to account for the phenomenon—some of which, I

remember, seemed to me sufficiently plausible in perusal—now wore

a very different and unsatisfactory aspect. The idea generally

received is that this, as well as three smaller vortices among

the Ferroe islands, “have no other cause than the collision of

waves rising and falling, at flux and reflux, against a ridge of

rocks and shelves, which confines the water so that it

precipitates itself like a cataract; and thus the higher the

flood rises, the deeper must the fall be, and the natural result

of all is a whirlpool or vortex, the prodigious suction of which

is sufficiently known by lesser experiments.”—These are the words

of the Encyclopædia Britannica. Kircher and others imagine that

in the centre of the channel of the Maelström is an abyss

penetrating the globe, and issuing in some very remote part—the

Gulf of Bothnia being somewhat decidedly named in one instance.

This opinion, idle in itself, was the one to which, as I gazed,

my imagination most readily assented; and, mentioning it to the

guide, I was rather surprised to hear him say that, although it

was the view almost universally entertained of the subject by the

Norwegians, it nevertheless was not his own. As to the former

notion he confessed his inability to comprehend it; and here I

agreed with him—for, however conclusive on paper, it becomes

altogether unintelligible, and even absurd, amid the thunder of

the abyss.

“You have had a good look at the whirl now,” said the old man,

“and if you will creep round this crag, so as to get in its lee,

and deaden the roar of the water, I will tell you a story that

will convince you I ought to know something of the Moskoe-ström.”

I placed myself as desired, and he proceeded.

“Myself and my two brothers once owned a schooner-rigged smack of

about seventy tons burthen, with which we were in the habit of

fishing among the islands beyond Moskoe, nearly to Vurrgh. In all

violent eddies at sea there is good fishing, at proper

opportunities, if one has only the courage to attempt it; but

among the whole of the Lofoden coastmen, we three were the only

ones who made a regular business of going out to the islands, as

I tell you. The usual grounds are a great way lower down to the

southward. There fish can be got at all hours, without much risk,

and therefore these places are preferred. The choice spots over

here among the rocks, however, not only yield the finest variety,

but in far greater abundance; so that we often got in a single

day, what the more timid of the craft could not scrape together

in a week. In fact, we made it a matter of desperate

speculation—the risk of life standing instead of labor, and

courage answering for capital.

“We kept the smack in a cove about five miles higher up the coast

than this; and it was our practice, in fine weather, to take

advantage of the fifteen minutes’ slack to push across the main

channel of the Moskoe-ström, far above the pool, and then drop

down upon anchorage somewhere near Otterholm, or Sandflesen,

where the eddies are not so violent as elsewhere. Here we used to

remain until nearly time for slack-water again, when we weighed

and made for home. We never set out upon this expedition without

a steady side wind for going and coming—one that we felt sure

would not fail us before our return—and we seldom made a

mis-calculation upon this point. Twice, during six years, we were

forced to stay all night at anchor on account of a dead calm,

which is a rare thing indeed just about here; and once we had to

remain on the grounds nearly a week, starving to death, owing to

a gale which blew up shortly after our arrival, and made the

channel too boisterous to be thought of. Upon this occasion we

should have been driven out to sea in spite of everything, (for

the whirlpools threw us round and round so violently, that, at

length, we fouled our anchor and dragged it) if it had not been

that we drifted into one of the innumerable cross currents—here

to-day and gone to-morrow—which drove us under the lee of Flimen,

where, by good luck, we brought up.

“I could not tell you the twentieth part of the difficulties we

encountered ‘on the grounds’—it is a bad spot to be in, even in

good weather—but we made shift always to run the gauntlet of the

Moskoe-ström itself without accident; although at times my heart

has been in my mouth when we happened to be a minute or so behind

or before the slack. The wind sometimes was not as strong as we

thought it at starting, and then we made rather less way than we

could wish, while the current rendered the smack unmanageable. My

eldest brother had a son eighteen years old, and I had two stout

boys of my own. These would have been of great assistance at such

times, in using the sweeps, as well as afterward in fishing—but,

somehow, although we ran the risk ourselves, we had not the heart

to let the young ones get into the danger—for, after all is said

and done, it _was_ a horrible danger, and that is the truth.

“It is now within a few days of three years since what I am going

to tell you occurred. It was on the tenth day of July, 18—, a day

which the people of this part of the world will never forget—for

it was one in which blew the most terrible hurricane that ever

came out of the heavens. And yet all the morning, and indeed

until late in the afternoon, there was a gentle and steady breeze

from the south-west, while the sun shone brightly, so that the

oldest seaman among us could not have foreseen what was to

follow.

“The three of us—my two brothers and myself—had crossed over to

the islands about two o’clock P. M., and had soon nearly loaded

the smack with fine fish, which, we all remarked, were more

plenty that day than we had ever known them. It was just seven,

_by my watch_, when we weighed and started for home, so as to

make the worst of the Ström at slack water, which we knew would

be at eight.

“We set out with a fresh wind on our starboard quarter, and for

some time spanked along at a great rate, never dreaming of

danger, for indeed we saw not the slightest reason to apprehend

it. All at once we were taken aback by a breeze from over

Helseggen. This was most unusual—something that had never

happened to us before—and I began to feel a little uneasy,

without exactly knowing why. We put the boat on the wind, but

could make no headway at all for the eddies, and I was upon the

point of proposing to return to the anchorage, when, looking

astern, we saw the whole horizon covered with a singular

copper-colored cloud that rose with the most amazing velocity.

“In the meantime the breeze that had headed us off fell away, and

we were dead becalmed, drifting about in every direction. This

state of things, however, did not last long enough to give us

time to think about it. In less than a minute the storm was upon

us—in less than two the sky was entirely overcast—and what with

this and the driving spray, it became suddenly so dark that we

could not see each other in the smack.

“Such a hurricane as then blew it is folly to attempt describing.

The oldest seaman in Norway never experienced any thing like it.

We had let our sails go by the run before it cleverly took us;

but, at the first puff, both our masts went by the board as if

they had been sawed off—the mainmast taking with it my youngest

brother, who had lashed himself to it for safety.

“Our boat was the lightest feather of a thing that ever sat upon

water. It had a complete flush deck, with only a small hatch near

the bow, and this hatch it had always been our custom to batten

down when about to cross the Ström, by way of precaution against

the chopping seas. But for this circumstance we should have

foundered at once—for we lay entirely buried for some moments.

How my elder brother escaped destruction I cannot say, for I

never had an opportunity of ascertaining. For my part, as soon as

I had let the foresail run, I threw myself flat on deck, with my

feet against the narrow gunwale of the bow, and with my hands

grasping a ring-bolt near the foot of the fore-mast. It was mere

instinct that prompted me to do this—which was undoubtedly the

very best thing I could have done—for I was too much flurried to

think.

“For some moments we were completely deluged, as I say, and all

this time I held my breath, and clung to the bolt. When I could

stand it no longer I raised myself upon my knees, still keeping

hold with my hands, and thus got my head clear. Presently our

little boat gave herself a shake, just as a dog does in coming

out of the water, and thus rid herself, in some measure, of the

seas. I was now trying to get the better of the stupor that had

come over me, and to collect my senses so as to see what was to

be done, when I felt somebody grasp my arm. It was my elder

brother, and my heart leaped for joy, for I had made sure that he

was overboard—but the next moment all this joy was turned into

horror—for he put his mouth close to my ear, and screamed out the

word ‘_Moskoe-ström!_’

“No one ever will know what my feelings were at that moment. I

shook from head to foot as if I had had the most violent fit of

the ague. I knew what he meant by that one word well enough—I

knew what he wished to make me understand. With the wind that now

drove us on, we were bound for the whirl of the Ström, and

nothing could save us!

“You perceive that in crossing the Ström _channel_, we always

went a long way up above the whirl, even in the calmest weather,

and then had to wait and watch carefully for the slack—but now we

were driving right upon the pool itself, and in such a hurricane

as this! ‘To be sure,’ I thought, ‘we shall get there just about

the slack—there is some little hope in that’—but in the next

moment I cursed myself for being so great a fool as to dream of

hope at all. I knew very well that we were doomed, had we been

ten times a ninety-gun ship.

“By this time the first fury of the tempest had spent itself, or

perhaps we did not feel it so much, as we scudded before it, but

at all events the seas, which at first had been kept down by the

wind, and lay flat and frothing, now got up into absolute

mountains. A singular change, too, had come over the heavens.

Around in every direction it was still as black as pitch, but

nearly overhead there burst out, all at once, a circular rift of

clear sky—as clear as I ever saw—and of a deep bright blue—and

through it there blazed forth the full moon with a lustre that I

never before knew her to wear. She lit up every thing about us

with the greatest distinctness—but, oh God, what a scene it was

to light up!

“I now made one or two attempts to speak to my brother—but, in

some manner which I could not understand, the din had so

increased that I could not make him hear a single word, although

I screamed at the top of my voice in his ear. Presently he shook

his head, looking as pale as death, and held up one of his

fingers, as if to say _‘listen! ‘_

“At first I could not make out what he meant—but soon a hideous

thought flashed upon me. I dragged my watch from its fob. It was

not going. I glanced at its face by the moonlight, and then burst

into tears as I flung it far away into the ocean. _It had run

down at seven o’clock! We were behind the time of the slack, and

the whirl of the Ström was in full fury!_

“When a boat is well built, properly trimmed, and not deep laden,

the waves in a strong gale, when she is going large, seem always

to slip from beneath her—which appears very strange to a

landsman—and this is what is called _riding_, in sea phrase.

“Well, so far we had ridden the swells very cleverly; but

presently a gigantic sea happened to take us right under the

counter, and bore us with it as it rose—up—up—as if into the sky.

I would not have believed that any wave could rise so high. And

then down we came with a sweep, a slide, and a plunge, that made

me feel sick and dizzy, as if I was falling from some lofty

mountain-top in a dream. But while we were up I had thrown a

quick glance around—and that one glance was all sufficient. I saw

our exact position in an instant. The Moskoe-Ström whirlpool was

about a quarter of a mile dead ahead—but no more like the

every-day Moskoe-Ström than the whirl as you now see it, is like

a mill-race. If I had not known where we were, and what we had to

expect, I should not have recognised the place at all. As it was,

I involuntarily closed my eyes in horror. The lids clenched

themselves together as if in a spasm.

“It could not have been more than two minutes afterward until we

suddenly felt the waves subside, and were enveloped in foam. The

boat made a sharp half turn to larboard, and then shot off in its

new direction like a thunderbolt. At the same moment the roaring

noise of the water was completely drowned in a kind of shrill

shriek—such a sound as you might imagine given out by the

waste-pipes of many thousand steam-vessels, letting off their

steam all together. We were now in the belt of surf that always

surrounds the whirl; and I thought, of course, that another

moment would plunge us into the abyss, down which we could only

see indistinctly on account of the amazing velocity with which we

wore borne along. The boat did not seem to sink into the water at

all, but to skim like an air-bubble upon the surface of the

surge. Her starboard side was next the whirl, and on the larboard

arose the world of ocean we had left. It stood like a huge

writhing wall between us and the horizon.

“It may appear strange, but now, when we were in the very jaws of

the gulf, I felt more composed than when we were only approaching

it. Having made up my mind to hope no more, I got rid of a great

deal of that terror which unmanned me at first. I suppose it was

despair that strung my nerves.

“It may look like boasting—but what I tell you is truth—I began

to reflect how magnificent a thing it was to die in such a

manner, and how foolish it was in me to think of so paltry a

consideration as my own individual life, in view of so wonderful

a manifestation of God’s power. I do believe that I blushed with

shame when this idea crossed my mind. After a little while I

became possessed with the keenest curiosity about the whirl

itself. I positively felt a _wish_ to explore its depths, even at

the sacrifice I was going to make; and my principal grief was

that I should never be able to tell my old companions on shore

about the mysteries I should see. These, no doubt, were singular

fancies to occupy a man’s mind in such extremity—and I have often

thought since, that the revolutions of the boat around the pool

might have rendered me a little light-headed.

“There was another circumstance which tended to restore my

self-possession; and this was the cessation of the wind, which

could not reach us in our present situation—for, as you saw

yourself, the belt of surf is considerably lower than the general

bed of the ocean, and this latter now towered above us, a high,

black, mountainous ridge. If you have never been at sea in a

heavy gale, you can form no idea of the confusion of mind

occasioned by the wind and spray together. They blind, deafen,

and strangle you, and take away all power of action or

reflection. But we were now, in a great measure, rid of these

annoyances—just as death-condemned felons in prison are allowed

petty indulgences, forbidden them while their doom is yet

uncertain.

“How often we made the circuit of the belt it is impossible to

say. We careered round and round for perhaps an hour, flying

rather than floating, getting gradually more and more into the

middle of the surge, and then nearer and nearer to its horrible

inner edge. All this time I had never let go of the ring-bolt. My

brother was at the stern, holding on to a small empty water-cask

which had been securely lashed under the coop of the counter, and

was the only thing on deck that had not been swept overboard when

the gale first took us. As we approached the brink of the pit he

let go his hold upon this, and made for the ring, from which, in

the agony of his terror, he endeavored to force my hands, as it

was not large enough to afford us both a secure grasp. I never

felt deeper grief than when I saw him attempt this act—although I

knew he was a madman when he did it—a raving maniac through sheer

fright. I did not care, however, to contest the point with him. I

knew it could make no difference whether either of us held on at

all; so I let him have the bolt, and went astern to the cask.

This there was no great difficulty in doing; for the smack flew

round steadily enough, and upon an even keel—only swaying to and

fro, with the immense sweeps and swelters of the whirl. Scarcely

had I secured myself in my new position, when we gave a wild

lurch to starboard, and rushed headlong into the abyss. I

muttered a hurried prayer to God, and thought all was over.

“As I felt the sickening sweep of the descent, I had

instinctively tightened my hold upon the barrel, and closed my

eyes. For some seconds I dared not open them—while I expected

instant destruction, and wondered that I was not already in my

death-struggles with the water. But moment after moment elapsed.

I still lived. The sense of falling had ceased; and the motion of

the vessel seemed much as it had been before, while in the belt

of foam, with the exception that she now lay more along. I took

courage, and looked once again upon the scene.

“Never shall I forget the sensations of awe, horror, and

admiration with which I gazed about me. The boat appeared to be

hanging, as if by magic, midway down, upon the interior surface

of a funnel vast in circumference, prodigious in depth, and whose

perfectly smooth sides might have been mistaken for ebony, but

for the bewildering rapidity with which they spun around, and for

the gleaming and ghastly radiance they shot forth, as the rays of

the full moon, from that circular rift amid the clouds which I

have already described, streamed in a flood of golden glory along

the black walls, and far away down into the inmost recesses of

the abyss.

“At first I was too much confused to observe anything accurately.

The general burst of terrific grandeur was all that I beheld.

When I recovered myself a little, however, my gaze fell

instinctively downward. In this direction I was able to obtain an

unobstructed view, from the manner in which the smack hung on the

inclined surface of the pool. She was quite upon an even

keel—that is to say, her deck lay in a plane parallel with that

of the water—but this latter sloped at an angle of more than

forty-five degrees, so that we seemed to be lying upon our

beam-ends. I could not help observing, nevertheless, that I had

scarcely more difficulty in maintaining my hold and footing in

this situation, than if we had been upon a dead level; and this,

I suppose, was owing to the speed at which we revolved.

“The rays of the moon seemed to search the very bottom of the

profound gulf; but still I could make out nothing distinctly, on

account of a thick mist in which everything there was enveloped,

and over which there hung a magnificent rainbow, like that narrow

and tottering bridge which Mussulmen say is the only pathway

between Time and Eternity. This mist, or spray, was no doubt

occasioned by the clashing of the great walls of the funnel, as

they all met together at the bottom—but the yell that went up to

the Heavens from out of that mist, I dare not attempt to

describe.

“Our first slide into the abyss itself, from the belt of foam

above, had carried us a great distance down the slope; but our

farther descent was by no means proportionate. Round and round we

swept—not with any uniform movement—but in dizzying swings and

jerks, that sent us sometimes only a few hundred yards—sometimes

nearly the complete circuit of the whirl. Our progress downward,

at each revolution, was slow, but very perceptible.

“Looking about me upon the wide waste of liquid ebony on which we

were thus borne, I perceived that our boat was not the only

object in the embrace of the whirl. Both above and below us were

visible fragments of vessels, large masses of building timber and

trunks of trees, with many smaller articles, such as pieces of

house furniture, broken boxes, barrels and staves. I have already

described the unnatural curiosity which had taken the place of my

original terrors. It appeared to grow upon me as I drew nearer

and nearer to my dreadful doom. I now began to watch, with a

strange interest, the numerous things that floated in our

company. I _must_ have been delirious, for I even sought

_amusement_ in speculating upon the relative velocities of their

several descents toward the foam below. ‘This fir tree,’ I found

myself at one time saying, ‘will certainly be the next thing that

takes the awful plunge and disappears,’—and then I was

disappointed to find that the wreck of a Dutch merchant ship

overtook it and went down before. At length, after making several

guesses of this nature, and being deceived in all—this fact—the

fact of my invariable miscalculation, set me upon a train of

reflection that made my limbs again tremble, and my heart beat

heavily once more.

“It was not a new terror that thus affected me, but the dawn of a

more exciting _hope_. This hope arose partly from memory, and

partly from present observation. I called to mind the great

variety of buoyant matter that strewed the coast of Lofoden,

having been absorbed and then thrown forth by the Moskoe-ström.

By far the greater number of the articles were shattered in the

most extraordinary way—so chafed and roughened as to have the

appearance of being stuck full of splinters—but then I distinctly

recollected that there were _some_ of them which were not

disfigured at all. Now I could not account for this difference

except by supposing that the roughened fragments were the only

ones which had been _completely absorbed_—that the others had

entered the whirl at so late a period of the tide, or, for some

reason, had descended so slowly after entering, that they did not

reach the bottom before the turn of the flood came, or of the

ebb, as the case might be. I conceived it possible, in either

instance, that they might thus be whirled up again to the level

of the ocean, without undergoing the fate of those which had been

drawn in more early, or absorbed more rapidly. I made, also,

three important observations. The first was, that, as a general

rule, the larger the bodies were, the more rapid their

descent—the second, that, between two masses of equal extent, the

one spherical, and the other _of any other shape_, the

superiority in speed of descent was with the sphere—the third,

that, between two masses of equal size, the one cylindrical, and

the other of any other shape, the cylinder was absorbed the more

slowly. Since my escape, I have had several conversations on this

subject with an old school-master of the district; and it was

from him that I learned the use of the words ‘cylinder’ and

‘sphere.’ He explained to me—although I have forgotten the

explanation—how what I observed was, in fact, the natural

consequence of the forms of the floating fragments—and showed me

how it happened that a cylinder, swimming in a vortex, offered

more resistance to its suction, and was drawn in with greater

difficulty than an equally bulky body, of any form whatever. (*1)

“There was one startling circumstance which went a great way in

enforcing these observations, and rendering me anxious to turn

them to account, and this was that, at every revolution, we

passed something like a barrel, or else the yard or the mast of a

vessel, while many of these things, which had been on our level

when I first opened my eyes upon the wonders of the whirlpool,

were now high up above us, and seemed to have moved but little

from their original station.

“I no longer hesitated what to do. I resolved to lash myself

securely to the water cask upon which I now held, to cut it loose

from the counter, and to throw myself with it into the water. I

attracted my brother’s attention by signs, pointed to the

floating barrels that came near us, and did everything in my

power to make him understand what I was about to do. I thought at

length that he comprehended my design—but, whether this was the

case or not, he shook his head despairingly, and refused to move

from his station by the ring-bolt. It was impossible to reach

him; the emergency admitted of no delay; and so, with a bitter

struggle, I resigned him to his fate, fastened myself to the cask

by means of the lashings which secured it to the counter, and

precipitated myself with it into the sea, without another

moment’s hesitation.

“The result was precisely what I had hoped it might be. As it is

myself who now tell you this tale—as you see that I _did_

escape—and as you are already in possession of the mode in which

this escape was effected, and must therefore anticipate all that

I have farther to say—I will bring my story quickly to

conclusion. It might have been an hour, or thereabout, after my

quitting the smack, when, having descended to a vast distance

beneath me, it made three or four wild gyrations in rapid

succession, and, bearing my loved brother with it, plunged

headlong, at once and forever, into the chaos of foam below. The

barrel to which I was attached sunk very little farther than half

the distance between the bottom of the gulf and the spot at which

I leaped overboard, before a great change took place in the

character of the whirlpool. The slope of the sides of the vast

funnel became momently less and less steep. The gyrations of the

whirl grew, gradually, less and less violent. By degrees, the

froth and the rainbow disappeared, and the bottom of the gulf

seemed slowly to uprise. The sky was clear, the winds had gone

down, and the full moon was setting radiantly in the west, when I

found myself on the surface of the ocean, in full view of the

shores of Lofoden, and above the spot where the pool of the

Moskoe-ström _had been_. It was the hour of the slack—but the sea

still heaved in mountainous waves from the effects of the

hurricane. I was borne violently into the channel of the Ström,

and in a few minutes was hurried down the coast into the

‘grounds’ of the fishermen. A boat picked me up—exhausted from

fatigue—and (now that the danger was removed) speechless from the

memory of its horror. Those who drew me on board were my old

mates and daily companions—but they knew me no more than they

would have known a traveller from the spirit-land. My hair which

had been raven-black the day before, was as white as you see it

now. They say too that the whole expression of my countenance had

changed. I told them my story—they did not believe it. I now tell

it to _you_—and I can scarcely expect you to put more faith in it

than did the merry fishermen of Lofoden.”

VON KEMPELEN AND HIS DISCOVERY

After the very minute and elaborate paper by Arago, to say

nothing of the summary in ‘Silliman’s Journal,’ with the detailed

statement just published by Lieutenant Maury, it will not be

supposed, of course, that in offering a few hurried remarks in

reference to Von Kempelen’s discovery, I have any design to look

at the subject in a scientific point of view. My object is

simply, in the first place, to say a few words of Von Kempelen

himself (with whom, some years ago, I had the honor of a slight

personal acquaintance), since every thing which concerns him must

necessarily, at this moment, be of interest; and, in the second

place, to look in a general way, and speculatively, at the

results of the discovery.

It may be as well, however, to premise the cursory observations

which I have to offer, by denying, very decidedly, what seems to

be a general impression (gleaned, as usual in a case of this

kind, from the newspapers), viz.: that this discovery, astounding

as it unquestionably is, is unanticipated.

By reference to the ‘Diary of Sir Humphrey Davy’ (Cottle and

Munroe, London, pp. 150), it will be seen at pp. 53 and 82, that

this illustrious chemist had not only conceived the idea now in

question, but had actually made no inconsiderable progress,

experimentally, in the very identical analysis now so

triumphantly brought to an issue by Von Kempelen, who although he

makes not the slightest allusion to it, is, without doubt (I say

it unhesitatingly, and can prove it, if required), indebted to

the ‘Diary’ for at least the first hint of his own undertaking.

The paragraph from the ‘Courier and Enquirer,’ which is now going

the rounds of the press, and which purports to claim the

invention for a Mr. Kissam, of Brunswick, Maine, appears to me, I

confess, a little apocryphal, for several reasons; although there

is nothing either impossible or very improbable in the statement

made. I need not go into details. My opinion of the paragraph is

founded principally upon its manner. It does not look true.

Persons who are narrating facts, are seldom so particular as Mr.

Kissam seems to be, about day and date and precise location.

Besides, if Mr. Kissam actually did come upon the discovery he

says he did, at the period designated—nearly eight years ago—how

happens it that he took no steps, on the instant, to reap the

immense benefits which the merest bumpkin must have known would

have resulted to him individually, if not to the world at large,

from the discovery? It seems to me quite incredible that any man

of common understanding could have discovered what Mr. Kissam

says he did, and yet have subsequently acted so like a baby—so

like an owl—as Mr. Kissam admits that he did. By-the-way, who is

Mr. Kissam? and is not the whole paragraph in the ‘Courier and

Enquirer’ a fabrication got up to ‘make a talk’? It must be

confessed that it has an amazingly moon-hoaxy-air. Very little

dependence is to be placed upon it, in my humble opinion; and if

I were not well aware, from experience, how very easily men of

science are mystified, on points out of their usual range of

inquiry, I should be profoundly astonished at finding so eminent

a chemist as Professor Draper, discussing Mr. Kissam’s (or is it

Mr. Quizzem’s?) pretensions to the discovery, in so serious a

tone.

But to return to the ‘Diary’ of Sir Humphrey Davy. This pamphlet

was not designed for the public eye, even upon the decease of the

writer, as any person at all conversant with authorship may

satisfy himself at once by the slightest inspection of the style.

At page 13, for example, near the middle, we read, in reference

to his researches about the protoxide of azote: ‘In less than

half a minute the respiration being continued, diminished

gradually and were succeeded by analogous to gentle pressure on

all the muscles.’ That the respiration was not ‘diminished,’ is

not only clear by the subsequent context, but by the use of the

plural, ‘were.’ The sentence, no doubt, was thus intended: ‘In

less than half a minute, the respiration [being continued, these

feelings] diminished gradually, and were succeeded by [a

sensation] analogous to gentle pressure on all the muscles.’ A

hundred similar instances go to show that the MS. so

inconsiderately published, was merely a rough note-book, meant

only for the writer’s own eye, but an inspection of the pamphlet

will convince almost any thinking person of the truth of my

suggestion. The fact is, Sir Humphrey Davy was about the last man

in the world to commit himself on scientific topics. Not only had

he a more than ordinary dislike to quackery, but he was morbidly

afraid of appearing empirical; so that, however fully he might

have been convinced that he was on the right track in the matter

now in question, he would never have spoken out, until he had

every thing ready for the most practical demonstration. I verily

believe that his last moments would have been rendered wretched,

could he have suspected that his wishes in regard to burning this

‘Diary’ (full of crude speculations) would have been unattended

to; as, it seems, they were. I say ‘his wishes,’ for that he

meant to include this note-book among the miscellaneous papers

directed ‘to be burnt,’ I think there can be no manner of doubt.

Whether it escaped the flames by good fortune or by bad, yet

remains to be seen. That the passages quoted above, with the

other similar ones referred to, gave Von Kempelen the hint, I do

not in the slightest degree question; but I repeat, it yet

remains to be seen whether this momentous discovery itself

(momentous under any circumstances) will be of service or

disservice to mankind at large. That Von Kempelen and his

immediate friends will reap a rich harvest, it would be folly to

doubt for a moment. They will scarcely be so weak as not to

‘realize,’ in time, by large purchases of houses and land, with

other property of intrinsic value.

In the brief account of Von Kempelen which appeared in the ‘Home

Journal,’ and has since been extensively copied, several

misapprehensions of the German original seem to have been made by

the translator, who professes to have taken the passage from a

late number of the Presburg ‘Schnellpost.’ ‘Viele’ has evidently

been misconceived (as it often is), and what the translator

renders by ‘sorrows,’ is probably ‘lieden,’ which, in its true

version, ‘sufferings,’ would give a totally different complexion

to the whole account; but, of course, much of this is merely

guess, on my part.

Von Kempelen, however, is by no means ‘a misanthrope,’ in

appearance, at least, whatever he may be in fact. My acquaintance

with him was casual altogether; and I am scarcely warranted in

saying that I know him at all; but to have seen and conversed

with a man of so _prodigious_ a notoriety as he has attained, or

_will_ attain in a few days, is not a small matter, as times go.

“The Literary World” speaks of him, confidently, as a native of

Presburg (misled, perhaps, by the account in “The Home Journal”)

but I am pleased in being able to state _positively_, since I

have it from his own lips, that he was born in Utica, in the

State of New York, although both his parents, I believe, are of

Presburg descent. The family is connected, in some way, with

Mäelzel, of Automaton-chess-player memory. In person, he is short

and stout, with large, _fat_, blue eyes, sandy hair and whiskers,

a wide but pleasing mouth, fine teeth, and I think a Roman nose.

There is some defect in one of his feet. His address is frank,

and his whole manner noticeable for bonhomie. Altogether, he

looks, speaks, and acts as little like ‘a misanthrope’ as any man

I ever saw. We were fellow-sojourners for a week about six years

ago, at Earl’s Hotel, in Providence, Rhode Island; and I presume

that I conversed with him, at various times, for some three or

four hours altogether. His principal topics were those of the

day; and nothing that fell from him led me to suspect his

scientific attainments. He left the hotel before me, intending to

go to New York, and thence to Bremen; it was in the latter city

that his great discovery was first made public; or, rather, it

was there that he was first suspected of having made it. This is

about all that I personally know of the now immortal Von

Kempelen; but I have thought that even these few details would

have interest for the public.

There can be little question that most of the marvellous rumors

afloat about this affair are pure inventions, entitled to about

as much credit as the story of Aladdin’s lamp; and yet, in a case

of this kind, as in the case of the discoveries in California, it

is clear that the truth may be stranger than fiction. The

following anecdote, at least, is so well authenticated, that we

may receive it implicitly.

Von Kempelen had never been even tolerably well off during his

residence at Bremen; and often, it was well known, he had been

put to extreme shifts in order to raise trifling sums. When the

great excitement occurred about the forgery on the house of

Gutsmuth & Co., suspicion was directed toward Von Kempelen, on

account of his having purchased a considerable property in

Gasperitch Lane, and his refusing, when questioned, to explain

how he became possessed of the purchase money. He was at length

arrested, but nothing decisive appearing against him, was in the

end set at liberty. The police, however, kept a strict watch upon

his movements, and thus discovered that he left home frequently,

taking always the same road, and invariably giving his watchers

the slip in the neighborhood of that labyrinth of narrow and

crooked passages known by the flash name of the ‘Dondergat.’

Finally, by dint of great perseverance, they traced him to a

garret in an old house of seven stories, in an alley called

Flatzplatz,—and, coming upon him suddenly, found him, as they

imagined, in the midst of his counterfeiting operations. His

agitation is represented as so excessive that the officers had

not the slightest doubt of his guilt. After hand-cuffing him,

they searched his room, or rather rooms, for it appears he

occupied all the mansarde.

Opening into the garret where they caught him, was a closet, ten

feet by eight, fitted up with some chemical apparatus, of which

the object has not yet been ascertained. In one corner of the

closet was a very small furnace, with a glowing fire in it, and

on the fire a kind of duplicate crucible—two crucibles connected

by a tube. One of these crucibles was nearly full of lead in a

state of fusion, but not reaching up to the aperture of the tube,

which was close to the brim. The other crucible had some liquid

in it, which, as the officers entered, seemed to be furiously

dissipating in vapor. They relate that, on finding himself taken,

Kempelen seized the crucibles with both hands (which were encased

in gloves that afterwards turned out to be asbestic), and threw

the contents on the tiled floor. It was now that they hand-cuffed

him; and before proceeding to ransack the premises they searched

his person, but nothing unusual was found about him, excepting a

paper parcel, in his coat-pocket, containing what was afterward

ascertained to be a mixture of antimony and some unknown

substance, in nearly, but not quite, equal proportions. All

attempts at analyzing the unknown substance have, so far, failed,

but that it will ultimately be analyzed, is not to be doubted.

Passing out of the closet with their prisoner, the officers went

through a sort of ante-chamber, in which nothing material was

found, to the chemist’s sleeping-room. They here rummaged some

drawers and boxes, but discovered only a few papers, of no

importance, and some good coin, silver and gold. At length,

looking under the bed, they saw a large, common hair trunk,

without hinges, hasp, or lock, and with the top lying carelessly

across the bottom portion. Upon attempting to draw this trunk out

from under the bed, they found that, with their united strength

(there were three of them, all powerful men), they ‘could not

stir it one inch.’ Much astonished at this, one of them crawled

under the bed, and looking into the trunk, said:

‘No wonder we couldn’t move it—why it’s full to the brim of old

bits of brass!’

Putting his feet, now, against the wall so as to get a good

purchase, and pushing with all his force, while his companions

pulled with all theirs, the trunk, with much difficulty, was slid

out from under the bed, and its contents examined. The supposed

brass with which it was filled was all in small, smooth pieces,

varying from the size of a pea to that of a dollar; but the

pieces were irregular in shape, although more or less

flat-looking, upon the whole, “very much as lead looks when

thrown upon the ground in a molten state, and there suffered to

grow cool.” Now, not one of these officers for a moment suspected

this metal to be anything _but_ brass. The idea of its being

_gold_ never entered their brains, of course; how _could_ such a

wild fancy have entered it? And their astonishment may be well

conceived, when the next day it became known, all over Bremen,

that the “lot of brass” which they had carted so contemptuously

to the police office, without putting themselves to the trouble

of pocketing the smallest scrap, was not only gold—real gold—but

gold far finer than any employed in coinage—gold, in fact,

absolutely pure, virgin, without the slightest appreciable alloy.

I need not go over the details of Von Kempelen’s confession (as

far as it went) and release, for these are familiar to the

public. That he has actually realized, in spirit and in effect,

if not to the letter, the old chimaera of the philosopher’s

stone, no sane person is at liberty to doubt. The opinions of

Arago are, of course, entitled to the greatest consideration; but

he is by no means infallible; and what he says of bismuth, in his

report to the Academy, must be taken _cum grano salis_. The

simple truth is, that up to this period all analysis has failed;

and until Von Kempelen chooses to let us have the key to his own

published enigma, it is more than probable that the matter will

remain, for years, in statu quo. All that as yet can fairly be

said to be known is, that ‘Pure gold can be made at will, and

very readily from lead in connection with certain other

substances, in kind and in proportions, unknown.’

Speculation, of course, is busy as to the immediate and ultimate

results of this discovery—a discovery which few thinking persons

will hesitate in referring to an increased interest in the matter

of gold generally, by the late developments in California; and

this reflection brings us inevitably to another—the exceeding

inopportuneness of Von Kempelen’s analysis. If many were

prevented from adventuring to California, by the mere

apprehension that gold would so materially diminish in value, on

account of its plentifulness in the mines there, as to render the

speculation of going so far in search of it a doubtful one—what

impression will be wrought now, upon the minds of those about to

emigrate, and especially upon the minds of those actually in the

mineral region, by the announcement of this astounding discovery

of Von Kempelen? a discovery which declares, in so many words,

that beyond its intrinsic worth for manufacturing purposes

(whatever that worth may be), gold now is, or at least soon will

be (for it cannot be supposed that Von Kempelen can long retain

his secret), of no greater value than lead, and of far inferior

value to silver. It is, indeed, exceedingly difficult to

speculate prospectively upon the consequences of the discovery,

but one thing may be positively maintained—that the announcement

of the discovery six months ago would have had material influence

in regard to the settlement of California.

In Europe, as yet, the most noticeable results have been a rise

of two hundred per cent. in the price of lead, and nearly

twenty-five per cent. that of silver.

MESMERIC REVELATION

Whatever doubt may still envelop the _rationale_ of mesmerism, its

startling _facts_ are now almost universally admitted. Of these latter,

those who doubt, are your mere doubters by profession—an unprofitable

and disreputable tribe. There can be no more absolute waste of time

than the attempt to _prove_, at the present day, that man, by mere

exercise of will, can so impress his fellow, as to cast him into an

abnormal condition, of which the phenomena resemble very closely those

of _death_, or at least resemble them more nearly than they do the

phenomena of any other normal condition within our cognizance; that,

while in this state, the person so impressed employs only with effort,

and then feebly, the external organs of sense, yet perceives, with

keenly refined perception, and through channels supposed unknown,

matters beyond the scope of the physical organs; that, moreover, his

intellectual faculties are wonderfully exalted and invigorated; that

his sympathies with the person so impressing him are profound; and,

finally, that his susceptibility to the impression increases with its

frequency, while, in the same proportion, the peculiar phenomena

elicited are more extended and more _pronounced_.

I say that these—which are the laws of mesmerism in its general

features—it would be supererogation to demonstrate; nor shall I inflict

upon my readers so needless a demonstration; to-day. My purpose at

present is a very different one indeed. I am impelled, even in the

teeth of a world of prejudice, to detail without comment the very

remarkable substance of a colloquy, occurring between a sleep-waker and

myself.

I had been long in the habit of mesmerizing the person in question (Mr.

Vankirk), and the usual acute susceptibility and exaltation of the

mesmeric perception had supervened. For many months he had been

laboring under confirmed phthisis, the more distressing effects of

which had been relieved by my manipulations; and on the night of

Wednesday, the fifteenth instant, I was summoned to his bedside.

The invalid was suffering with acute pain in the region of the heart,

and breathed with great difficulty, having all the ordinary symptoms of

asthma. In spasms such as these he had usually found relief from the

application of mustard to the nervous centres, but to-night this had

been attempted in vain.

As I entered his room he greeted me with a cheerful smile, and although

evidently in much bodily pain, appeared to be, mentally, quite at ease.

“I sent for you to-night,” he said, “not so much to administer to my

bodily ailment, as to satisfy me concerning certain psychal impressions

which, of late, have occasioned me much anxiety and surprise. I need

not tell you how sceptical I have hitherto been on the topic of the

soul’s immortality. I cannot deny that there has always existed, as if

in that very soul which I have been denying, a vague half-sentiment of

its own existence. But this half-sentiment at no time amounted to

conviction. With it my reason had nothing to do. All attempts at

logical inquiry resulted, indeed, in leaving me more sceptical than

before. I had been advised to study Cousin. I studied him in his own

works as well as in those of his European and American echoes. The

‘Charles Elwood’ of Mr. Brownson, for example, was placed in my hands.

I read it with profound attention. Throughout I found it logical, but

the portions which were not _merely_ logical were unhappily the initial

arguments of the disbelieving hero of the book. In his summing up it

seemed evident to me that the reasoner had not even succeeded in

convincing himself. His end had plainly forgotten his beginning, like

the government of Trinculo. In short, I was not long in perceiving that

if man is to be intellectually convinced of his own immortality, he

will never be so convinced by the mere abstractions which have been so

long the fashion of the moralists of England, of France, and of

Germany. Abstractions may amuse and exercise, but take no hold on the

mind. Here upon earth, at least, philosophy, I am persuaded, will

always in vain call upon us to look upon qualities as things. The will

may assent—the soul—the intellect, never.

“I repeat, then, that I only half felt, and never intellectually

believed. But latterly there has been a certain deepening of the

feeling, until it has come so nearly to resemble the acquiescence of

reason, that I find it difficult to distinguish between the two. I am

enabled, too, plainly to trace this effect to the mesmeric influence. I

cannot better explain my meaning than by the hypothesis that the

mesmeric exaltation enables me to perceive a train of ratiocination

which, in my abnormal existence, convinces, but which, in full

accordance with the mesmeric phenomena, does not extend, except through

its _effect_, into my normal condition. In sleep-waking, the reasoning

and its conclusion—the cause and its effect—are present together. In my

natural state, the cause vanishing, the effect only, and perhaps only

partially, remains.

“These considerations have led me to think that some good results might

ensue from a series of well-directed questions propounded to me while

mesmerized. You have often observed the profound self-cognizance

evinced by the sleep-waker—the extensive knowledge he displays upon all

points relating to the mesmeric condition itself; and from this

self-cognizance may be deduced hints for the proper conduct of a

catechism.”

I consented of course to make this experiment. A few passes threw Mr.

Vankirk into the mesmeric sleep. His breathing became immediately more

easy, and he seemed to suffer no physical uneasiness. The following

conversation then ensued:—V. in the dialogue representing the patient,

and P. myself.

_P._ Are you asleep?

_V._ Yes—no; I would rather sleep more soundly.

_P._ [_After a few more passes._] Do you sleep now?

_V._ Yes.

_P._ How do you think your present illness will result?

_V._ [_After a long hesitation and speaking as if with effort_.]

I must die.

_P._ Does the idea of death afflict you?

_V._ [_Very quickly_.] No—no!

_P._ Are you pleased with the prospect?

_V._ If I were awake I should like to die, but now it is no

matter. The mesmeric condition is so near death as to content me.

_P._ I wish you would explain yourself, Mr. Vankirk.

_V._ I am willing to do so, but it requires more effort than I

feel able to make. You do not question me properly.

_P._ What then shall I ask?

_V._ You must begin at the beginning.

_P._ The beginning! But where is the beginning?

_V._ You know that the beginning is GOD. [_This was said in a

low, fluctuating tone, and with every sign of the most profound

veneration_.]

_P._ What then, is God?

_V._ [_Hesitating for many minutes._] I cannot tell.

_P._ Is not God spirit?

_V._ While I was awake I knew what you meant by “spirit,” but now

it seems only a word—such, for instance, as truth, beauty—a

quality, I mean.

_P._ Is not God immaterial?

_V._ There is no immateriality—it is a mere word. That which is

not matter, is not at all—unless qualities are things.

_P._ Is God, then, material?

_V._ No. [_This reply startled me very much._]

_P._ What, then, is he?

_V._ [_After a long pause, and mutteringly._] I see—but it is a

thing difficult to tell. [_Another long pause._] He is not

spirit, for he exists. Nor is he matter, as _you understand it_.

But there are _gradations_ of matter of which man knows nothing;

the grosser impelling the finer, the finer pervading the grosser.

The atmosphere, for example, impels the electric principle, while

the electric principle permeates the atmosphere. These gradations

of matter increase in rarity or fineness, until we arrive at a

matter _unparticled_—without particles—indivisible—_one;_ and

here the law of impulsion and permeation is modified. The

ultimate, or unparticled matter, not only permeates all things

but impels all things; and thus _is_ all things within itself.

This matter is God. What men attempt to embody in the word

“thought,” is this matter in motion.

_P._ The metaphysicians maintain that all action is reducible to

motion and thinking, and that the latter is the origin of the

former.

_V._ Yes; and I now see the confusion of idea. Motion is the

action of _mind_, not of _thinking_. The unparticled matter, or

God, in quiescence, is (as nearly as we can conceive it) what men

call mind. And the power of self-movement (equivalent in effect

to human volition) is, in the unparticled matter, the result of

its unity and omniprevalence; _how_ I know not, and now clearly

see that I shall never know. But the unparticled matter, set in

motion by a law, or quality, existing within itself, is thinking.

_P._ Can you give me no more precise idea of what you term the

unparticled matter?

_V._ The matters of which man is cognizant escape the senses in

gradation. We have, for example, a metal, a piece of wood, a drop

of water, the atmosphere, a gas, caloric, electricity, the

luminiferous ether. Now we call all these things matter, and

embrace all matter in one general definition; but in spite of

this, there can be no two ideas more essentially distinct than

that which we attach to a metal, and that which we attach to the

luminiferous ether. When we reach the latter, we feel an almost

irresistible inclination to class it with spirit, or with

nihility. The only consideration which restrains us is our

conception of its atomic constitution; and here, even, we have to

seek aid from our notion of an atom, as something possessing in

infinite minuteness, solidity, palpability, weight. Destroy the

idea of the atomic constitution and we should no longer be able

to regard the ether as an entity, or at least as matter. For want

of a better word we might term it spirit. Take, now, a step

beyond the luminiferous ether—conceive a matter as much more rare

than the ether, as this ether is more rare than the metal, and we

arrive at once (in spite of all the school dogmas) at a unique

mass—an unparticled matter. For although we may admit infinite

littleness in the atoms themselves, the infinitude of littleness

in the spaces between them is an absurdity. There will be a

point—there will be a degree of rarity, at which, if the atoms

are sufficiently numerous, the interspaces must vanish, and the

mass absolutely coalesce. But the consideration of the atomic

constitution being now taken away, the nature of the mass

inevitably glides into what we conceive of spirit. It is clear,

however, that it is as fully matter as before. The truth is, it

is impossible to conceive spirit, since it is impossible to

imagine what is not. When we flatter ourselves that we have

formed its conception, we have merely deceived our understanding

by the consideration of infinitely rarified matter.

_P._ There seems to me an insurmountable objection to the idea of

absolute coalescence;—and that is the very slight resistance

experienced by the heavenly bodies in their revolutions through

space—a resistance now ascertained, it is true, to exist in

_some_ degree, but which is, nevertheless, so slight as to have

been quite overlooked by the sagacity even of Newton. We know

that the resistance of bodies is, chiefly, in proportion to their

density. Absolute coalescence is absolute density. Where there

are no interspaces, there can be no yielding. An ether,

absolutely dense, would put an infinitely more effectual stop to

the progress of a star than would an ether of adamant or of iron.

_V._ Your objection is answered with an ease which is nearly in

the ratio of its apparent unanswerability.—As regards the

progress of the star, it can make no difference whether the star

passes through the ether _or the ether through it_. There is no

astronomical error more unaccountable than that which reconciles

the known retardation of the comets with the idea of their

passage through an ether: for, however rare this ether be

supposed, it would put a stop to all sidereal revolution in a

very far briefer period than has been admitted by those

astronomers who have endeavored to slur over a point which they

found it impossible to comprehend. The retardation actually

experienced is, on the other hand, about that which might be

expected from the _friction_ of the ether in the instantaneous

passage through the orb. In the one case, the retarding force is

momentary and complete within itself—in the other it is endlessly

accumulative.

_P._ But in all this—in this identification of mere matter with

God—is there nothing of irreverence? [_I was forced to repeat

this question before the sleep-waker fully comprehended my

meaning_.]

_V._ Can you say _why_ matter should be less reverenced than

mind? But you forget that the matter of which I speak is, in all

respects, the very “mind” or “spirit” of the schools, so far as

regards its high capacities, and is, moreover, the “matter” of

these schools at the same time. God, with all the powers

attributed to spirit, is but the perfection of matter.

_P._ You assert, then, that the unparticled matter, in motion, is

thought?

_V._ In general, this motion is the universal thought of the

universal mind. This thought creates. All created things are but

the thoughts of God.

_P._ You say, “in general.”

_V._ Yes. The universal mind is God. For new individualities,

_matter_ is necessary.

_P._ But you now speak of “mind” and “matter” as do the

metaphysicians.

_V._ Yes—to avoid confusion. When I say “mind,” I mean the

unparticled or ultimate matter; by “matter,” I intend all else.

_P._ You were saying that “for new individualities matter is

necessary.”

_V._ Yes; for mind, existing unincorporate, is merely God. To

create individual, thinking beings, it was necessary to incarnate

portions of the divine mind. Thus man is individualized. Divested

of corporate investiture, he were God. Now, the particular motion

of the incarnated portions of the unparticled matter is the

thought of man; as the motion of the whole is that of God.

_P._ You say that divested of the body man will be God?

_V._ [_After much hesitation._] I could not have said this; it is

an absurdity.

_P._ [_Referring to my notes._] You _did_ say that “divested of

corporate investiture man were God.”

_V._ And this is true. Man thus divested _would be_ God—would be

unindividualized. But he can never be thus divested—at least

never _will be_—else we must imagine an action of God returning

upon itself—a purposeless and futile action. Man is a creature.

Creatures are thoughts of God. It is the nature of thought to be

irrevocable.

_P._ I do not comprehend. You say that man will never put off the

body?

_V._ I say that he will never be bodiless.

_P._ Explain.

_V._ There are two bodies—the rudimental and the complete;

corresponding with the two conditions of the worm and the

butterfly. What we call “death,” is but the painful

metamorphosis. Our present incarnation is progressive,

preparatory, temporary. Our future is perfected, ultimate,

immortal. The ultimate life is the full design.

_P._ But of the worm’s metamorphosis we are palpably cognizant.

_V._ _We_, certainly—but not the worm. The matter of which our

rudimental body is composed, is within the ken of the organs of

that body; or, more distinctly, our rudimental organs are adapted

to the matter of which is formed the rudimental body; but not to

that of which the ultimate is composed. The ultimate body thus

escapes our rudimental senses, and we perceive only the shell

which falls, in decaying, from the inner form; not that inner

form itself; but this inner form, as well as the shell, is

appreciable by those who have already acquired the ultimate life.

_P._ You have often said that the mesmeric state very nearly

resembles death. How is this?

_V._ When I say that it resembles death, I mean that it resembles

the ultimate life; for when I am entranced the senses of my

rudimental life are in abeyance, and I perceive external things

directly, without organs, through a medium which I shall employ

in the ultimate, unorganized life.

_P._ Unorganized?

_V._ Yes; organs are contrivances by which the individual is

brought into sensible relation with particular classes and forms

of matter, to the exclusion of other classes and forms. The

organs of man are adapted to his rudimental condition, and to

that only; his ultimate condition, being unorganized, is of

unlimited comprehension in all points but one—the nature of the

volition of God—that is to say, the motion of the unparticled

matter. You will have a distinct idea of the ultimate body by

conceiving it to be entire brain. This it is _not_; but a

conception of this nature will bring you near a comprehension of

what it _is_. A luminous body imparts vibration to the

luminiferous ether. The vibrations generate similar ones within

the retina; these again communicate similar ones to the optic

nerve. The nerve conveys similar ones to the brain; the brain,

also, similar ones to the unparticled matter which permeates it.

The motion of this latter is thought, of which perception is the

first undulation. This is the mode by which the mind of the

rudimental life communicates with the external world; and this

external world is, to the rudimental life, limited, through the

idiosyncrasy of its organs. But in the ultimate, unorganized

life, the external world reaches the whole body, (which is of a

substance having affinity to brain, as I have said,) with no

other intervention than that of an infinitely rarer ether than

even the luminiferous; and to this ether—in unison with it—the

whole body vibrates, setting in motion the unparticled matter

which permeates it. It is to the absence of idiosyncratic organs,

therefore, that we must attribute the nearly unlimited perception

of the ultimate life. To rudimental beings, organs are the cages

necessary to confine them until fledged.

_P._ You speak of rudimental “beings.” Are there other rudimental

thinking beings than man?

_V._ The multitudinous conglomeration of rare matter into nebulæ,

planets, suns, and other bodies which are neither nebulæ, suns,

nor planets, is for the sole purpose of supplying _pabulum_ for

the idiosyncrasy of the organs of an infinity of rudimental

beings. But for the necessity of the rudimental, prior to the

ultimate life, there would have been no bodies such as these.

Each of these is tenanted by a distinct variety of organic,

rudimental, thinking creatures. In all, the organs vary with the

features of the place tenanted. At death, or metamorphosis, these

creatures, enjoying the ultimate life—immortality—and cognizant

of all secrets but _the one_, act all things and pass everywhere

by mere volition:—indwelling, not the stars, which to us seem the

sole palpabilities, and for the accommodation of which we blindly

deem space created—but that SPACE itself—that infinity of which

the truly substantive vastness swallows up the

star-shadows—blotting them out as non-entities from the

perception of the angels.

_P._ You say that “but for the _necessity_ of the rudimental

life” there would have been no stars. But why this necessity?

_V._ In the inorganic life, as well as in the inorganic matter

generally, there is nothing to impede the action of one simple

_unique_ law—the Divine Volition. With the view of producing

impediment, the organic life and matter, (complex, substantial,

and law-encumbered,) were contrived.

_P._ But again—why need this impediment have been produced?

_V._ The result of law inviolate is perfection—right—negative

happiness. The result of law violate is imperfection, wrong,

positive pain. Through the impediments afforded by the number,

complexity, and substantiality of the laws of organic life and

matter, the violation of law is rendered, to a certain extent,

practicable. Thus pain, which in the inorganic life is

impossible, is possible in the organic.

_P._ But to what good end is pain thus rendered possible?

_V._ All things are either good or bad by comparison. A

sufficient analysis will show that pleasure, in all cases, is but

the contrast of pain. _Positive_ pleasure is a mere idea. To be

happy at any one point we must have suffered at the same. Never

to suffer would have been never to have been blessed. But it has

been shown that, in the inorganic life, pain cannot be thus the

necessity for the organic. The pain of the primitive life of

Earth, is the sole basis of the bliss of the ultimate life in

Heaven.

_P._ Still, there is one of your expressions which I find it

impossible to comprehend—“the truly _substantive_ vastness of

infinity.”

_V._ This, probably, is because you have no sufficiently generic

conception of the term “_substance_” itself. We must not regard

it as a quality, but as a sentiment:—it is the perception, in

thinking beings, of the adaptation of matter to their

organization. There are many things on the Earth, which would be

nihility to the inhabitants of Venus—many things visible and

tangible in Venus, which we could not be brought to appreciate as

existing at all. But to the inorganic beings—to the angels—the

whole of the unparticled matter is substance—that is to say, the

whole of what we term “space” is to them the truest

substantiality;—the stars, meantime, through what we consider

their materiality, escaping the angelic sense, just in proportion

as the unparticled matter, through what we consider its

immateriality, eludes the organic.

As the sleep-waker pronounced these latter words, in a feeble

tone, I observed on his countenance a singular expression, which

somewhat alarmed me, and induced me to awake him at once. No

sooner had I done this, than, with a bright smile irradiating all

his features, he fell back upon his pillow and expired. I noticed

that in less than a minute afterward his corpse had all the stern

rigidity of stone. His brow was of the coldness of ice. Thus,

ordinarily, should it have appeared, only after long pressure

from Azrael’s hand. Had the sleep-waker, indeed, during the

latter portion of his discourse, been addressing me from out the

region of the shadows?

THE FACTS IN THE CASE OF M. VALDEMAR

Of course I shall not pretend to consider it any matter for

wonder, that the extraordinary case of M. Valdemar has excited

discussion. It would have been a miracle had it not—especially

under the circumstances. Through the desire of all parties

concerned, to keep the affair from the public, at least for the

present, or until we had farther opportunities for

investigation—through our endeavors to effect this—a garbled or

exaggerated account made its way into society, and became the

source of many unpleasant misrepresentations; and, very

naturally, of a great deal of disbelief.

It is now rendered necessary that I give the facts—as far as I

comprehend them myself. They are, succinctly, these:

My attention, for the last three years, had been repeatedly drawn

to the subject of Mesmerism; and, about nine months ago it

occurred to me, quite suddenly, that in the series of experiments

made hitherto, there had been a very remarkable and most

unaccountable omission:—no person had as yet been mesmerized in

articulo mortis. It remained to be seen, first, whether, in such

condition, there existed in the patient any susceptibility to the

magnetic influence; secondly, whether, if any existed, it was

impaired or increased by the condition; thirdly, to what extent,

or for how long a period, the encroachments of Death might be

arrested by the process. There were other points to be

ascertained, but these most excited my curiosity—the last in

especial, from the immensely important character of its

consequences.

In looking around me for some subject by whose means I might test

these particulars, I was brought to think of my friend, M. Ernest

Valdemar, the well-known compiler of the “Bibliotheca Forensica,”

and author (under the nom de plume of Issachar Marx) of the

Polish versions of “Wallenstein” and “Gargantua.” M. Valdemar,

who has resided principally at Harlem, N.Y., since the year 1839,

is (or was) particularly noticeable for the extreme spareness of

his person—his lower limbs much resembling those of John

Randolph; and, also, for the whiteness of his whiskers, in

violent contrast to the blackness of his hair—the latter, in

consequence, being very generally mistaken for a wig. His

temperament was markedly nervous, and rendered him a good subject

for mesmeric experiment. On two or three occasions I had put him

to sleep with little difficulty, but was disappointed in other

results which his peculiar constitution had naturally led me to

anticipate. His will was at no period positively, or thoroughly,

under my control, and in regard to clairvoyance, I could

accomplish with him nothing to be relied upon. I always

attributed my failure at these points to the disordered state of

his health. For some months previous to my becoming acquainted

with him, his physicians had declared him in a confirmed

phthisis. It was his custom, indeed, to speak calmly of his

approaching dissolution, as of a matter neither to be avoided nor

regretted.

When the ideas to which I have alluded first occurred to me, it

was of course very natural that I should think of M. Valdemar. I

knew the steady philosophy of the man too well to apprehend any

scruples from him; and he had no relatives in America who would

be likely to interfere. I spoke to him frankly upon the subject;

and, to my surprise, his interest seemed vividly excited. I say

to my surprise, for, although he had always yielded his person

freely to my experiments, he had never before given me any tokens

of sympathy with what I did. His disease was of that character

which would admit of exact calculation in respect to the epoch of

its termination in death; and it was finally arranged between us

that he would send for me about twenty-four hours before the

period announced by his physicians as that of his decease.

It is now rather more than seven months since I received, from M.

Valdemar himself, the subjoined note:

MY DEAR P——,

You may as well come now. D—— and F—— are agreed that I cannot

hold out beyond to-morrow midnight; and I think they have hit the

time very nearly.

VALDEMAR

I received this note within half an hour after it was written,

and in fifteen minutes more I was in the dying man’s chamber. I

had not seen him for ten days, and was appalled by the fearful

alteration which the brief interval had wrought in him. His face

wore a leaden hue; the eyes were utterly lustreless; and the

emaciation was so extreme that the skin had been broken through

by the cheek-bones. His expectoration was excessive. The pulse

was barely perceptible. He retained, nevertheless, in a very

remarkable manner, both his mental power and a certain degree of

physical strength. He spoke with distinctness—took some

palliative medicines without aid—and, when I entered the room,

was occupied in penciling memoranda in a pocket-book. He was

propped up in the bed by pillows. Doctors D—— and F—— were in

attendance.

After pressing Valdemar’s hand, I took these gentlemen aside, and

obtained from them a minute account of the patient’s condition.

The left lung had been for eighteen months in a semi-osseous or

cartilaginous state, and was, of course, entirely useless for all

purposes of vitality. The right, in its upper portion, was also

partially, if not thoroughly, ossified, while the lower region

was merely a mass of purulent tubercles, running one into

another. Several extensive perforations existed; and, at one

point, permanent adhesion to the ribs had taken place. These

appearances in the right lobe were of comparatively recent date.

The ossification had proceeded with very unusual rapidity; no

sign of it had been discovered a month before, and the adhesion

had only been observed during the three previous days.

Independently of the phthisis, the patient was suspected of

aneurism of the aorta; but on this point the osseous symptoms

rendered an exact diagnosis impossible. It was the opinion of

both physicians that M. Valdemar would die about midnight on the

morrow (Sunday). It was then seven o’clock on Saturday evening.

On quitting the invalid’s bed-side to hold conversation with

myself, Doctors D—— and F—— had bidden him a final farewell. It

had not been their intention to return; but, at my request, they

agreed to look in upon the patient about ten the next night.

When they had gone, I spoke freely with M. Valdemar on the

subject of his approaching dissolution, as well as, more

particularly, of the experiment proposed. He still professed

himself quite willing and even anxious to have it made, and urged

me to commence it at once. A male and a female nurse were in

attendance; but I did not feel myself altogether at liberty to

engage in a task of this character with no more reliable

witnesses than these people, in case of sudden accident, might

prove. I therefore postponed operations until about eight the

next night, when the arrival of a medical student with whom I had

some acquaintance, (Mr. Theodore L—l,) relieved me from farther

embarrassment. It had been my design, originally, to wait for the

physicians; but I was induced to proceed, first, by the urgent

entreaties of M. Valdemar, and secondly, by my conviction that I

had not a moment to lose, as he was evidently sinking fast.

Mr. L—l was so kind as to accede to my desire that he would take

notes of all that occurred, and it is from his memoranda that

what I now have to relate is, for the most part, either condensed

or copied verbatim.

It wanted about five minutes of eight when, taking the patient’s

hand, I begged him to state, as distinctly as he could, to Mr.

L—l, whether he (M. Valdemar) was entirely willing that I should

make the experiment of mesmerizing him in his then condition.

He replied feebly, yet quite audibly, “Yes, I wish to be. I fear

you have mesmerized”—adding immediately afterwards: “I fear you

have deferred it too long.”

While he spoke thus, I commenced the passes which I had already

found most effectual in subduing him. He was evidently influenced

with the first lateral stroke of my hand across his forehead; but

although I exerted all my powers, no further perceptible effect

was induced until some minutes after ten o’clock, when Doctors

D—— and F—— called, according to appointment. I explained to

them, in a few words, what I designed, and as they opposed no

objection, saying that the patient was already in the death

agony, I proceeded without hesitation—exchanging, however, the

lateral passes for downward ones, and directing my gaze entirely

into the right eye of the sufferer.

By this time his pulse was imperceptible and his breathing was

stertorous, and at intervals of half a minute.

This condition was nearly unaltered for a quarter of an hour. At

the expiration of this period, however, a natural although a very

deep sigh escaped the bosom of the dying man, and the stertorous

breathing ceased—that is to say, its stertorousness was no longer

apparent; the intervals were undiminished. The patient’s

extremities were of an icy coldness.

At five minutes before eleven I perceived unequivocal signs of

the mesmeric influence. The glassy roll of the eye was changed

for that expression of uneasy inward examination which is never

seen except in cases of sleep-waking, and which it is quite

impossible to mistake. With a few rapid lateral passes I made the

lids quiver, as in incipient sleep, and with a few more I closed

them altogether. I was not satisfied, however, with this, but

continued the manipulations vigorously, and with the fullest

exertion of the will, until I had completely stiffened the limbs

of the slumberer, after placing them in a seemingly easy

position. The legs were at full length; the arms were nearly so,

and reposed on the bed at a moderate distance from the loin. The

head was very slightly elevated.

When I had accomplished this, it was fully midnight, and I

requested the gentlemen present to examine M. Valdemar’s

condition. After a few experiments, they admitted him to be an

unusually perfect state of mesmeric trance. The curiosity of both

the physicians was greatly excited. Dr. D—— resolved at once to

remain with the patient all night, while Dr. F—— took leave with

a promise to return at daybreak. Mr. L—l and the nurses remained.

We left M. Valdemar entirely undisturbed until about three

o’clock in the morning, when I approached him and found him in

precisely the same condition as when Dr. F—— went away—that is to

say, he lay in the same position; the pulse was imperceptible;

the breathing was gentle (scarcely noticeable, unless through the

application of a mirror to the lips); the eyes were closed

naturally; and the limbs were as rigid and as cold as marble.

Still, the general appearance was certainly not that of death.

As I approached M. Valdemar I made a kind of half effort to

influence his right arm into pursuit of my own, as I passed the

latter gently to and fro above his person. In such experiments

with this patient, I had never perfectly succeeded before, and

assuredly I had little thought of succeeding now; but to my

astonishment, his arm very readily, although feebly, followed

every direction I assigned it with mine. I determined to hazard a

few words of conversation.

“M. Valdemar,” I said, “are you asleep?” He made no answer, but I

perceived a tremor about the lips, and was thus induced to repeat

the question, again and again. At its third repetition, his whole

frame was agitated by a very slight shivering; the eyelids

unclosed themselves so far as to display a white line of the

ball; the lips moved sluggishly, and from between them, in a

barely audible whisper, issued the words:

“Yes;—asleep now. Do not wake me!—let me die so!”

I here felt the limbs and found them as rigid as ever. The right

arm, as before, obeyed the direction of my hand. I questioned the

sleep-waker again:

“Do you still feel pain in the breast, M. Valdemar?”

The answer now was immediate, but even less audible than before:

“No pain—I am dying.”

I did not think it advisable to disturb him farther just then,

and nothing more was said or done until the arrival of Dr. F——,

who came a little before sunrise, and expressed unbounded

astonishment at finding the patient still alive. After feeling

the pulse and applying a mirror to the lips, he requested me to

speak to the sleep-waker again. I did so, saying:

“M. Valdemar, do you still sleep?”

As before, some minutes elapsed ere a reply was made; and during

the interval the dying man seemed to be collecting his energies

to speak. At my fourth repetition of the question, he said very

faintly, almost inaudibly:

“Yes; still asleep—dying.”

It was now the opinion, or rather the wish, of the physicians,

that M. Valdemar should be suffered to remain undisturbed in his

present apparently tranquil condition, until death should

supervene—and this, it was generally agreed, must now take place

within a few minutes. I concluded, however, to speak to him once

more, and merely repeated my previous question.

While I spoke, there came a marked change over the countenance of

the sleep-waker. The eyes rolled themselves slowly open, the

pupils disappearing upwardly; the skin generally assumed a

cadaverous hue, resembling not so much parchment as white paper;

and the circular hectic spots which, hitherto, had been strongly

defined in the centre of each cheek, went out at once. I use this

expression, because the suddenness of their departure put me in

mind of nothing so much as the extinguishment of a candle by a

puff of the breath. The upper lip, at the same time, writhed

itself away from the teeth, which it had previously covered

completely; while the lower jaw fell with an audible jerk,

leaving the mouth widely extended, and disclosing in full view

the swollen and blackened tongue. I presume that no member of the

party then present had been unaccustomed to death-bed horrors;

but so hideous beyond conception was the appearance of M.

Valdemar at this moment, that there was a general shrinking back

from the region of the bed.

I now feel that I have reached a point of this narrative at which

every reader will be startled into positive disbelief. It is my

business, however, simply to proceed.

There was no longer the faintest sign of vitality in M. Valdemar;

and concluding him to be dead, we were consigning him to the

charge of the nurses, when a strong vibratory motion was

observable in the tongue. This continued for perhaps a minute. At

the expiration of this period, there issued from the distended

and motionless jaws a voice—such as it would be madness in me to

attempt describing. There are, indeed, two or three epithets

which might be considered as applicable to it in part; I might

say, for example, that the sound was harsh, and broken and

hollow; but the hideous whole is indescribable, for the simple

reason that no similar sounds have ever jarred upon the ear of

humanity. There were two particulars, nevertheless, which I

thought then, and still think, might fairly be stated as

characteristic of the intonation—as well adapted to convey some

idea of its unearthly peculiarity. In the first place, the voice

seemed to reach our ears—at least mine—from a vast distance, or

from some deep cavern within the earth. In the second place, it

impressed me (I fear, indeed, that it will be impossible to make

myself comprehended) as gelatinous or glutinous matters impress

the sense of touch.

I have spoken both of “sound” and of “voice.” I mean to say that

the sound was one of distinct—of even wonderfully, thrillingly

distinct—syllabification. M. Valdemar spoke—obviously in reply to

the question I had propounded to him a few minutes before. I had

asked him, it will be remembered, if he still slept. He now said:

“Yes;—no;—I have been sleeping—and now—now—I am dead.”

No person present even affected to deny, or attempted to repress,

the unutterable, shuddering horror which these few words, thus

uttered, were so well calculated to convey. Mr. L—l (the student)

swooned. The nurses immediately left the chamber, and could not

be induced to return. My own impressions I would not pretend to

render intelligible to the reader. For nearly an hour, we busied

ourselves, silently—without the utterance of a word—in endeavors

to revive Mr. L—l. When he came to himself, we addressed

ourselves again to an investigation of M. Valdemar’s condition.

It remained in all respects as I have last described it, with the

exception that the mirror no longer afforded evidence of

respiration. An attempt to draw blood from the arm failed. I

should mention, too, that this limb was no farther subject to my

will. I endeavored in vain to make it follow the direction of my

hand. The only real indication, indeed, of the mesmeric

influence, was now found in the vibratory movement of the tongue,

whenever I addressed M. Valdemar a question. He seemed to be

making an effort to reply, but had no longer sufficient volition.

To queries put to him by any other person than myself he seemed

utterly insensible—although I endeavored to place each member of

the company in mesmeric rapport with him. I believe that I have

now related all that is necessary to an understanding of the

sleep-waker’s state at this epoch. Other nurses were procured;

and at ten o’clock I left the house in company with the two

physicians and Mr. L—l.

In the afternoon we all called again to see the patient. His

condition remained precisely the same. We had now some discussion

as to the propriety and feasibility of awakening him; but we had

little difficulty in agreeing that no good purpose would be

served by so doing. It was evident that, so far, death (or what

is usually termed death) had been arrested by the mesmeric

process. It seemed clear to us all that to awaken M. Valdemar

would be merely to insure his instant, or at least his speedy,

dissolution.

From this period until the close of last week—an interval of

nearly seven months—we continued to make daily calls at M.

Valdemar’s house, accompanied, now and then, by medical and other

friends. All this time the sleeper-waker remained _exactly_ as I

have last described him. The nurses’ attentions were continual.

It was on Friday last that we finally resolved to make the

experiment of awakening, or attempting to awaken him; and it is

the (perhaps) unfortunate result of this latter experiment which

has given rise to so much discussion in private circles—to so

much of what I cannot help thinking unwarranted popular feeling.

For the purpose of relieving M. Valdemar from the mesmeric

trance, I made use of the customary passes. These, for a time,

were unsuccessful. The first indication of revival was afforded

by a partial descent of the iris. It was observed, as especially

remarkable, that this lowering of the pupil was accompanied by

the profuse out-flowing of a yellowish ichor (from beneath the

lids) of a pungent and highly offensive odor.

It was now suggested that I should attempt to influence the

patient’s arm, as heretofore. I made the attempt and failed. Dr.

F—— then intimated a desire to have me put a question. I did so,

as follows:

“M. Valdemar, can you explain to us what are your feelings or

wishes now?”

There was an instant return of the hectic circles on the cheeks;

the tongue quivered, or rather rolled violently in the mouth

(although the jaws and lips remained rigid as before), and at

length the same hideous voice which I have already described,

broke forth:

“For God’s sake!—quick!—quick!—put me to sleep—or, quick!—waken

me!—quick!—I say to you that I am dead!”

I was thoroughly unnerved, and for an instant remained undecided

what to do. At first I made an endeavor to recompose the patient;

but, failing in this through total abeyance of the will, I

retraced my steps and as earnestly struggled to awaken him. In

this attempt I soon saw that I should be successful—or at least I

soon fancied that my success would be complete—and I am sure that

all in the room were prepared to see the patient awaken.

For what really occurred, however, it is quite impossible that

any human being could have been prepared.

As I rapidly made the mesmeric passes, amid ejaculations of

“dead! dead!” absolutely bursting from the tongue and not from

the lips of the sufferer, his whole frame at once—within the

space of a single minute, or even less,

shrunk—crumbled—absolutely rotted away beneath my hands. Upon the

bed, before that whole company, there lay a nearly liquid mass of

loathsome—of detestable putrescence.

THE BLACK CAT.

For the most wild, yet most homely narrative which I am about to

pen, I neither expect nor solicit belief. Mad indeed would I be

to expect it, in a case where my very senses reject their own

evidence. Yet, mad am I not—and very surely do I not dream. But

to-morrow I die, and to-day I would unburthen my soul. My

immediate purpose is to place before the world, plainly,

succinctly, and without comment, a series of mere household

events. In their consequences, these events have terrified—have

tortured—have destroyed me. Yet I will not attempt to expound

them. To me, they have presented little but horror—to many they

will seem less terrible than _barroques_. Hereafter, perhaps,

some intellect may be found which will reduce my phantasm to the

common-place—some intellect more calm, more logical, and far less

excitable than my own, which will perceive, in the circumstances

I detail with awe, nothing more than an ordinary succession of

very natural causes and effects.

From my infancy I was noted for the docility and humanity of my

disposition. My tenderness of heart was even so conspicuous as to

make me the jest of my companions. I was especially fond of

animals, and was indulged by my parents with a great variety of

pets. With these I spent most of my time, and never was so happy

as when feeding and caressing them. This peculiarity of character

grew with my growth, and in my manhood, I derived from it one of

my principal sources of pleasure. To those who have cherished an

affection for a faithful and sagacious dog, I need hardly be at

the trouble of explaining the nature or the intensity of the

gratification thus derivable. There is something in the unselfish

and self-sacrificing love of a brute, which goes directly to the

heart of him who has had frequent occasion to test the paltry

friendship and gossamer fidelity of mere _Man_.

I married early, and was happy to find in my wife a disposition

not uncongenial with my own. Observing my partiality for domestic

pets, she lost no opportunity of procuring those of the most

agreeable kind. We had birds, gold-fish, a fine dog, rabbits, a

small monkey, and _a cat_.

This latter was a remarkably large and beautiful animal, entirely

black, and sagacious to an astonishing degree. In speaking of his

intelligence, my wife, who at heart was not a little tinctured

with superstition, made frequent allusion to the ancient popular

notion, which regarded all black cats as witches in disguise. Not

that she was ever _serious_ upon this point—and I mention the

matter at all for no better reason than that it happens, just

now, to be remembered.

Pluto—this was the cat’s name—was my favorite pet and playmate. I

alone fed him, and he attended me wherever I went about the

house. It was even with difficulty that I could prevent him from

following me through the streets.

Our friendship lasted, in this manner, for several years, during

which my general temperament and character—through the

instrumentality of the Fiend Intemperance—had (I blush to confess

it) experienced a radical alteration for the worse. I grew, day

by day, more moody, more irritable, more regardless of the

feelings of others. I suffered myself to use intemperate language

to my wife. At length, I even offered her personal violence. My

pets, of course, were made to feel the change in my disposition.

I not only neglected, but ill-used them. For Pluto, however, I

still retained sufficient regard to restrain me from maltreating

him, as I made no scruple of maltreating the rabbits, the monkey,

or even the dog, when by accident, or through affection, they

came in my way. But my disease grew upon me—for what disease is

like Alcohol!—and at length even Pluto, who was now becoming old,

and consequently somewhat peevish—even Pluto began to experience

the effects of my ill temper.

One night, returning home, much intoxicated, from one of my

haunts about town, I fancied that the cat avoided my presence. I

seized him; when, in his fright at my violence, he inflicted a

slight wound upon my hand with his teeth. The fury of a demon

instantly possessed me. I knew myself no longer. My original soul

seemed, at once, to take its flight from my body and a more than

fiendish malevolence, gin-nurtured, thrilled every fibre of my

frame. I took from my waistcoat-pocket a pen-knife, opened it,

grasped the poor beast by the throat, and deliberately cut one of

its eyes from the socket! I blush, I burn, I shudder, while I pen

the damnable atrocity.

When reason returned with the morning—when I had slept off the

fumes of the night’s debauch—I experienced a sentiment half of

horror, half of remorse, for the crime of which I had been

guilty; but it was, at best, a feeble and equivocal feeling, and

the soul remained untouched. I again plunged into excess, and

soon drowned in wine all memory of the deed.

In the meantime the cat slowly recovered. The socket of the lost

eye presented, it is true, a frightful appearance, but he no

longer appeared to suffer any pain. He went about the house as

usual, but, as might be expected, fled in extreme terror at my

approach. I had so much of my old heart left, as to be at first

grieved by this evident dislike on the part of a creature which

had once so loved me. But this feeling soon gave place to

irritation. And then came, as if to my final and irrevocable

overthrow, the spirit of PERVERSENESS. Of this spirit philosophy

takes no account. Yet I am not more sure that my soul lives, than

I am that perverseness is one of the primitive impulses of the

human heart—one of the indivisible primary faculties, or

sentiments, which give direction to the character of Man. Who has

not, a hundred times, found himself committing a vile or a silly

action, for no other reason than because he knows he should not?

Have we not a perpetual inclination, in the teeth of our best

judgment, to violate that which is _Law_, merely because we

understand it to be such? This spirit of perverseness, I say,

came to my final overthrow. It was this unfathomable longing of

the soul _to vex itself_—to offer violence to its own nature—to

do wrong for the wrong’s sake only—that urged me to continue and

finally to consummate the injury I had inflicted upon the

unoffending brute. One morning, in cool blood, I slipped a noose

about its neck and hung it to the limb of a tree;—hung it with

the tears streaming from my eyes, and with the bitterest remorse

at my heart;—hung it _because_ I knew that it had loved me, and

_because_ I felt it had given me no reason of offence;—hung it

_because_ I knew that in so doing I was committing a sin—a deadly

sin that would so jeopardize my immortal soul as to place it—if

such a thing wore possible—even beyond the reach of the infinite

mercy of the Most Merciful and Most Terrible God.

On the night of the day on which this cruel deed was done, I was

aroused from sleep by the cry of fire. The curtains of my bed

were in flames. The whole house was blazing. It was with great

difficulty that my wife, a servant, and myself, made our escape

from the conflagration. The destruction was complete. My entire

worldly wealth was swallowed up, and I resigned myself

thenceforward to despair.

I am above the weakness of seeking to establish a sequence of

cause and effect, between the disaster and the atrocity. But I am

detailing a chain of facts—and wish not to leave even a possible

link imperfect. On the day succeeding the fire, I visited the

ruins. The walls, with one exception, had fallen in. This

exception was found in a compartment wall, not very thick, which

stood about the middle of the house, and against which had rested

the head of my bed. The plastering had here, in great measure,

resisted the action of the fire—a fact which I attributed to its

having been recently spread. About this wall a dense crowd were

collected, and many persons seemed to be examining a particular

portion of it with very minute and eager attention. The words

“strange!” “singular!” and other similar expressions, excited my

curiosity. I approached and saw, as if graven in _bas relief_

upon the white surface, the figure of a gigantic _cat_. The

impression was given with an accuracy truly marvellous. There was

a rope about the animal’s neck.

When I first beheld this apparition—for I could scarcely regard

it as less—my wonder and my terror were extreme. But at length

reflection came to my aid. The cat, I remembered, had been hung

in a garden adjacent to the house. Upon the alarm of fire, this

garden had been immediately filled by the crowd—by some one of

whom the animal must have been cut from the tree and thrown,

through an open window, into my chamber. This had probably been

done with the view of arousing me from sleep. The falling of

other walls had compressed the victim of my cruelty into the

substance of the freshly-spread plaster; the lime of which, with

the flames, and the _ammonia_ from the carcass, had then

accomplished the portraiture as I saw it.

Although I thus readily accounted to my reason, if not altogether

to my conscience, for the startling fact just detailed, it did

not the less fail to make a deep impression upon my fancy. For

months I could not rid myself of the phantasm of the cat; and,

during this period, there came back into my spirit a

half-sentiment that seemed, but was not, remorse. I went so far

as to regret the loss of the animal, and to look about me, among

the vile haunts which I now habitually frequented, for another

pet of the same species, and of somewhat similar appearance, with

which to supply its place.

One night as I sat, half stupefied, in a den of more than infamy,

my attention was suddenly drawn to some black object, reposing

upon the head of one of the immense hogsheads of gin, or of rum,

which constituted the chief furniture of the apartment. I had

been looking steadily at the top of this hogshead for some

minutes, and what now caused me surprise was the fact that I had

not sooner perceived the object thereupon. I approached it, and

touched it with my hand. It was a black cat—a very large

one—fully as large as Pluto, and closely resembling him in every

respect but one. Pluto had not a white hair upon any portion of

his body; but this cat had a large, although indefinite splotch

of white, covering nearly the whole region of the breast. Upon my

touching him, he immediately arose, purred loudly, rubbed against

my hand, and appeared delighted with my notice. This, then, was

the very creature of which I was in search. I at once offered to

purchase it of the landlord; but this person made no claim to

it—knew nothing of it—had never seen it before.

I continued my caresses, and, when I prepared to go home, the

animal evinced a disposition to accompany me. I permitted it to

do so; occasionally stooping and patting it as I proceeded. When

it reached the house it domesticated itself at once, and became

immediately a great favorite with my wife.

For my own part, I soon found a dislike to it arising within me.

This was just the reverse of what I had anticipated; but—I know

not how or why it was—its evident fondness for myself rather

disgusted and annoyed. By slow degrees, these feelings of disgust

and annoyance rose into the bitterness of hatred. I avoided the

creature; a certain sense of shame, and the remembrance of my

former deed of cruelty, preventing me from physically abusing it.

I did not, for some weeks, strike, or otherwise violently ill use

it; but gradually—very gradually—I came to look upon it with

unutterable loathing, and to flee silently from its odious

presence, as from the breath of a pestilence.

What added, no doubt, to my hatred of the beast, was the

discovery, on the morning after I brought it home, that, like

Pluto, it also had been deprived of one of its eyes. This

circumstance, however, only endeared it to my wife, who, as I

have already said, possessed, in a high degree, that humanity of

feeling which had once been my distinguishing trait, and the

source of many of my simplest and purest pleasures.

With my aversion to this cat, however, its partiality for myself

seemed to increase. It followed my footsteps with a pertinacity

which it would be difficult to make the reader comprehend.

Whenever I sat, it would crouch beneath my chair, or spring upon

my knees, covering me with its loathsome caresses. If I arose to

walk it would get between my feet and thus nearly throw me down,

or, fastening its long and sharp claws in my dress, clamber, in

this manner, to my breast. At such times, although I longed to

destroy it with a blow, I was yet withheld from so doing, partly

by a memory of my former crime, but chiefly—let me confess it at

once—by absolute dread of the beast.

This dread was not exactly a dread of physical evil—and yet I

should be at a loss how otherwise to define it. I am almost

ashamed to own—yes, even in this felon’s cell, I am almost

ashamed to own—that the terror and horror with which the animal

inspired me, had been heightened by one of the merest chimaeras

it would be possible to conceive. My wife had called my

attention, more than once, to the character of the mark of white

hair, of which I have spoken, and which constituted the sole

visible difference between the strange beast and the one I had

destroyed. The reader will remember that this mark, although

large, had been originally very indefinite; but, by slow

degrees—degrees nearly imperceptible, and which for a long time

my reason struggled to reject as fanciful—it had, at length,

assumed a rigorous distinctness of outline. It was now the

representation of an object that I shudder to name—and for this,

above all, I loathed, and dreaded, and would have rid myself of

the monster _had I dared_—it was now, I say, the image of a

hideous—of a ghastly thing—of the GALLOWS!—oh, mournful and

terrible engine of Horror and of Crime—of Agony and of Death!

And now was I indeed wretched beyond the wretchedness of mere

Humanity. And _a brute beast _—whose fellow I had contemptuously

destroyed—_a brute beast_ to work out for _me_—for me a man,

fashioned in the image of the High God—so much of insufferable

woe! Alas! neither by day nor by night knew I the blessing of

rest any more! During the former the creature left me no moment

alone, and in the latter I started hourly from dreams of

unutterable fear to find the hot breath of _the thing_ upon my

face, and its vast weight—an incarnate nightmare that I had no

power to shake off—incumbent eternally upon my _heart!_

Beneath the pressure of torments such as these, the feeble

remnant of the good within me succumbed. Evil thoughts became my

sole intimates—the darkest and most evil of thoughts. The

moodiness of my usual temper increased to hatred of all things

and of all mankind; while, from the sudden, frequent, and

ungovernable outbursts of a fury to which I now blindly abandoned

myself, my uncomplaining wife, alas, was the most usual and the

most patient of sufferers.

One day she accompanied me, upon some household errand, into the

cellar of the old building which our poverty compelled us to

inhabit. The cat followed me down the steep stairs, and, nearly

throwing me headlong, exasperated me to madness. Uplifting an

axe, and forgetting, in my wrath, the childish dread which had

hitherto stayed my hand, I aimed a blow at the animal which, of

course, would have proved instantly fatal had it descended as I

wished. But this blow was arrested by the hand of my wife.

Goaded, by the interference, into a rage more than demoniacal, I

withdrew my arm from her grasp and buried the axe in her brain.

She fell dead upon the spot, without a groan.

This hideous murder accomplished, I set myself forthwith, and

with entire deliberation, to the task of concealing the body. I

knew that I could not remove it from the house, either by day or

by night, without the risk of being observed by the neighbors.

Many projects entered my mind. At one period I thought of cutting

the corpse into minute fragments, and destroying them by fire. At

another, I resolved to dig a grave for it in the floor of the

cellar. Again, I deliberated about casting it in the well in the

yard—about packing it in a box, as if merchandise, with the usual

arrangements, and so getting a porter to take it from the house.

Finally I hit upon what I considered a far better expedient than

either of these. I determined to wall it up in the cellar—as the

monks of the middle ages are recorded to have walled up their

victims.

For a purpose such as this the cellar was well adapted. Its walls

were loosely constructed, and had lately been plastered

throughout with a rough plaster, which the dampness of the

atmosphere had prevented from hardening. Moreover, in one of the

walls was a projection, caused by a false chimney, or fireplace,

that had been filled up, and made to resemble the red of the

cellar. I made no doubt that I could readily displace the bricks

at this point, insert the corpse, and wall the whole up as

before, so that no eye could detect any thing suspicious. And in

this calculation I was not deceived. By means of a crow-bar I

easily dislodged the bricks, and, having carefully deposited the

body against the inner wall, I propped it in that position,

while, with little trouble, I re-laid the whole structure as it

originally stood. Having procured mortar, sand, and hair, with

every possible precaution, I prepared a plaster which could not

be distinguished from the old, and with this I very carefully

went over the new brickwork. When I had finished, I felt

satisfied that all was right. The wall did not present the

slightest appearance of having been disturbed. The rubbish on the

floor was picked up with the minutest care. I looked around

triumphantly, and said to myself: “Here at least, then, my labor

has not been in vain.”

My next step was to look for the beast which had been the cause

of so much wretchedness; for I had, at length, firmly resolved to

put it to death. Had I been able to meet with it, at the moment,

there could have been no doubt of its fate; but it appeared that

the crafty animal had been alarmed at the violence of my previous

anger, and forebore to present itself in my present mood. It is

impossible to describe, or to imagine, the deep, the blissful

sense of relief which the absence of the detested creature

occasioned in my bosom. It did not make its appearance during the

night; and thus for one night at least, since its introduction

into the house, I soundly and tranquilly slept; aye, slept even

with the burden of murder upon my soul!

The second and the third day passed, and still my tormentor came

not. Once again I breathed as a freeman. The monster, in terror,

had fled the premises forever! I should behold it no more! My

happiness was supreme! The guilt of my dark deed disturbed me but

little. Some few inquiries had been made, but these had been

readily answered. Even a search had been instituted—but of course

nothing was to be discovered. I looked upon my future felicity as

secured.

Upon the fourth day of the assassination, a party of the police

came, very unexpectedly, into the house, and proceeded again to

make rigorous investigation of the premises. Secure, however, in

the inscrutability of my place of concealment, I felt no

embarrassment whatever. The officers bade me accompany them in

their search. They left no nook or corner unexplored. At length,

for the third or fourth time, they descended into the cellar. I

quivered not in a muscle. My heart beat calmly as that of one who

slumbers in innocence. I walked the cellar from end to end. I

folded my arms upon my bosom, and roamed easily to and fro. The

police were thoroughly satisfied and prepared to depart. The glee

at my heart was too strong to be restrained. I burned to say if

but one word, by way of triumph, and to render doubly sure their

assurance of my guiltlessness.

“Gentlemen,” I said at last, as the party ascended the steps, “I

delight to have allayed your suspicions. I wish you all health,

and a little more courtesy. By the bye, gentlemen, this—this is a

very well-constructed house.” (In the rabid desire to say

something easily, I scarcely knew what I uttered at all.)—“I may

say an _excellently_ well-constructed house. These walls—are you

going, gentlemen?—these walls are solidly put together;” and

here, through the mere phrenzy of bravado, I rapped heavily, with

a cane which I held in my hand, upon that very portion of the

brick-work behind which stood the corpse of the wife of my bosom.

But may God shield and deliver me from the fangs of the

Arch-Fiend! No sooner had the reverberation of my blows sunk into

silence, than I was answered by a voice from within the tomb!—by

a cry, at first muffled and broken, like the sobbing of a child,

and then quickly swelling into one long, loud, and continuous

scream, utterly anomalous and inhuman—a howl—a wailing shriek,

half of horror and half of triumph, such as might have arisen

only out of hell, conjointly from the throats of the damned in

their agony and of the demons that exult in the damnation.

Of my own thoughts it is folly to speak. Swooning, I staggered to

the opposite wall. For one instant the party upon the stairs

remained motionless, through extremity of terror and of awe. In

the next, a dozen stout arms were toiling at the wall. It fell

bodily. The corpse, already greatly decayed and clotted with

gore, stood erect before the eyes of the spectators. Upon its

head, with red extended mouth and solitary eye of fire, sat the

hideous beast whose craft had seduced me into murder, and whose

informing voice had consigned me to the hangman. I had walled the

monster up within the tomb!

THE FALL OF THE HOUSE OF USHER

Son cœur est un luth suspendu;

Sitôt qu’on le touche il résonne..

—_De Béranger_.

During the whole of a dull, dark, and soundless day in the autumn

of the year, when the clouds hung oppressively low in the

heavens, I had been passing alone, on horseback, through a

singularly dreary tract of country; and at length found myself,

as the shades of the evening drew on, within view of the

melancholy House of Usher. I know not how it was—but, with the

first glimpse of the building, a sense of insufferable gloom

pervaded my spirit. I say insufferable; for the feeling was

unrelieved by any of that half-pleasurable, because poetic,

sentiment, with which the mind usually receives even the sternest

natural images of the desolate or terrible. I looked upon the

scene before me—upon the mere house, and the simple landscape

features of the domain—upon the bleak walls—upon the vacant

eye-like windows—upon a few rank sedges—and upon a few white

trunks of decayed trees—with an utter depression of soul which I

can compare to no earthly sensation more properly than to the

after-dream of the reveller upon opium—the bitter lapse into

everyday life—the hideous dropping off of the veil. There was an

iciness, a sinking, a sickening of the heart—an unredeemed

dreariness of thought which no goading of the imagination could

torture into aught of the sublime. What was it—I paused to

think—what was it that so unnerved me in the contemplation of the

House of Usher? It was a mystery all insoluble; nor could I

grapple with the shadowy fancies that crowded upon me as I

pondered. I was forced to fall back upon the unsatisfactory

conclusion, that while, beyond doubt, there _are_ combinations of

very simple natural objects which have the power of thus

affecting us, still the analysis of this power lies among

considerations beyond our depth. It was possible, I reflected,

that a mere different arrangement of the particulars of the

scene, of the details of the picture, would be sufficient to

modify, or perhaps to annihilate its capacity for sorrowful

impression; and, acting upon this idea, I reined my horse to the

precipitous brink of a black and lurid tarn that lay in unruffled

lustre by the dwelling, and gazed down—but with a shudder even

more thrilling than before—upon the remodelled and inverted

images of the gray sedge, and the ghastly tree-stems, and the

vacant and eye-like windows.

Nevertheless, in this mansion of gloom I now proposed to myself a

sojourn of some weeks. Its proprietor, Roderick Usher, had been

one of my boon companions in boyhood; but many years had elapsed

since our last meeting. A letter, however, had lately reached me

in a distant part of the country—a letter from him—which, in its

wildly importunate nature, had admitted of no other than a

personal reply. The MS. gave evidence of nervous agitation. The

writer spoke of acute bodily illness—of a mental disorder which

oppressed him—and of an earnest desire to see me, as his best,

and indeed his only personal friend, with a view of attempting,

by the cheerfulness of my society, some alleviation of his

malady. It was the manner in which all this, and much more, was

said—it was the apparent _heart_ that went with his request—which

allowed me no room for hesitation; and I accordingly obeyed

forthwith what I still considered a very singular summons.

Although, as boys, we had been even intimate associates, yet I

really knew little of my friend. His reserve had been always

excessive and habitual. I was aware, however, that his very

ancient family had been noted, time out of mind, for a peculiar

sensibility of temperament, displaying itself, through long ages,

in many works of exalted art, and manifested, of late, in

repeated deeds of munificent yet unobtrusive charity, as well as

in a passionate devotion to the intricacies, perhaps even more

than to the orthodox and easily recognisable beauties, of musical

science. I had learned, too, the very remarkable fact, that the

stem of the Usher race, all time-honored as it was, had put

forth, at no period, any enduring branch; in other words, that

the entire family lay in the direct line of descent, and had

always, with very trifling and very temporary variation, so lain.

It was this deficiency, I considered, while running over in

thought the perfect keeping of the character of the premises with

the accredited character of the people, and while speculating

upon the possible influence which the one, in the long lapse of

centuries, might have exercised upon the other—it was this

deficiency, perhaps, of collateral issue, and the consequent

undeviating transmission, from sire to son, of the patrimony with

the name, which had, at length, so identified the two as to merge

the original title of the estate in the quaint and equivocal

appellation of the “House of Usher”—an appellation which seemed

to include, in the minds of the peasantry who used it, both the

family and the family mansion.

I have said that the sole effect of my somewhat childish

experiment—that of looking down within the tarn—had been to

deepen the first singular impression. There can be no doubt that

the consciousness of the rapid increase of my superstition—for

why should I not so term it?—served mainly to accelerate the

increase itself. Such, I have long known, is the paradoxical law

of all sentiments having terror as a basis. And it might have

been for this reason only, that, when I again uplifted my eyes to

the house itself, from its image in the pool, there grew in my

mind a strange fancy—a fancy so ridiculous, indeed, that I but

mention it to show the vivid force of the sensations which

oppressed me. I had so worked upon my imagination as really to

believe that about the whole mansion and domain there hung an

atmosphere peculiar to themselves and their immediate vicinity—an

atmosphere which had no affinity with the air of heaven, but

which had reeked up from the decayed trees, and the gray wall,

and the silent tarn—a pestilent and mystic vapor, dull, sluggish,

faintly discernible, and leaden-hued.

Shaking off from my spirit what _must_ have been a dream, I

scanned more narrowly the real aspect of the building. Its

principal feature seemed to be that of an excessive antiquity.

The discoloration of ages had been great. Minute fungi overspread

the whole exterior, hanging in a fine tangled web-work from the

eaves. Yet all this was apart from any extraordinary

dilapidation. No portion of the masonry had fallen; and there

appeared to be a wild inconsistency between its still perfect

adaptation of parts, and the crumbling condition of the

individual stones. In this there was much that reminded me of the

specious totality of old wood-work which has rotted for long

years in some neglected vault, with no disturbance from the

breath of the external air. Beyond this indication of extensive

decay, however, the fabric gave little token of instability.

Perhaps the eye of a scrutinizing observer might have discovered

a barely perceptible fissure, which, extending from the roof of

the building in front, made its way down the wall in a zigzag

direction, until it became lost in the sullen waters of the tarn.

Noticing these things, I rode over a short causeway to the house.

A servant in waiting took my horse, and I entered the Gothic

archway of the hall. A valet, of stealthy step, thence conducted

me, in silence, through many dark and intricate passages in my

progress to the _studio_ of his master. Much that I encountered

on the way contributed, I know not how, to heighten the vague

sentiments of which I have already spoken. While the objects

around me—while the carvings of the ceilings, the sombre

tapestries of the walls, the ebon blackness of the floors, and

the phantasmagoric armorial trophies which rattled as I strode,

were but matters to which, or to such as which, I had been

accustomed from my infancy—while I hesitated not to acknowledge

how familiar was all this—I still wondered to find how unfamiliar

were the fancies which ordinary images were stirring up. On one

of the staircases, I met the physician of the family. His

countenance, I thought, wore a mingled expression of low cunning

and perplexity. He accosted me with trepidation and passed on.

The valet now threw open a door and ushered me into the presence

of his master.

The room in which I found myself was very large and lofty. The

windows were long, narrow, and pointed, and at so vast a distance

from the black oaken floor as to be altogether inaccessible from

within. Feeble gleams of encrimsoned light made their way through

the trellissed panes, and served to render sufficiently distinct

the more prominent objects around; the eye, however, struggled in

vain to reach the remoter angles of the chamber, or the recesses

of the vaulted and fretted ceiling. Dark draperies hung upon the

walls. The general furniture was profuse, comfortless, antique,

and tattered. Many books and musical instruments lay scattered

about, but failed to give any vitality to the scene. I felt that

I breathed an atmosphere of sorrow. An air of stern, deep, and

irredeemable gloom hung over and pervaded all.

Upon my entrance, Usher arose from a sofa on which he had been

lying at full length, and greeted me with a vivacious warmth

which had much in it, I at first thought, of an overdone

cordiality—of the constrained effort of the _ennuyé_ man of the

world. A glance, however, at his countenance, convinced me of his

perfect sincerity. We sat down; and for some moments, while he

spoke not, I gazed upon him with a feeling half of pity, half of

awe. Surely, man had never before so terribly altered, in so

brief a period, as had Roderick Usher! It was with difficulty

that I could bring myself to admit the identity of the wan being

before me with the companion of my early boyhood. Yet the

character of his face had been at all times remarkable. A

cadaverousness of complexion; an eye large, liquid, and luminous

beyond comparison; lips somewhat thin and very pallid, but of a

surpassingly beautiful curve; a nose of a delicate Hebrew model,

but with a breadth of nostril unusual in similar formations; a

finely moulded chin, speaking, in its want of prominence, of a

want of moral energy; hair of a more than web-like softness and

tenuity; these features, with an inordinate expansion above the

regions of the temple, made up altogether a countenance not

easily to be forgotten. And now in the mere exaggeration of the

prevailing character of these features, and of the expression

they were wont to convey, lay so much of change that I doubted to

whom I spoke. The now ghastly pallor of the skin, and the now

miraculous lustre of the eye, above all things startled and even

awed me. The silken hair, too, had been suffered to grow all

unheeded, and as, in its wild gossamer texture, it floated rather

than fell about the face, I could not, even with effort, connect

its Arabesque expression with any idea of simple humanity.

In the manner of my friend I was at once struck with an

incoherence—an inconsistency; and I soon found this to arise from

a series of feeble and futile struggles to overcome an habitual

trepidancy—an excessive nervous agitation. For something of this

nature I had indeed been prepared, no less by his letter, than by

reminiscences of certain boyish traits, and by conclusions

deduced from his peculiar physical conformation and temperament.

His action was alternately vivacious and sullen. His voice varied

rapidly from a tremulous indecision (when the animal spirits

seemed utterly in abeyance) to that species of energetic

concision—that abrupt, weighty, unhurried, and hollow-sounding

enunciation—that leaden, self-balanced and perfectly modulated

guttural utterance, which may be observed in the lost drunkard,

or the irreclaimable eater of opium, during the periods of his

most intense excitement.

It was thus that he spoke of the object of my visit, of his

earnest desire to see me, and of the solace he expected me to

afford him. He entered, at some length, into what he conceived to

be the nature of his malady. It was, he said, a constitutional

and a family evil, and one for which he despaired to find a

remedy—a mere nervous affection, he immediately added, which

would undoubtedly soon pass off. It displayed itself in a host of

unnatural sensations. Some of these, as he detailed them,

interested and bewildered me; although, perhaps, the terms, and

the general manner of the narration had their weight. He suffered

much from a morbid acuteness of the senses; the most insipid food

was alone endurable; he could wear only garments of certain

texture; the odors of all flowers were oppressive; his eyes were

tortured by even a faint light; and there were but peculiar

sounds, and these from stringed instruments, which did not

inspire him with horror.

To an anomalous species of terror I found him a bounden slave. “I

shall perish,” said he, “I must perish in this deplorable folly.

Thus, thus, and not otherwise, shall I be lost. I dread the

events of the future, not in themselves, but in their results. I

shudder at the thought of any, even the most trivial, incident,

which may operate upon this intolerable agitation of soul. I

have, indeed, no abhorrence of danger, except in its absolute

effect—in terror. In this unnerved—in this pitiable condition—I

feel that the period will sooner or later arrive when I must

abandon life and reason together, in some struggle with the grim

phantasm, FEAR.”

I learned, moreover, at intervals, and through broken and

equivocal hints, another singular feature of his mental

condition. He was enchained by certain superstitious impressions

in regard to the dwelling which he tenanted, and whence, for many

years, he had never ventured forth—in regard to an influence

whose supposititious force was conveyed in terms too shadowy here

to be re-stated—an influence which some peculiarities in the mere

form and substance of his family mansion, had, by dint of long

sufferance, he said, obtained over his spirit—an effect which the

_physique_ of the gray walls and turrets, and of the dim tarn

into which they all looked down, had, at length, brought about

upon the _morale_ of his existence.

He admitted, however, although with hesitation, that much of the

peculiar gloom which thus afflicted him could be traced to a more

natural and far more palpable origin—to the severe and

long-continued illness—indeed to the evidently approaching

dissolution—of a tenderly beloved sister—his sole companion for

long years—his last and only relative on earth. “Her decease,” he

said, with a bitterness which I can never forget, “would leave

him (him the hopeless and the frail) the last of the ancient race

of the Ushers.” While he spoke, the lady Madeline (for so was she

called) passed slowly through a remote portion of the apartment,

and, without having noticed my presence, disappeared. I regarded

her with an utter astonishment not unmingled with dread—and yet I

found it impossible to account for such feelings. A sensation of

stupor oppressed me, as my eyes followed her retreating steps.

When a door, at length, closed upon her, my glance sought

instinctively and eagerly the countenance of the brother—but he

had buried his face in his hands, and I could only perceive that

a far more than ordinary wanness had overspread the emaciated

fingers through which trickled many passionate tears.

The disease of the lady Madeline had long baffled the skill of

her physicians. A settled apathy, a gradual wasting away of the

person, and frequent although transient affections of a partially

cataleptical character, were the unusual diagnosis. Hitherto she

had steadily borne up against the pressure of her malady, and had

not betaken herself finally to bed; but, on the closing in of the

evening of my arrival at the house, she succumbed (as her brother

told me at night with inexpressible agitation) to the prostrating

power of the destroyer; and I learned that the glimpse I had

obtained of her person would thus probably be the last I should

obtain—that the lady, at least while living, would be seen by me

no more.

For several days ensuing, her name was unmentioned by either

Usher or myself; and during this period I was busied in earnest

endeavors to alleviate the melancholy of my friend. We painted

and read together; or I listened, as if in a dream, to the wild

improvisations of his speaking guitar. And thus, as a closer and

still closer intimacy admitted me more unreservedly into the

recesses of his spirit, the more bitterly did I perceive the

futility of all attempt at cheering a mind from which darkness,

as if an inherent positive quality, poured forth upon all objects

of the moral and physical universe, in one unceasing radiation of

gloom.

I shall ever bear about me a memory of the many solemn hours I

thus spent alone with the master of the House of Usher. Yet I

should fail in any attempt to convey an idea of the exact

character of the studies, or of the occupations, in which he

involved me, or led me the way. An excited and highly distempered

ideality threw a sulphureous lustre over all. His long improvised

dirges will ring forever in my ears. Among other things, I hold

painfully in mind a certain singular perversion and amplification

of the wild air of the last waltz of Von Weber. From the

paintings over which his elaborate fancy brooded, and which grew,

touch by touch, into vaguenesses at which I shuddered the more

thrillingly, because I shuddered knowing not why—from these

paintings (vivid as their images now are before me) I would in

vain endeavor to educe more than a small portion which should lie

within the compass of merely written words. By the utter

simplicity, by the nakedness of his designs, he arrested and

overawed attention. If ever mortal painted an idea, that mortal

was Roderick Usher. For me at least—in the circumstances then

surrounding me—there arose out of the pure abstractions which the

hypochondriac contrived to throw upon his canvass, an intensity

of intolerable awe, no shadow of which felt I ever yet in the

contemplation of the certainly glowing yet too concrete reveries

of Fuseli.

One of the phantasmagoric conceptions of my friend, partaking not

so rigidly of the spirit of abstraction, may be shadowed forth,

although feebly, in words. A small picture presented the interior

of an immensely long and rectangular vault or tunnel, with low

walls, smooth, white, and without interruption or device. Certain

accessory points of the design served well to convey the idea

that this excavation lay at an exceeding depth below the surface

of the earth. No outlet was observed in any portion of its vast

extent, and no torch, or other artificial source of light was

discernible; yet a flood of intense rays rolled throughout, and

bathed the whole in a ghastly and inappropriate splendor.

I have just spoken of that morbid condition of the auditory nerve

which rendered all music intolerable to the sufferer, with the

exception of certain effects of stringed instruments. It was,

perhaps, the narrow limits to which he thus confined himself upon

the guitar, which gave birth, in great measure, to the fantastic

character of his performances. But the fervid _facility_ of his

_impromptus_ could not be so accounted for. They must have been,

and were, in the notes, as well as in the words of his wild

fantasias (for he not unfrequently accompanied himself with

rhymed verbal improvisations), the result of that intense mental

collectedness and concentration to which I have previously

alluded as observable only in particular moments of the highest

artificial excitement. The words of one of these rhapsodies I

have easily remembered. I was, perhaps, the more forcibly

impressed with it, as he gave it, because, in the under or mystic

current of its meaning, I fancied that I perceived, and for the

first time, a full consciousness on the part of Usher of the

tottering of his lofty reason upon her throne. The verses, which

were entitled “The Haunted Palace,” ran very nearly, if not

accurately, thus:

I.

In the greenest of our valleys,

By good angels tenanted,

Once a fair and stately palace—

Radiant palace—reared its head.

In the monarch Thought’s dominion—

It stood there!

Never seraph spread a pinion

Over fabric half so fair.

II.

Banners yellow, glorious, golden,

On its roof did float and flow;

(This—all this—was in the olden

Time long ago)

And every gentle air that dallied,

In that sweet day,

Along the ramparts plumed and pallid,

A winged odor went away.

III.

Wanderers in that happy valley

Through two luminous windows saw

Spirits moving musically

To a lute’s well-tunéd law,

Round about a throne, where sitting

(Porphyrogene!)

In state his glory well befitting,

The ruler of the realm was seen.

IV.

And all with pearl and ruby glowing

Was the fair palace door,

Through which came flowing, flowing, flowing,

And sparkling evermore,

A troop of Echoes whose sweet duty

Was but to sing,

In voices of surpassing beauty,

The wit and wisdom of their king.

V.

But evil things, in robes of sorrow,

Assailed the monarch’s high estate;

(Ah, let us mourn, for never morrow

Shall dawn upon him, desolate!)

And, round about his home, the glory

That blushed and bloomed

Is but a dim-remembered story

Of the old time entombed.

VI.

And travellers now within that valley,

Through the red-litten windows, see

Vast forms that move fantastically

To a discordant melody;

While, like a rapid ghastly river,

Through the pale door,

A hideous throng rush out forever,

And laugh—but smile no more.

I well remember that suggestions arising from this ballad, led us

into a train of thought wherein there became manifest an opinion

of Usher’s which I mention not so much on account of its novelty,

(for other men * have thought thus,) as on account of the

pertinacity with which he maintained it. This opinion, in its

general form, was that of the sentience of all vegetable things.

But, in his disordered fancy, the idea had assumed a more daring

character, and trespassed, under certain conditions, upon the

kingdom of inorganization. I lack words to express the full

extent, or the earnest _abandon_ of his persuasion. The belief,

however, was connected (as I have previously hinted) with the

gray stones of the home of his forefathers. The conditions of the

sentience had been here, he imagined, fulfilled in the method of

collocation of these stones—in the order of their arrangement, as

well as in that of the many _fungi_ which overspread them, and of

the decayed trees which stood around—above all, in the long

undisturbed endurance of this arrangement, and in its

reduplication in the still waters of the tarn. Its evidence—the

evidence of the sentience—was to be seen, he said, (and I here

started as he spoke,) in the gradual yet certain condensation of

an atmosphere of their own about the waters and the walls. The

result was discoverable, he added, in that silent, yet

importunate and terrible influence which for centuries had

moulded the destinies of his family, and which made _him_ what I

now saw him—what he was. Such opinions need no comment, and I

will make none.

* Watson, Dr. Percival, Spallanzani, and especially the Bishop of

Landaff.—See “Chemical Essays,” vol v.

Our books—the books which, for years, had formed no small portion

of the mental existence of the invalid—were, as might be

supposed, in strict keeping with this character of phantasm. We

pored together over such works as the Ververt et Chartreuse of

Gresset; the Belphegor of Machiavelli; the Heaven and Hell of

Swedenborg; the Subterranean Voyage of Nicholas Klimm by Holberg;

the Chiromancy of Robert Flud, of Jean D’Indaginé, and of De la

Chambre; the Journey into the Blue Distance of Tieck; and the

City of the Sun of Campanella. One favorite volume was a small

octavo edition of the _Directorium Inquisitorium_, by the

Dominican Eymeric de Gironne; and there were passages in

Pomponius Mela, about the old African Satyrs and OEgipans, over

which Usher would sit dreaming for hours. His chief delight,

however, was found in the perusal of an exceedingly rare and

curious book in quarto Gothic—the manual of a forgotten

church—the _Vigiliae Mortuorum secundum Chorum Ecclesiae

Maguntinae_.

I could not help thinking of the wild ritual of this work, and of

its probable influence upon the hypochondriac, when, one evening,

having informed me abruptly that the lady Madeline was no more,

he stated his intention of preserving her corpse for a fortnight,

(previously to its final interment,) in one of the numerous

vaults within the main walls of the building. The worldly reason,

however, assigned for this singular proceeding, was one which I

did not feel at liberty to dispute. The brother had been led to

his resolution (so he told me) by consideration of the unusual

character of the malady of the deceased, of certain obtrusive and

eager inquiries on the part of her medical men, and of the remote

and exposed situation of the burial-ground of the family. I will

not deny that when I called to mind the sinister countenance of

the person whom I met upon the staircase, on the day of my

arrival at the house, I had no desire to oppose what I regarded

as at best but a harmless, and by no means an unnatural,

precaution.

At the request of Usher, I personally aided him in the

arrangements for the temporary entombment. The body having been

encoffined, we two alone bore it to its rest. The vault in which

we placed it (and which had been so long unopened that our

torches, half smothered in its oppressive atmosphere, gave us

little opportunity for investigation) was small, damp, and

entirely without means of admission for light; lying, at great

depth, immediately beneath that portion of the building in which

was my own sleeping apartment. It had been used, apparently, in

remote feudal times, for the worst purposes of a donjon-keep,

and, in later days, as a place of deposit for powder, or some

other highly combustible substance, as a portion of its floor,

and the whole interior of a long archway through which we reached

it, were carefully sheathed with copper. The door, of massive

iron, had been, also, similarly protected. Its immense weight

caused an unusually sharp grating sound, as it moved upon its

hinges.

Having deposited our mournful burden upon tressels within this

region of horror, we partially turned aside the yet unscrewed lid

of the coffin, and looked upon the face of the tenant. A striking

similitude between the brother and sister now first arrested my

attention; and Usher, divining, perhaps, my thoughts, murmured

out some few words from which I learned that the deceased and

himself had been twins, and that sympathies of a scarcely

intelligible nature had always existed between them. Our glances,

however, rested not long upon the dead—for we could not regard

her unawed. The disease which had thus entombed the lady in the

maturity of youth, had left, as usual in all maladies of a

strictly cataleptical character, the mockery of a faint blush

upon the bosom and the face, and that suspiciously lingering

smile upon the lip which is so terrible in death. We replaced and

screwed down the lid, and, having secured the door of iron, made

our way, with toil, into the scarcely less gloomy apartments of

the upper portion of the house.

And now, some days of bitter grief having elapsed, an observable

change came over the features of the mental disorder of my

friend. His ordinary manner had vanished. His ordinary

occupations were neglected or forgotten. He roamed from chamber

to chamber with hurried, unequal, and objectless step. The pallor

of his countenance had assumed, if possible, a more ghastly

hue—but the luminousness of his eye had utterly gone out. The

once occasional huskiness of his tone was heard no more; and a

tremulous quaver, as if of extreme terror, habitually

characterized his utterance. There were times, indeed, when I

thought his unceasingly agitated mind was laboring with some

oppressive secret, to divulge which he struggled for the

necessary courage. At times, again, I was obliged to resolve all

into the mere inexplicable vagaries of madness, for I beheld him

gazing upon vacancy for long hours, in an attitude of the

profoundest attention, as if listening to some imaginary sound.

It was no wonder that his condition terrified—that it infected

me. I felt creeping upon me, by slow yet certain degrees, the

wild influences of his own fantastic yet impressive

superstitions.

It was, especially, upon retiring to bed late in the night of the

seventh or eighth day after the placing of the lady Madeline

within the donjon, that I experienced the full power of such

feelings. Sleep came not near my couch—while the hours waned and

waned away. I struggled to reason off the nervousness which had

dominion over me. I endeavored to believe that much, if not all

of what I felt, was due to the bewildering influence of the

gloomy furniture of the room—of the dark and tattered draperies,

which, tortured into motion by the breath of a rising tempest,

swayed fitfully to and fro upon the walls, and rustled uneasily

about the decorations of the bed. But my efforts were fruitless.

An irrepressible tremor gradually pervaded my frame; and, at

length, there sat upon my very heart an incubus of utterly

causeless alarm. Shaking this off with a gasp and a struggle, I

uplifted myself upon the pillows, and, peering earnestly within

the intense darkness of the chamber, harkened—I know not why,

except that an instinctive spirit prompted me—to certain low and

indefinite sounds which came, through the pauses of the storm, at

long intervals, I knew not whence. Overpowered by an intense

sentiment of horror, unaccountable yet unendurable, I threw on my

clothes with haste (for I felt that I should sleep no more during

the night), and endeavored to arouse myself from the pitiable

condition into which I had fallen, by pacing rapidly to and fro

through the apartment.

I had taken but few turns in this manner, when a light step on an

adjoining staircase arrested my attention. I presently recognised

it as that of Usher. In an instant afterward he rapped, with a

gentle touch, at my door, and entered, bearing a lamp. His

countenance was, as usual, cadaverously wan—but, moreover, there

was a species of mad hilarity in his eyes—an evidently restrained

_hysteria_ in his whole demeanor. His air appalled me—but

anything was preferable to the solitude which I had so long

endured, and I even welcomed his presence as a relief.

“And you have not seen it?” he said abruptly, after having stared

about him for some moments in silence—“you have not then seen

it?—but, stay! you shall.” Thus speaking, and having carefully

shaded his lamp, he hurried to one of the casements, and threw it

freely open to the storm.

The impetuous fury of the entering gust nearly lifted us from our

feet. It was, indeed, a tempestuous yet sternly beautiful night,

and one wildly singular in its terror and its beauty. A whirlwind

had apparently collected its force in our vicinity; for there

were frequent and violent alterations in the direction of the

wind; and the exceeding density of the clouds (which hung so low

as to press upon the turrets of the house) did not prevent our

perceiving the life-like velocity with which they flew careering

from all points against each other, without passing away into the

distance. I say that even their exceeding density did not prevent

our perceiving this—yet we had no glimpse of the moon or

stars—nor was there any flashing forth of the lightning. But the

under surfaces of the huge masses of agitated vapor, as well as

all terrestrial objects immediately around us, were glowing in

the unnatural light of a faintly luminous and distinctly visible

gaseous exhalation which hung about and enshrouded the mansion.

“You must not—you shall not behold this!” said I, shudderingly,

to Usher, as I led him, with a gentle violence, from the window

to a seat. “These appearances, which bewilder you, are merely

electrical phenomena not uncommon—or it may be that they have

their ghastly origin in the rank miasma of the tarn. Let us close

this casement;—the air is chilling and dangerous to your frame.

Here is one of your favorite romances. I will read, and you shall

listen;—and so we will pass away this terrible night together.”

The antique volume which I had taken up was the “Mad Trist” of

Sir Launcelot Canning; but I had called it a favorite of Usher’s

more in sad jest than in earnest; for, in truth, there is little

in its uncouth and unimaginative prolixity which could have had

interest for the lofty and spiritual ideality of my friend. It

was, however, the only book immediately at hand; and I indulged a

vague hope that the excitement which now agitated the

hypochondriac, might find relief (for the history of mental

disorder is full of similar anomalies) even in the extremeness of

the folly which I should read. Could I have judged, indeed, by

the wild overstrained air of vivacity with which he harkened, or

apparently harkened, to the words of the tale, I might well have

congratulated myself upon the success of my design.

I had arrived at that well-known portion of the story where

Ethelred, the hero of the Trist, having sought in vain for

peaceable admission into the dwelling of the hermit, proceeds to

make good an entrance by force. Here, it will be remembered, the

words of the narrative run thus:

“And Ethelred, who was by nature of a doughty heart, and who was

now mighty withal, on account of the powerfulness of the wine

which he had drunken, waited no longer to hold parley with the

hermit, who, in sooth, was of an obstinate and maliceful turn,

but, feeling the rain upon his shoulders, and fearing the rising

of the tempest, uplifted his mace outright, and, with blows, made

quickly room in the plankings of the door for his gauntleted

hand; and now pulling therewith sturdily, he so cracked, and

ripped, and tore all asunder, that the noise of the dry and

hollow-sounding wood alarummed and reverberated throughout the

forest.”

At the termination of this sentence I started, and for a moment,

paused; for it appeared to me (although I at once concluded that

my excited fancy had deceived me)—it appeared to me that, from

some very remote portion of the mansion, there came,

indistinctly, to my ears, what might have been, in its exact

similarity of character, the echo (but a stifled and dull one

certainly) of the very cracking and ripping sound which Sir

Launcelot had so particularly described. It was, beyond doubt,

the coincidence alone which had arrested my attention; for, amid

the rattling of the sashes of the casements, and the ordinary

commingled noises of the still increasing storm, the sound, in

itself, had nothing, surely, which should have interested or

disturbed me. I continued the story:

“But the good champion Ethelred, now entering within the door,

was sore enraged and amazed to perceive no signal of the

maliceful hermit; but, in the stead thereof, a dragon of a scaly

and prodigious demeanor, and of a fiery tongue, which sate in

guard before a palace of gold, with a floor of silver; and upon

the wall there hung a shield of shining brass with this legend

enwritten—

Who entereth herein, a conqueror hath bin;

Who slayeth the dragon, the shield he shall win;

And Ethelred uplifted his mace, and struck upon the head of the

dragon, which fell before him, and gave up his pesty breath, with

a shriek so horrid and harsh, and withal so piercing, that

Ethelred had fain to close his ears with his hands against the

dreadful noise of it, the like whereof was never before heard.”

Here again I paused abruptly, and now with a feeling of wild

amazement—for there could be no doubt whatever that, in this

instance, I did actually hear (although from what direction it

proceeded I found it impossible to say) a low and apparently

distant, but harsh, protracted, and most unusual screaming or

grating sound—the exact counterpart of what my fancy had already

conjured up for the dragon’s unnatural shriek as described by the

romancer.

Oppressed, as I certainly was, upon the occurrence of this second

and most extraordinary coincidence, by a thousand conflicting

sensations, in which wonder and extreme terror were predominant,

I still retained sufficient presence of mind to avoid exciting,

by any observation, the sensitive nervousness of my companion. I

was by no means certain that he had noticed the sounds in

question; although, assuredly, a strange alteration had, during

the last few minutes, taken place in his demeanor. From a

position fronting my own, he had gradually brought round his

chair, so as to sit with his face to the door of the chamber; and

thus I could but partially perceive his features, although I saw

that his lips trembled as if he were murmuring inaudibly. His

head had dropped upon his breast—yet I knew that he was not

asleep, from the wide and rigid opening of the eye as I caught a

glance of it in profile. The motion of his body, too, was at

variance with this idea—for he rocked from side to side with a

gentle yet constant and uniform sway. Having rapidly taken notice

of all this, I resumed the narrative of Sir Launcelot, which thus

proceeded:

“And now, the champion, having escaped from the terrible fury of

the dragon, bethinking himself of the brazen shield, and of the

breaking up of the enchantment which was upon it, removed the

carcass from out of the way before him, and approached valorously

over the silver pavement of the castle to where the shield was

upon the wall; which in sooth tarried not for his full coming,

but fell down at his feet upon the silver floor, with a mighty

great and terrible ringing sound.”

No sooner had these syllables passed my lips, than—as if a shield

of brass had indeed, at the moment, fallen heavily upon a floor

of silver—I became aware of a distinct, hollow, metallic, and

clangorous, yet apparently muffled reverberation. Completely

unnerved, I leaped to my feet; but the measured rocking movement

of Usher was undisturbed. I rushed to the chair in which he sat.

His eyes were bent fixedly before him, and throughout his whole

countenance there reigned a stony rigidity. But, as I placed my

hand upon his shoulder, there came a strong shudder over his

whole person; a sickly smile quivered about his lips; and I saw

that he spoke in a low, hurried, and gibbering murmur, as if

unconscious of my presence. Bending closely over him, I at length

drank in the hideous import of his words.

“Not hear it?—yes, I hear it, and _have_ heard it.

Long—long—long—many minutes, many hours, many days, have I heard

it—yet I dared not—oh, pity me, miserable wretch that I am!—I

dared not—I _dared_ not speak! _We have put her living in the

tomb!_ Said I not that my senses were acute? I _now_ tell you

that I heard her first feeble movements in the hollow coffin. I

heard them—many, many days ago—yet I dared not—_I dared not

speak!_ And now—to-night—Ethelred—ha! ha!—the breaking of the

hermit’s door, and the death-cry of the dragon, and the clangor

of the shield!—say, rather, the rending of her coffin, and the

grating of the iron hinges of her prison, and her struggles

within the coppered archway of the vault! Oh whither shall I fly?

Will she not be here anon? Is she not hurrying to upbraid me for

my haste? Have I not heard her footstep on the stair? Do I not

distinguish that heavy and horrible beating of her heart?

Madman!”—here he sprang furiously to his feet, and shrieked out

his syllables, as if in the effort he were giving up his

soul—“_Madman! I tell you that she now stands without the door!_”

As if in the superhuman energy of his utterance there had been

found the potency of a spell—the huge antique pannels to which

the speaker pointed, threw slowly back, upon the instant, their

ponderous and ebony jaws. It was the work of the rushing gust—but

then without those doors there _did_ stand the lofty and

enshrouded figure of the lady Madeline of Usher. There was blood

upon her white robes, and the evidence of some bitter struggle

upon every portion of her emaciated frame. For a moment she

remained trembling and reeling to and fro upon the

threshold—then, with a low moaning cry, fell heavily inward upon

the person of her brother, and in her violent and now final

death-agonies, bore him to the floor a corpse, and a victim to

the terrors he had anticipated.

From that chamber, and from that mansion, I fled aghast. The

storm was still abroad in all its wrath as I found myself

crossing the old causeway. Suddenly there shot along the path a

wild light, and I turned to see whence a gleam so unusual could

have issued; for the vast house and its shadows were alone behind

me. The radiance was that of the full, setting, and blood-red

moon, which now shone vividly through that once

barely-discernible fissure, of which I have before spoken as

extending from the roof of the building, in a zigzag direction,

to the base. While I gazed, this fissure rapidly widened—there

came a fierce breath of the whirlwind—the entire orb of the

satellite burst at once upon my sight—my brain reeled as I saw

the mighty walls rushing asunder—there was a long tumultuous

shouting sound like the voice of a thousand waters—and the deep

and dank tarn at my feet closed sullenly and silently over the

fragments of the “_House of Usher_.”

SILENCE—A FABLE

“The mountain pinnacles slumber; valleys, crags and caves _are

silent_.”

“Listen to me,” said the Demon as he placed his hand upon my

head. “The region of which I speak is a dreary region in Libya,

by the borders of the river Zaire. And there is no quiet there,

nor silence.

“The waters of the river have a saffron and sickly hue; and they

flow not onwards to the sea, but palpitate forever and forever

beneath the red eye of the sun with a tumultuous and convulsive

motion. For many miles on either side of the river’s oozy bed is

a pale desert of gigantic water-lilies. They sigh one unto the

other in that solitude, and stretch towards the heaven their long

and ghastly necks, and nod to and fro their everlasting heads.

And there is an indistinct murmur which cometh out from among

them like the rushing of subterrene water. And they sigh one unto

the other.

“But there is a boundary to their realm—the boundary of the dark,

horrible, lofty forest. There, like the waves about the Hebrides,

the low underwood is agitated continually. But there is no wind

throughout the heaven. And the tall primeval trees rock eternally

hither and thither with a crashing and mighty sound. And from

their high summits, one by one, drop everlasting dews. And at the

roots strange poisonous flowers lie writhing in perturbed

slumber. And overhead, with a rustling and loud noise, the gray

clouds rush westwardly forever, until they roll, a cataract, over

the fiery wall of the horizon. But there is no wind throughout

the heaven. And by the shores of the river Zaire there is neither

quiet nor silence.

“It was night, and the rain fell; and falling, it was rain, but,

having fallen, it was blood. And I stood in the morass among the

tall and the rain fell upon my head—and the lilies sighed one

unto the other in the solemnity of their desolation.

“And, all at once, the moon arose through the thin ghastly mist,

and was crimson in color. And mine eyes fell upon a huge gray

rock which stood by the shore of the river, and was lighted by

the light of the moon. And the rock was gray, and ghastly, and

tall,—and the rock was gray. Upon its front were characters

engraven in the stone; and I walked through the morass of

water-lilies, until I came close unto the shore, that I might

read the characters upon the stone. But I could not decypher

them. And I was going back into the morass, when the moon shone

with a fuller red, and I turned and looked again upon the rock,

and upon the characters, and the characters were DESOLATION.

“And I looked upwards, and there stood a man upon the summit of

the rock; and I hid myself among the water-lilies that I might

discover the actions of the man. And the man was tall and stately

in form, and was wrapped up from his shoulders to his feet in the

toga of old Rome. And the outlines of his figure were

indistinct—but his features were the features of a deity; for the

mantle of the night, and of the mist, and of the moon, and of the

dew, had left uncovered the features of his face. And his brow

was lofty with thought, and his eye wild with care; and, in the

few furrows upon his cheek I read the fables of sorrow, and

weariness, and disgust with mankind, and a longing after

solitude.

“And the man sat upon the rock, and leaned his head upon his

hand, and looked out upon the desolation. He looked down into the

low unquiet shrubbery, and up into the tall primeval trees, and

up higher at the rustling heaven, and into the crimson moon. And

I lay close within shelter of the lilies, and observed the

actions of the man. And the man trembled in the solitude;—but the

night waned, and he sat upon the rock.

“And the man turned his attention from the heaven, and looked out

upon the dreary river Zaire, and upon the yellow ghastly waters,

and upon the pale legions of the water-lilies. And the man

listened to the sighs of the water-lilies, and to the murmur that

came up from among them. And I lay close within my covert and

observed the actions of the man. And the man trembled in the

solitude;—but the night waned and he sat upon the rock.

“Then I went down into the recesses of the morass, and waded afar

in among the wilderness of the lilies, and called unto the

hippopotami which dwelt among the fens in the recesses of the

morass. And the hippopotami heard my call, and came, with the

behemoth, unto the foot of the rock, and roared loudly and

fearfully beneath the moon. And I lay close within my covert and

observed the actions of the man. And the man trembled in the

solitude;—but the night waned and he sat upon the rock.

“Then I cursed the elements with the curse of tumult; and a

frightful tempest gathered in the heaven where, before, there had

been no wind. And the heaven became livid with the violence of

the tempest—and the rain beat upon the head of the man—and the

floods of the river came down—and the river was tormented into

foam—and the water-lilies shrieked within their beds—and the

forest crumbled before the wind—and the thunder rolled—and the

lightning fell—and the rock rocked to its foundation. And I lay

close within my covert and observed the actions of the man. And

the man trembled in the solitude;—but the night waned and he sat

upon the rock.

“Then I grew angry and cursed, with the curse of silence, the

river, and the lilies, and the wind, and the forest, and the

heaven, and the thunder, and the sighs of the water-lilies. And

they became accursed, and were still. And the moon ceased to

totter up its pathway to heaven—and the thunder died away—and the

lightning did not flash—and the clouds hung motionless—and the

waters sunk to their level and remained—and the trees ceased to

rock—and the water-lilies sighed no more—and the murmur was heard

no longer from among them, nor any shadow of sound throughout the

vast illimitable desert. And I looked upon the characters of the

rock, and they were changed; and the characters were SILENCE.

“And mine eyes fell upon the countenance of the man, and his

countenance was wan with terror. And, hurriedly, he raised his

head from his hand, and stood forth upon the rock and listened.

But there was no voice throughout the vast illimitable desert,

and the characters upon the rock were SILENCE. And the man

shuddered, and turned his face away, and fled afar off, in haste,

so that I beheld him no more.”

Now there are fine tales in the volumes of the Magi—in the

iron-bound, melancholy volumes of the Magi. Therein, I say, are

glorious histories of the Heaven, and of the Earth, and of the

mighty sea—and of the Genii that over-ruled the sea, and the

earth, and the lofty heaven. There was much lore too in the

sayings which were said by the Sybils; and holy, holy things were

heard of old by the dim leaves that trembled around Dodona—but,

as Allah liveth, that fable which the Demon told me as he sat by

my side in the shadow of the tomb, I hold to be the most

wonderful of all! And as the Demon made an end of his story, he

fell back within the cavity of the tomb and laughed. And I could

not laugh with the Demon, and he cursed me because I could not

laugh. And the lynx which dwelleth forever in the tomb, came out

therefrom, and lay down at the feet of the Demon, and looked at

him steadily in the face.

THE MASQUE OF THE RED DEATH.

The “Red Death” had long devastated the country. No pestilence

had ever been so fatal, or so hideous. Blood was its Avatar and

its seal—the redness and the horror of blood. There were sharp

pains, and sudden dizziness, and then profuse bleeding at the

pores, with dissolution. The scarlet stains upon the body and

especially upon the face of the victim, were the pest ban which

shut him out from the aid and from the sympathy of his

fellow-men. And the whole seizure, progress and termination of

the disease, were the incidents of half an hour.

But the Prince Prospero was happy and dauntless and sagacious.

When his dominions were half depopulated, he summoned to his

presence a thousand hale and light-hearted friends from among the

knights and dames of his court, and with these retired to the

deep seclusion of one of his castellated abbeys. This was an

extensive and magnificent structure, the creation of the prince’s

own eccentric yet august taste. A strong and lofty wall girdled

it in. This wall had gates of iron. The courtiers, having

entered, brought furnaces and massy hammers and welded the bolts.

They resolved to leave means neither of ingress or egress to the

sudden impulses of despair or of frenzy from within. The abbey

was amply provisioned. With such precautions the courtiers might

bid defiance to contagion. The external world could take care of

itself. In the meantime it was folly to grieve, or to think. The

prince had provided all the appliances of pleasure. There were

buffoons, there were improvisatori, there were ballet-dancers,

there were musicians, there was Beauty, there was wine. All these

and security were within. Without was the “Red Death.”

It was toward the close of the fifth or sixth month of his

seclusion, and while the pestilence raged most furiously abroad,

that the Prince Prospero entertained his thousand friends at a

masked ball of the most unusual magnificence.

It was a voluptuous scene, that masquerade. But first let me tell

of the rooms in which it was held. There were seven—an imperial

suite. In many palaces, however, such suites form a long and

straight vista, while the folding doors slide back nearly to the

walls on either hand, so that the view of the whole extent is

scarcely impeded. Here the case was very different; as might have

been expected from the duke’s love of the bizarre. The apartments

were so irregularly disposed that the vision embraced but little

more than one at a time. There was a sharp turn at every twenty

or thirty yards, and at each turn a novel effect. To the right

and left, in the middle of each wall, a tall and narrow Gothic

window looked out upon a closed corridor which pursued the

windings of the suite. These windows were of stained glass whose

color varied in accordance with the prevailing hue of the

decorations of the chamber into which it opened. That at the

eastern extremity was hung, for example, in blue—and vividly blue

were its windows. The second chamber was purple in its ornaments

and tapestries, and here the panes were purple. The third was

green throughout, and so were the casements. The fourth was

furnished and lighted with orange—the fifth with white—the sixth

with violet. The seventh apartment was closely shrouded in black

velvet tapestries that hung all over the ceiling and down the

walls, falling in heavy folds upon a carpet of the same material

and hue. But in this chamber only, the color of the windows

failed to correspond with the decorations. The panes here were

scarlet—a deep blood color. Now in no one of the seven apartments

was there any lamp or candelabrum, amid the profusion of golden

ornaments that lay scattered to and fro or depended from the

roof. There was no light of any kind emanating from lamp or

candle within the suite of chambers. But in the corridors that

followed the suite, there stood, opposite to each window, a heavy

tripod, bearing a brazier of fire that projected its rays through

the tinted glass and so glaringly illumined the room. And thus

were produced a multitude of gaudy and fantastic appearances. But

in the western or black chamber the effect of the fire-light that

streamed upon the dark hangings through the blood-tinted panes,

was ghastly in the extreme, and produced so wild a look upon the

countenances of those who entered, that there were few of the

company bold enough to set foot within its precincts at all.

It was in this apartment, also, that there stood against the

western wall, a gigantic clock of ebony. Its pendulum swung to

and fro with a dull, heavy, monotonous clang; and when the

minute-hand made the circuit of the face, and the hour was to be

stricken, there came from the brazen lungs of the clock a sound

which was clear and loud and deep and exceedingly musical, but of

so peculiar a note and emphasis that, at each lapse of an hour,

the musicians of the orchestra were constrained to pause,

momentarily, in their performance, to hearken to the sound; and

thus the waltzers perforce ceased their evolutions; and there was

a brief disconcert of the whole gay company; and, while the

chimes of the clock yet rang, it was observed that the giddiest

grew pale, and the more aged and sedate passed their hands over

their brows as if in confused reverie or meditation. But when the

echoes had fully ceased, a light laughter at once pervaded the

assembly; the musicians looked at each other and smiled as if at

their own nervousness and folly, and made whispering vows, each

to the other, that the next chiming of the clock should produce

in them no similar emotion; and then, after the lapse of sixty

minutes (which embrace three thousand and six hundred seconds of

the Time that flies), there came yet another chiming of the

clock, and then were the same disconcert and tremulousness and

meditation as before.

But, in spite of these things, it was a gay and magnificent

revel. The tastes of the duke were peculiar. He had a fine eye

for colors and effects. He disregarded the decora of mere

fashion. His plans were bold and fiery, and his conceptions

glowed with barbaric lustre. There are some who would have

thought him mad. His followers felt that he was not. It was

necessary to hear and see and touch him to be sure that he was

not.

He had directed, in great part, the moveable embellishments of

the seven chambers, upon occasion of this great fête; and it was

his own guiding taste which had given character to the

masqueraders. Be sure they were grotesque. There were much glare

and glitter and piquancy and phantasm—much of what has been since

seen in “Hernani.” There were arabesque figures with unsuited

limbs and appointments. There were delirious fancies such as the

madman fashions. There was much of the beautiful, much of the

wanton, much of the bizarre, something of the terrible, and not a

little of that which might have excited disgust. To and fro in

the seven chambers there stalked, in fact, a multitude of dreams.

And these—the dreams—writhed in and about, taking hue from the

rooms, and causing the wild music of the orchestra to seem as the

echo of their steps. And, anon, there strikes the ebony clock

which stands in the hall of the velvet. And then, for a moment,

all is still, and all is silent save the voice of the clock. The

dreams are stiff-frozen as they stand. But the echoes of the

chime die away—they have endured but an instant—and a light,

half-subdued laughter floats after them as they depart. And now

again the music swells, and the dreams live, and writhe to and

fro more merrily than ever, taking hue from the many-tinted

windows through which stream the rays from the tripods. But to

the chamber which lies most westwardly of the seven, there are

now none of the maskers who venture; for the night is waning

away; and there flows a ruddier light through the blood-colored

panes; and the blackness of the sable drapery appals; and to him

whose foot falls upon the sable carpet, there comes from the near

clock of ebony a muffled peal more solemnly emphatic than any

which reaches their ears who indulge in the more remote gaieties

of the other apartments.

But these other apartments were densely crowded, and in them beat

feverishly the heart of life. And the revel went whirlingly on,

until at length there commenced the sounding of midnight upon the

clock. And then the music ceased, as I have told; and the

evolutions of the waltzers were quieted; and there was an uneasy

cessation of all things as before. But now there were twelve

strokes to be sounded by the bell of the clock; and thus it

happened, perhaps, that more of thought crept, with more of time,

into the meditations of the thoughtful among those who revelled.

And thus, too, it happened, perhaps, that before the last echoes

of the last chime had utterly sunk into silence, there were many

individuals in the crowd who had found leisure to become aware of

the presence of a masked figure which had arrested the attention

of no single individual before. And the rumor of this new

presence having spread itself whisperingly around, there arose at

length from the whole company a buzz, or murmur, expressive of

disapprobation and surprise—then, finally, of terror, of horror,

and of disgust.

In an assembly of phantasms such as I have painted, it may well

be supposed that no ordinary appearance could have excited such

sensation. In truth the masquerade license of the night was

nearly unlimited; but the figure in question had out-Heroded

Herod, and gone beyond the bounds of even the prince’s indefinite

decorum. There are chords in the hearts of the most reckless

which cannot be touched without emotion. Even with the utterly

lost, to whom life and death are equally jests, there are matters

of which no jest can be made. The whole company, indeed, seemed

now deeply to feel that in the costume and bearing of the

stranger neither wit nor propriety existed. The figure was tall

and gaunt, and shrouded from head to foot in the habiliments of

the grave. The mask which concealed the visage was made so nearly

to resemble the countenance of a stiffened corpse that the

closest scrutiny must have had difficulty in detecting the cheat.

And yet all this might have been endured, if not approved, by the

mad revellers around. But the mummer had gone so far as to assume

the type of the Red Death. His vesture was dabbled in blood—and

his broad brow, with all the features of the face, was

besprinkled with the scarlet horror.

When the eyes of Prince Prospero fell upon this spectral image

(which with a slow and solemn movement, as if more fully to

sustain its role, stalked to and fro among the waltzers) he was

seen to be convulsed, in the first moment with a strong shudder

either of terror or distaste; but, in the next, his brow reddened

with rage.

“Who dares?” he demanded hoarsely of the courtiers who stood near

him—“who dares insult us with this blasphemous mockery? Seize him

and unmask him—that we may know whom we have to hang at sunrise,

from the battlements!”

It was in the eastern or blue chamber in which stood the Prince

Prospero as he uttered these words. They rang throughout the

seven rooms loudly and clearly—for the prince was a bold and

robust man, and the music had become hushed at the waving of his

hand.

It was in the blue room where stood the prince, with a group of

pale courtiers by his side. At first, as he spoke, there was a

slight rushing movement of this group in the direction of the

intruder, who at the moment was also near at hand, and now, with

deliberate and stately step, made closer approach to the speaker.

But from a certain nameless awe with which the mad assumptions of

the mummer had inspired the whole party, there were found none

who put forth hand to seize him; so that, unimpeded, he passed

within a yard of the prince’s person; and, while the vast

assembly, as if with one impulse, shrank from the centres of the

rooms to the walls, he made his way uninterruptedly, but with the

same solemn and measured step which had distinguished him from

the first, through the blue chamber to the purple—through the

purple to the green—through the green to the orange—through this

again to the white—and even thence to the violet, ere a decided

movement had been made to arrest him. It was then, however, that

the Prince Prospero, maddening with rage and the shame of his own

momentary cowardice, rushed hurriedly through the six chambers,

while none followed him on account of a deadly terror that had

seized upon all. He bore aloft a drawn dagger, and had

approached, in rapid impetuosity, to within three or four feet of

the retreating figure, when the latter, having attained the

extremity of the velvet apartment, turned suddenly and confronted

his pursuer. There was a sharp cry—and the dagger dropped

gleaming upon the sable carpet, upon which, instantly afterwards,

fell prostrate in death the Prince Prospero. Then, summoning the

wild courage of despair, a throng of the revellers at once threw

themselves into the black apartment, and, seizing the mummer,

whose tall figure stood erect and motionless within the shadow of

the ebony clock, gasped in unutterable horror at finding the

grave-cerements and corpse-like mask which they handled with so

violent a rudeness, untenanted by any tangible form.

And now was acknowledged the presence of the Red Death. He had

come like a thief in the night. And one by one dropped the

revellers in the blood-bedewed halls of their revel, and died

each in the despairing posture of his fall. And the life of the

ebony clock went out with that of the last of the gay. And the

flames of the tripods expired. And Darkness and Decay and the Red

Death held illimitable dominion over all.

THE CASK OF AMONTILLADO.

The thousand injuries of Fortunato I had borne as I best could;

but when he ventured upon insult, I vowed revenge. You, who so

well know the nature of my soul, will not suppose, however, that

I gave utterance to a threat. _At length_ I would be avenged;

this was a point definitively settled—but the very definitiveness

with which it was resolved, precluded the idea of risk. I must

not only punish, but punish with impunity. A wrong is unredressed

when retribution overtakes its redresser. It is equally

unredressed when the avenger fails to make himself felt as such

to him who has done the wrong.

It must be understood, that neither by word nor deed had I given

Fortunato cause to doubt my good will. I continued, as was my

wont, to smile in his face, and he did not perceive that my smile

_now_ was at the thought of his immolation.

He had a weak point—this Fortunato—although in other regards he

was a man to be respected and even feared. He prided himself on

his connoisseurship in wine. Few Italians have the true virtuoso

spirit. For the most part their enthusiasm is adopted to suit the

time and opportunity—to practise imposture upon the British and

Austrian _millionaires_. In painting and gemmary, Fortunato, like

his countrymen, was a quack—but in the matter of old wines he was

sincere. In this respect I did not differ from him materially: I

was skilful in the Italian vintages myself, and bought largely

whenever I could.

It was about dusk, one evening during the supreme madness of the

carnival season, that I encountered my friend. He accosted me

with excessive warmth, for he had been drinking much. The man

wore motley. He had on a tight-fitting parti-striped dress, and

his head was surmounted by the conical cap and bells. I was so

pleased to see him, that I thought I should never have done

wringing his hand.

I said to him: “My dear Fortunato, you are luckily met. How

remarkably well you are looking to-day! But I have received a

pipe of what passes for Amontillado, and I have my doubts.”

“How?” said he. “Amontillado? A pipe? Impossible! And in the

middle of the carnival!”

“I have my doubts,” I replied; “and I was silly enough to pay the

full Amontillado price without consulting you in the matter. You

were not to be found, and I was fearful of losing a bargain.”

“Amontillado!”

“I have my doubts.”

“Amontillado!”

“And I must satisfy them.”

“Amontillado!”

“As you are engaged, I am on my way to Luchesi. If any one has a

critical turn, it is he. He will tell me—”

“Luchesi cannot tell Amontillado from Sherry.”

“And yet some fools will have it that his taste is a match for

your own.”

“Come, let us go.”

“Whither?”

“To your vaults.”

“My friend, no; I will not impose upon your good nature. I

perceive you have an engagement. Luchesi—”

“I have no engagement;—come.”

“My friend, no. It is not the engagement, but the severe cold

with which I perceive you are afflicted. The vaults are

insufferably damp. They are encrusted with nitre.”

“Let us go, nevertheless. The cold is merely nothing.

Amontillado! You have been imposed upon. And as for Luchesi, he

cannot distinguish Sherry from Amontillado.”

Thus speaking, Fortunato possessed himself of my arm. Putting on

a mask of black silk, and drawing a _roquelaire_ closely about my

person, I suffered him to hurry me to my palazzo.

There were no attendants at home; they had absconded to make

merry in honor of the time. I had told them that I should not

return until the morning, and had given them explicit orders not

to stir from the house. These orders were sufficient, I well

knew, to insure their immediate disappearance, one and all, as

soon as my back was turned.

I took from their sconces two flambeaux, and giving one to

Fortunato, bowed him through several suites of rooms to the

archway that led into the vaults. I passed down a long and

winding staircase, requesting him to be cautious as he followed.

We came at length to the foot of the descent, and stood together

on the damp ground of the catacombs of the Montresors.

The gait of my friend was unsteady, and the bells upon his cap

jingled as he strode.

“The pipe,” said he.

“It is farther on,” said I; “but observe the white web-work which

gleams from these cavern walls.”

He turned towards me, and looked into my eyes with two filmy orbs

that distilled the rheum of intoxication.

“Nitre?” he asked, at length.

“Nitre,” I replied. “How long have you had that cough?”

“Ugh! ugh! ugh!—ugh! ugh! ugh!—ugh! ugh! ugh!—ugh! ugh! ugh!—ugh!

ugh! ugh!”

My poor friend found it impossible to reply for many minutes.

“It is nothing,” he said, at last.

“Come,” I said, with decision, “we will go back; your health is

precious. You are rich, respected, admired, beloved; you are

happy, as once I was. You are a man to be missed. For me it is no

matter. We will go back; you will be ill, and I cannot be

responsible. Besides, there is Luchesi—”

“Enough,” he said; “the cough is a mere nothing; it will not kill

me. I shall not die of a cough.”

“True—true,” I replied; “and, indeed, I had no intention of

alarming you unnecessarily—but you should use all proper caution.

A draught of this Medoc will defend us from the damps.”

Here I knocked off the neck of a bottle which I drew from a long

row of its fellows that lay upon the mould.

“Drink,” I said, presenting him the wine.

He raised it to his lips with a leer. He paused and nodded to me

familiarly, while his bells jingled.

“I drink,” he said, “to the buried that repose around us.”

“And I to your long life.”

He again took my arm, and we proceeded.

“These vaults,” he said, “are extensive.”

“The Montresors,” I replied, “were a great and numerous family.”

“I forget your arms.”

“A huge human foot d’or, in a field azure; the foot crushes a

serpent rampant whose fangs are imbedded in the heel.”

“And the motto?”

“_Nemo me impune lacessit_.”

“Good!” he said.

The wine sparkled in his eyes and the bells jingled. My own fancy

grew warm with the Medoc. We had passed through walls of piled

bones, with casks and puncheons intermingling, into the inmost

recesses of the catacombs. I paused again, and this time I made

bold to seize Fortunato by an arm above the elbow.

“The nitre!” I said: “see, it increases. It hangs like moss upon

the vaults. We are below the river’s bed. The drops of moisture

trickle among the bones. Come, we will go back ere it is too

late. Your cough—”

“It is nothing,” he said; “let us go on. But first, another

draught of the Medoc.”

I broke and reached him a flagon of De Grâve. He emptied it at a

breath. His eyes flashed with a fierce light. He laughed and

threw the bottle upwards with a gesticulation I did not

understand.

I looked at him in surprise. He repeated the movement—a grotesque

one.

“You do not comprehend?” he said.

“Not I,” I replied.

“Then you are not of the brotherhood.”

“How?”

“You are not of the masons.”

“Yes, yes,” I said, “yes, yes.”

“You? Impossible! A mason?”

“A mason,” I replied.

“A sign,” he said.

“It is this,” I answered, producing a trowel from beneath the

folds of my _roquelaire_.

“You jest,” he exclaimed, recoiling a few paces. “But let us

proceed to the Amontillado.”

“Be it so,” I said, replacing the tool beneath the cloak, and

again offering him my arm. He leaned upon it heavily. We

continued our route in search of the Amontillado. We passed

through a range of low arches, descended, passed on, and

descending again, arrived at a deep crypt, in which the foulness

of the air caused our flambeaux rather to glow than flame.

At the most remote end of the crypt there appeared another less

spacious. Its walls had been lined with human remains, piled to

the vault overhead, in the fashion of the great catacombs of

Paris. Three sides of this interior crypt were still ornamented

in this manner. From the fourth the bones had been thrown down,

and lay promiscuously upon the earth, forming at one point a

mound of some size. Within the wall thus exposed by the

displacing of the bones, we perceived a still interior recess, in

depth about four feet, in width three, in height six or seven. It

seemed to have been constructed for no especial use in itself,

but formed merely the interval between two of the colossal

supports of the roof of the catacombs, and was backed by one of

their circumscribing walls of solid granite.

It was in vain that Fortunato, uplifting his dull torch,

endeavored to pry into the depths of the recess. Its termination

the feeble light did not enable us to see.

“Proceed,” I said; “herein is the Amontillado. As for Luchesi—”

“He is an ignoramus,” interrupted my friend, as he stepped

unsteadily forward, while I followed immediately at his heels. In

an instant he had reached the extremity of the niche, and finding

his progress arrested by the rock, stood stupidly bewildered. A

moment more and I had fettered him to the granite. In its surface

were two iron staples, distant from each other about two feet,

horizontally. From one of these depended a short chain, from the

other a padlock. Throwing the links about his waist, it was but

the work of a few seconds to secure it. He was too much astounded

to resist. Withdrawing the key I stepped back from the recess.

“Pass your hand,” I said, “over the wall; you cannot help feeling

the nitre. Indeed it is _very_ damp. Once more let me _implore_

you to return. No? Then I must positively leave you. But I must

first render you all the little attentions in my power.”

“The Amontillado!” ejaculated my friend, not yet recovered from

his astonishment.

“True,” I replied; “the Amontillado.”

As I said these words I busied myself among the pile of bones of

which I have before spoken. Throwing them aside, I soon uncovered

a quantity of building stone and mortar. With these materials and

with the aid of my trowel, I began vigorously to wall up the

entrance of the niche.

I had scarcely laid the first tier of my masonry when I

discovered that the intoxication of Fortunato had in a great

measure worn off. The earliest indication I had of this was a low

moaning cry from the depth of the recess. It was _not_ the cry of

a drunken man. There was then a long and obstinate silence. I

laid the second tier, and the third, and the fourth; and then I

heard the furious vibrations of the chain. The noise lasted for

several minutes, during which, that I might hearken to it with

the more satisfaction, I ceased my labors and sat down upon the

bones. When at last the clanking subsided, I resumed the trowel,

and finished without interruption the fifth, the sixth, and the

seventh tier. The wall was now nearly upon a level with my

breast. I again paused, and holding the flambeaux over the

mason-work, threw a few feeble rays upon the figure within.

A succession of loud and shrill screams, bursting suddenly from

the throat of the chained form, seemed to thrust me violently

back. For a brief moment I hesitated—I trembled. Unsheathing my

rapier, I began to grope with it about the recess; but the

thought of an instant reassured me. I placed my hand upon the

solid fabric of the catacombs, and felt satisfied. I reapproached

the wall. I replied to the yells of him who clamored. I

re-echoed—I aided—I surpassed them in volume and in strength. I

did this, and the clamorer grew still.

It was now midnight, and my task was drawing to a close. I had

completed the eighth, the ninth, and the tenth tier. I had

finished a portion of the last and the eleventh; there remained

but a single stone to be fitted and plastered in. I struggled

with its weight; I placed it partially in its destined position.

But now there came from out the niche a low laugh that erected

the hairs upon my head. It was succeeded by a sad voice, which I

had difficulty in recognising as that of the noble Fortunato. The

voice said—

“Ha! ha! ha!—he! he!—a very good joke indeed—an excellent jest.

We will have many a rich laugh about it at the palazzo—he! he!

he!—over our wine—he! he! he!”

“The Amontillado!” I said.

“He! he! he!—he! he! he!—yes, the Amontillado. But is it not

getting late? Will not they be awaiting us at the palazzo, the

Lady Fortunato and the rest? Let us be gone.”

“Yes,” I said, “let us be gone.”

“_For the love of God, Montressor!_”

“Yes,” I said, “for the love of God!”

But to these words I hearkened in vain for a reply. I grew

impatient. I called aloud—

“Fortunato!”

No answer. I called again—

“Fortunato!”

No answer still. I thrust a torch through the remaining aperture

and let it fall within. There came forth in return only a

jingling of the bells. My heart grew sick—on account of the

dampness of the catacombs. I hastened to make an end of my labor.

I forced the last stone into its position; I plastered it up.

Against the new masonry I re-erected the old rampart of bones.

For the half of a century no mortal has disturbed them. _In pace

requiescat!_

THE IMP OF THE PERVERSE

In the consideration of the faculties and impulses—of the prima

mobilia of the human soul, the phrenologists have failed to make

room for a propensity which, although obviously existing as a

radical, primitive, irreducible sentiment, has been equally

overlooked by all the moralists who have preceded them. In the

pure arrogance of the reason, we have all overlooked it. We have

suffered its existence to escape our senses, solely through want

of belief—of faith;—whether it be faith in Revelation, or faith

in the Kabbala. The idea of it has never occurred to us, simply

because of its supererogation. We saw no need of the impulse—for

the propensity. We could not perceive its necessity. We could not

understand, that is to say, we could not have understood, had the

notion of this primum mobile ever obtruded itself;—we could not

have understood in what manner it might be made to further the

objects of humanity, either temporal or eternal. It cannot be

denied that phrenology and, in great measure, all

metaphysicianism have been concocted a priori. The intellectual

or logical man, rather than the understanding or observant man,

set himself to imagine designs—to dictate purposes to God. Having

thus fathomed, to his satisfaction, the intentions of Jehovah,

out of these intentions he built his innumerable systems of mind.

In the matter of phrenology, for example, we first determined,

naturally enough, that it was the design of the Deity that man

should eat. We then assigned to man an organ of alimentiveness,

and this organ is the scourge with which the Deity compels man,

will-I nill-I, into eating. Secondly, having settled it to be

God’s will that man should continue his species, we discovered an

organ of amativeness, forthwith. And so with combativeness, with

ideality, with causality, with constructiveness,—so, in short,

with every organ, whether representing a propensity, a moral

sentiment, or a faculty of the pure intellect. And in these

arrangements of the Principia of human action, the Spurzheimites,

whether right or wrong, in part, or upon the whole, have but

followed, in principle, the footsteps of their predecessors;

deducing and establishing every thing from the preconceived

destiny of man, and upon the ground of the objects of his

Creator.

It would have been wiser, it would have been safer, to classify

(if classify we must) upon the basis of what man usually or

occasionally did, and was always occasionally doing, rather than

upon the basis of what we took it for granted the Deity intended

him to do. If we cannot comprehend God in his visible works, how

then in his inconceivable thoughts, that call the works into

being? If we cannot understand him in his objective creatures,

how then in his substantive moods and phases of creation?

Induction, _a posteriori_, would have brought phrenology to

admit, as an innate and primitive principle of human action, a

paradoxical something, which we may call _perverseness_, for want

of a more characteristic term. In the sense I intend, it is, in

fact, a _mobile_ without motive, a motive not _motivirt_. Through

its promptings we act without comprehensible object; or, if this

shall be understood as a contradiction in terms, we may so far

modify the proposition as to say, that through its promptings we

act, for the reason that we should _not_. In theory, no reason

can be more unreasonable, but, in fact, there is none more

strong. With certain minds, under certain conditions, it becomes

absolutely irresistible. I am not more certain that I breathe,

than that the assurance of the wrong or error of any action is

often the one unconquerable _force_ which impels us, and alone

impels us to its prosecution. Nor will this overwhelming tendency

to do wrong for the wrong’s sake, admit of analysis, or

resolution into ulterior elements. It is a radical, a primitive

impulse—elementary. It will be said, I am aware, that when we

persist in acts because we feel we should not persist in them,

our conduct is but a modification of that which ordinarily

springs from the combativeness of phrenology. But a glance will

show the fallacy of this idea. The phrenological combativeness

has for its essence, the necessity of self-defence. It is our

safeguard against injury. Its principle regards our well-being;

and thus the desire to be well is excited simultaneously with its

development. It follows, that the desire to be well must be

excited simultaneously with any principle which shall be merely a

modification of combativeness, but in the case of that something

which I term perverseness, the desire to be well is not only not

aroused, but a strongly antagonistical sentiment exists.

An appeal to one’s own heart is, after all, the best reply to the

sophistry just noticed. No one who trustingly consults and

thoroughly questions his own soul, will be disposed to deny the

entire radicalness of the propensity in question. It is not more

incomprehensible than distinctive. There lives no man who at some

period has not been tormented, for example, by an earnest desire

to tantalize a listener by circumlocution. The speaker is aware

that he displeases; he has every intention to please, he is

usually curt, precise, and clear; the most laconic and luminous

language is struggling for utterance upon his tongue; it is only

with difficulty that he restrains himself from giving it flow; he

dreads and deprecates the anger of him whom he addresses; yet,

the thought strikes him, that by certain involutions and

parentheses this anger may be engendered. That single thought is

enough. The impulse increases to a wish, the wish to a desire,

the desire to an uncontrollable longing, and the longing (to the

deep regret and mortification of the speaker, and in defiance of

all consequences) is indulged.

We have a task before us which must be speedily performed. We

know that it will be ruinous to make delay. The most important

crisis of our life calls, trumpet-tongued, for immediate energy

and action. We glow, we are consumed with eagerness to commence

the work, with the anticipation of whose glorious result our

whole souls are on fire. It must, it shall be undertaken to-day,

and yet we put it off until to-morrow; and why? There is no

answer, except that we feel perverse, using the word with no

comprehension of the principle. To-morrow arrives, and with it a

more impatient anxiety to do our duty, but with this very

increase of anxiety arrives, also, a nameless, a positively

fearful, because unfathomable, craving for delay. This craving

gathers strength as the moments fly. The last hour for action is

at hand. We tremble with the violence of the conflict within

us,—of the definite with the indefinite—of the substance with the

shadow. But, if the contest have proceeded thus far, it is the

shadow which prevails,—we struggle in vain. The clock strikes,

and is the knell of our welfare. At the same time, it is the

chanticleer-note to the ghost that has so long overawed us. It

flies—it disappears—we are free. The old energy returns. We will

labor now. Alas, it is too late!

We stand upon the brink of a precipice. We peer into the abyss—we

grow sick and dizzy. Our first impulse is to shrink from the

danger. Unaccountably we remain. By slow degrees our sickness and

dizziness and horror become merged in a cloud of unnamable

feeling. By gradations, still more imperceptible, this cloud

assumes shape, as did the vapor from the bottle out of which

arose the genius in the Arabian Nights. But out of this our cloud

upon the precipice’s edge, there grows into palpability, a shape,

far more terrible than any genius or any demon of a tale, and yet

it is but a thought, although a fearful one, and one which chills

the very marrow of our bones with the fierceness of the delight

of its horror. It is merely the idea of what would be our

sensations during the sweeping precipitancy of a fall from such a

height. And this fall—this rushing annihilation—for the very

reason that it involves that one most ghastly and loathsome of

all the most ghastly and loathsome images of death and suffering

which have ever presented themselves to our imagination—for this

very cause do we now the most vividly desire it. And because our

reason violently deters us from the brink, therefore do we the

most impetuously approach it. There is no passion in nature so

demoniacally impatient, as that of him who, shuddering upon the

edge of a precipice, thus meditates a plunge. To indulge, for a

moment, in any attempt at thought, is to be inevitably lost; for

reflection but urges us to forbear, and therefore it is, I say,

that we cannot. If there be no friendly arm to check us, or if we

fail in a sudden effort to prostrate ourselves backward from the

abyss, we plunge, and are destroyed.

Examine these similar actions as we will, we shall find them

resulting solely from the spirit of the Perverse. We perpetrate

them because we feel that we should not. Beyond or behind this

there is no intelligible principle; and we might, indeed, deem

this perverseness a direct instigation of the Arch-Fiend, were it

not occasionally known to operate in furtherance of good.

I have said thus much, that in some measure I may answer your

question—that I may explain to you why I am here—that I may

assign to you something that shall have at least the faint aspect

of a cause for my wearing these fetters, and for my tenanting

this cell of the condemned. Had I not been thus prolix, you might

either have misunderstood me altogether, or, with the rabble,

have fancied me mad. As it is, you will easily perceive that I am

one of the many uncounted victims of the Imp of the Perverse.

It is impossible that any deed could have been wrought with a

more thorough deliberation. For weeks, for months, I pondered

upon the means of the murder. I rejected a thousand schemes,

because their accomplishment involved a _chance_ of detection. At

length, in reading some French memoirs, I found an account of a

nearly fatal illness that occurred to Madame Pilau, through the

agency of a candle accidentally poisoned. The idea struck my

fancy at once. I knew my victim’s habit of reading in bed. I

knew, too, that his apartment was narrow and ill-ventilated. But

I need not vex you with impertinent details. I need not describe

the easy artifices by which I substituted, in his bed-room

candle-stand, a wax-light of my own making for the one which I

there found. The next morning he was discovered dead in his bed,

and the coroner’s verdict was—“Death by the visitation of God.”

Having inherited his estate, all went well with me for years. The

idea of detection never once entered my brain. Of the remains of

the fatal taper I had myself carefully disposed. I had left no

shadow of a clew by which it would be possible to convict, or

even to suspect me of the crime. It is inconceivable how rich a

sentiment of satisfaction arose in my bosom as I reflected upon

my absolute security. For a very long period of time I was

accustomed to revel in this sentiment. It afforded me more real

delight than all the mere worldly advantages accruing from my

sin. But there arrived at length an epoch, from which the

pleasurable feeling grew, by scarcely perceptible gradations,

into a haunting and harassing thought. It harassed because it

haunted. I could scarcely get rid of it for an instant. It is

quite a common thing to be thus annoyed with the ringing in our

ears, or rather in our memories, of the burthen of some ordinary

song, or some unimpressive snatches from an opera. Nor will we be

the less tormented if the song in itself be good, or the opera

air meritorious. In this manner, at last, I would perpetually

catch myself pondering upon my security, and repeating, in a low

undertone, the phrase, “I am safe.”

One day, whilst sauntering along the streets, I arrested myself

in the act of murmuring, half aloud, these customary syllables.

In a fit of petulance, I remodelled them thus: “I am safe—I am

safe—yes—if I be not fool enough to make open confession!”

No sooner had I spoken these words, than I felt an icy chill

creep to my heart. I had had some experience in these fits of

perversity (whose nature I have been at some trouble to explain),

and I remembered well that in no instance I had successfully

resisted their attacks. And now my own casual self-suggestion

that I might possibly be fool enough to confess the murder of

which I had been guilty, confronted me, as if the very ghost of

him whom I had murdered—and beckoned me on to death.

At first, I made an effort to shake off this nightmare of the

soul. I walked vigorously—faster—still faster—at length I ran. I

felt a maddening desire to shriek aloud. Every succeeding wave of

thought overwhelmed me with new terror, for, alas! I well, too

well understood that to think, in my situation, was to be lost. I

still quickened my pace. I bounded like a madman through the

crowded thoroughfares. At length, the populace took the alarm,

and pursued me. I felt then the consummation of my fate. Could I

have torn out my tongue, I would have done it, but a rough voice

resounded in my ears—a rougher grasp seized me by the shoulder. I

turned—I gasped for breath. For a moment I experienced all the

pangs of suffocation; I became blind, and deaf, and giddy; and

then some invisible fiend, I thought, struck me with his broad

palm upon the back. The long imprisoned secret burst forth from

my soul.

They say that I spoke with a distinct enunciation, but with

marked emphasis and passionate hurry, as if in dread of

interruption before concluding the brief but pregnant sentences

that consigned me to the hangman and to hell.

Having related all that was necessary for the fullest judicial

conviction, I fell prostrate in a swoon.

But why shall I say more? To-day I wear these chains, and am

_here!_ To-morrow I shall be fetterless!—_but where?_

THE ISLAND OF THE FAY

Nullus enim locus sine genio est.—_Servius_.

“La musique,” says Marmontel, in those “Contes Moraux” (*1) which

in all our translations, we have insisted upon calling “Moral

Tales,” as if in mockery of their spirit—“la musique est le seul

des talents qui jouissent de lui-même; tous les autres veulent

des temoins.” He here confounds the pleasure derivable from sweet

sounds with the capacity for creating them. No more than any

other talent, is that for music susceptible of complete

enjoyment, where there is no second party to appreciate its

exercise. And it is only in common with other talents that it

produces effects which may be fully enjoyed in solitude. The idea

which the raconteur has either failed to entertain clearly, or

has sacrificed in its expression to his national love of point,

is, doubtless, the very tenable one that the higher order of

music is the most thoroughly estimated when we are exclusively

alone. The proposition, in this form, will be admitted at once by

those who love the lyre for its own sake, and for its spiritual

uses. But there is one pleasure still within the reach of fallen

mortality and perhaps only one—which owes even more than does

music to the accessory sentiment of seclusion. I mean the

happiness experienced in the contemplation of natural scenery. In

truth, the man who would behold aright the glory of God upon

earth must in solitude behold that glory. To me, at least, the

presence—not of human life only, but of life in any other form

than that of the green things which grow upon the soil and are

voiceless—is a stain upon the landscape—is at war with the genius

of the scene. I love, indeed, to regard the dark valleys, and the

gray rocks, and the waters that silently smile, and the forests

that sigh in uneasy slumbers, and the proud watchful mountains

that look down upon all,—I love to regard these as themselves but

the colossal members of one vast animate and sentient whole—a

whole whose form (that of the sphere) is the most perfect and

most inclusive of all; whose path is among associate planets;

whose meek handmaiden is the moon, whose mediate sovereign is the

sun; whose life is eternity, whose thought is that of a God;

whose enjoyment is knowledge; whose destinies are lost in

immensity, whose cognizance of ourselves is akin with our own

cognizance of the animalculae which infest the brain—a being

which we, in consequence, regard as purely inanimate and material

much in the same manner as these animalculae must thus regard us.

Our telescopes and our mathematical investigations assure us on

every hand—notwithstanding the cant of the more ignorant of the

priesthood—that space, and therefore that bulk, is an important

consideration in the eyes of the Almighty. The cycles in which

the stars move are those best adapted for the evolution, without

collision, of the greatest possible number of bodies. The forms

of those bodies are accurately such as, within a given surface,

to include the greatest possible amount of matter;—while the

surfaces themselves are so disposed as to accommodate a denser

population than could be accommodated on the same surfaces

otherwise arranged. Nor is it any argument against bulk being an

object with God, that space itself is infinite; for there may be

an infinity of matter to fill it. And since we see clearly that

the endowment of matter with vitality is a principle—indeed, as

far as our judgments extend, the leading principle in the

operations of Deity,—it is scarcely logical to imagine it

confined to the regions of the minute, where we daily trace it,

and not extending to those of the august. As we find cycle within

cycle without end,—yet all revolving around one far-distant

centre which is the God-head, may we not analogically suppose in

the same manner, life within life, the less within the greater,

and all within the Spirit Divine? In short, we are madly erring,

through self-esteem, in believing man, in either his temporal or

future destinies, to be of more moment in the universe than that

vast “clod of the valley” which he tills and contemns, and to

which he denies a soul for no more profound reason than that he

does not behold it in operation. (*2)

These fancies, and such as these, have always given to my

meditations among the mountains and the forests, by the rivers

and the ocean, a tinge of what the everyday world would not fail

to term fantastic. My wanderings amid such scenes have been many,

and far-searching, and often solitary; and the interest with

which I have strayed through many a dim, deep valley, or gazed

into the reflected Heaven of many a bright lake, has been an

interest greatly deepened by the thought that I have strayed and

gazed alone. What flippant Frenchman was it who said in allusion

to the well-known work of Zimmerman, that, “la solitude est une

belle chose; mais il faut quelqu’un pour vous dire que la

solitude est une belle chose?” The epigram cannot be gainsayed;

but the necessity is a thing that does not exist.

It was during one of my lonely journeyings, amid a far distant

region of mountain locked within mountain, and sad rivers and

melancholy tarn writhing or sleeping within all—that I chanced

upon a certain rivulet and island. I came upon them suddenly in

the leafy June, and threw myself upon the turf, beneath the

branches of an unknown odorous shrub, that I might doze as I

contemplated the scene. I felt that thus only should I look upon

it—such was the character of phantasm which it wore.

On all sides—save to the west, where the sun was about

sinking—arose the verdant walls of the forest. The little river

which turned sharply in its course, and was thus immediately lost

to sight, seemed to have no exit from its prison, but to be

absorbed by the deep green foliage of the trees to the east—while

in the opposite quarter (so it appeared to me as I lay at length

and glanced upward) there poured down noiselessly and

continuously into the valley, a rich golden and crimson waterfall

from the sunset fountains of the sky.

About midway in the short vista which my dreamy vision took in,

one small circular island, profusely verdured, reposed upon the

bosom of the stream.

So blended bank and shadow there

That each seemed pendulous in air—

so mirror-like was the glassy water, that it was scarcely

possible to say at what point upon the slope of the emerald turf

its crystal dominion began.

My position enabled me to include in a single view both the

eastern and western extremities of the islet; and I observed a

singularly-marked difference in their aspects. The latter was all

one radiant harem of garden beauties. It glowed and blushed

beneath the eyes of the slant sunlight, and fairly laughed with

flowers. The grass was short, springy, sweet-scented, and

asphodel-interspersed. The trees were lithe, mirthful,

erect—bright, slender, and graceful,—of Eastern figure and

foliage, with bark smooth, glossy, and parti-colored. There

seemed a deep sense of life and joy about all; and although no

airs blew from out the heavens, yet every thing had motion

through the gentle sweepings to and fro of innumerable

butterflies, that might have been mistaken for tulips with wings.

(*4)

The other or eastern end of the isle was whelmed in the blackest

shade. A sombre, yet beautiful and peaceful gloom here pervaded

all things. The trees were dark in color, and mournful in form

and attitude, wreathing themselves into sad, solemn, and spectral

shapes that conveyed ideas of mortal sorrow and untimely death.

The grass wore the deep tint of the cypress, and the heads of its

blades hung droopingly, and hither and thither among it were many

small unsightly hillocks, low and narrow, and not very long, that

had the aspect of graves, but were not; although over and all

about them the rue and the rosemary clambered. The shade of the

trees fell heavily upon the water, and seemed to bury itself

therein, impregnating the depths of the element with darkness. I

fancied that each shadow, as the sun descended lower and lower,

separated itself sullenly from the trunk that gave it birth, and

thus became absorbed by the stream; while other shadows issued

momently from the trees, taking the place of their predecessors

thus entombed.

This idea, having once seized upon my fancy, greatly excited it,

and I lost myself forthwith in revery. “If ever island were

enchanted,” said I to myself, “this is it. This is the haunt of

the few gentle Fays who remain from the wreck of the race. Are

these green tombs theirs?—or do they yield up their sweet lives

as mankind yield up their own? In dying, do they not rather waste

away mournfully, rendering unto God, little by little, their

existence, as these trees render up shadow after shadow,

exhausting their substance unto dissolution? What the wasting

tree is to the water that imbibes its shade, growing thus blacker

by what it preys upon, may not the life of the Fay be to the

death which engulfs it?”

As I thus mused, with half-shut eyes, while the sun sank rapidly

to rest, and eddying currents careered round and round the

island, bearing upon their bosom large, dazzling, white flakes of

the bark of the sycamore—flakes which, in their multiform

positions upon the water, a quick imagination might have

converted into anything it pleased—while I thus mused, it

appeared to me that the form of one of those very Fays about whom

I had been pondering made its way slowly into the darkness from

out the light at the western end of the island. She stood erect

in a singularly fragile canoe, and urged it with the mere phantom

of an oar. While within the influence of the lingering sunbeams,

her attitude seemed indicative of joy—but sorrow deformed it as

she passed within the shade. Slowly she glided along, and at

length rounded the islet and re-entered the region of light. “The

revolution which has just been made by the Fay,” continued I,

musingly, “is the cycle of the brief year of her life. She has

floated through her winter and through her summer. She is a year

nearer unto Death; for I did not fail to see that, as she came

into the shade, her shadow fell from her, and was swallowed up in

the dark water, making its blackness more black.”

And again the boat appeared and the Fay; but about the attitude

of the latter there was more of care and uncertainty and less of

elastic joy. She floated again from out the light and into the

gloom (which deepened momently) and again her shadow fell from

her into the ebony water, and became absorbed into its blackness.

And again and again she made the circuit of the island, (while

the sun rushed down to his slumbers), and at each issuing into

the light there was more sorrow about her person, while it grew

feebler and far fainter and more indistinct, and at each passage

into the gloom there fell from her a darker shade, which became

whelmed in a shadow more black. But at length when the sun had

utterly departed, the Fay, now the mere ghost of her former self,

went disconsolately with her boat into the region of the ebony

flood—and that she issued thence at all I cannot say, for

darkness fell over all things and I beheld her magical figure no

more.

THE ASSIGNATION

Stay for me there! I will not fail.

To meet thee in that hollow vale.

(_Exequy on the death of his wife, by Henry King, Bishop of

Chichester_.)

Ill-fated and mysterious man!—bewildered in the brilliancy of

thine own imagination, and fallen in the flames of thine own

youth! Again in fancy I behold thee! Once more thy form hath

risen before me!—not—oh! not as thou art—in the cold valley and

shadow—but as thou _shouldst be_—squandering away a life of

magnificent meditation in that city of dim visions, thine own

Venice—which is a star-beloved Elysium of the sea, and the wide

windows of whose Palladian palaces look down with a deep and

bitter meaning upon the secrets of her silent waters. Yes! I

repeat it—as thou _shouldst be_. There are surely other worlds

than this—other thoughts than the thoughts of the multitude—other

speculations than the speculations of the sophist. Who then shall

call thy conduct into question? who blame thee for thy visionary

hours, or denounce those occupations as a wasting away of life,

which were but the overflowings of thine everlasting energies?

It was at Venice, beneath the covered archway there called the

_Ponte di Sospiri_, that I met for the third or fourth time the

person of whom I speak. It is with a confused recollection that I

bring to mind the circumstances of that meeting. Yet I

remember—ah! how should I forget?—the deep midnight, the Bridge

of Sighs, the beauty of woman, and the Genius of Romance that

stalked up and down the narrow canal.

It was a night of unusual gloom. The great clock of the Piazza

had sounded the fifth hour of the Italian evening. The square of

the Campanile lay silent and deserted, and the lights in the old

Ducal Palace were dying fast away. I was returning home from the

Piazetta, by way of the Grand Canal. But as my gondola arrived

opposite the mouth of the canal San Marco, a female voice from

its recesses broke suddenly upon the night, in one wild,

hysterical, and long continued shriek. Startled at the sound, I

sprang upon my feet: while the gondolier, letting slip his single

oar, lost it in the pitchy darkness beyond a chance of recovery,

and we were consequently left to the guidance of the current

which here sets from the greater into the smaller channel. Like

some huge and sable-feathered condor, we were slowly drifting

down towards the Bridge of Sighs, when a thousand flambeaux

flashing from the windows, and down the staircases of the Ducal

Palace, turned all at once that deep gloom into a livid and

preternatural day.

A child, slipping from the arms of its own mother, had fallen

from an upper window of the lofty structure into the deep and dim

canal. The quiet waters had closed placidly over their victim;

and, although my own gondola was the only one in sight, many a

stout swimmer, already in the stream, was seeking in vain upon

the surface, the treasure which was to be found, alas! only

within the abyss. Upon the broad black marble flagstones at the

entrance of the palace, and a few steps above the water, stood a

figure which none who then saw can have ever since forgotten. It

was the Marchesa Aphrodite—the adoration of all Venice—the gayest

of the gay—the most lovely where all were beautiful—but still the

young wife of the old and intriguing Mentoni, and the mother of

that fair child, her first and only one, who now, deep beneath

the murky water, was thinking in bitterness of heart upon her

sweet caresses, and exhausting its little life in struggles to

call upon her name.

She stood alone. Her small, bare, and silvery feet gleamed in the

black mirror of marble beneath her. Her hair, not as yet more

than half loosened for the night from its ball-room array,

clustered, amid a shower of diamonds, round and round her

classical head, in curls like those of the young hyacinth. A

snowy-white and gauze-like drapery seemed to be nearly the sole

covering to her delicate form; but the mid-summer and midnight

air was hot, sullen, and still, and no motion in the statue-like

form itself, stirred even the folds of that raiment of very vapor

which hung around it as the heavy marble hangs around the Niobe.

Yet—strange to say!—her large lustrous eyes were not turned

downwards upon that grave wherein her brightest hope lay

buried—but riveted in a widely different direction! The prison of

the Old Republic is, I think, the stateliest building in all

Venice—but how could that lady gaze so fixedly upon it, when

beneath her lay stifling her only child? Yon dark, gloomy niche,

too, yawns right opposite her chamber window—what, then, _could_

there be in its shadows—in its architecture—in its ivy-wreathed

and solemn cornices—that the Marchesa di Mentoni had not wondered

at a thousand times before? Nonsense!—Who does not remember that,

at such a time as this, the eye, like a shattered mirror,

multiplies the images of its sorrow, and sees in innumerable

far-off places, the woe which is close at hand?

Many steps above the Marchesa, and within the arch of the

water-gate, stood, in full dress, the Satyr-like figure of

Mentoni himself. He was occasionally occupied in thrumming a

guitar, and seemed _ennuye_ to the very death, as at intervals he

gave directions for the recovery of his child. Stupefied and

aghast, I had myself no power to move from the upright position I

had assumed upon first hearing the shriek, and must have

presented to the eyes of the agitated group a spectral and

ominous appearance, as with pale countenance and rigid limbs, I

floated down among them in that funereal gondola.

All efforts proved in vain. Many of the most energetic in the

search were relaxing their exertions, and yielding to a gloomy

sorrow. There seemed but little hope for the child; (how much

less than for the mother!) but now, from the interior of that

dark niche which has been already mentioned as forming a part of

the Old Republican prison, and as fronting the lattice of the

Marchesa, a figure muffled in a cloak, stepped out within reach

of the light, and, pausing a moment upon the verge of the giddy

descent, plunged headlong into the canal. As, in an instant

afterwards, he stood with the still living and breathing child

within his grasp, upon the marble flagstones by the side of the

Marchesa, his cloak, heavy with the drenching water, became

unfastened, and, falling in folds about his feet, discovered to

the wonder-stricken spectators the graceful person of a very

young man, with the sound of whose name the greater part of

Europe was then ringing.

No word spoke the deliverer. But the Marchesa! She will now

receive her child—she will press it to her heart—she will cling

to its little form, and smother it with her caresses. Alas!

_another’s_ arms have taken it from the stranger—_another’s_ arms

have taken it away, and borne it afar off, unnoticed, into the

palace! And the Marchesa! Her lip—her beautiful lip trembles;

tears are gathering in her eyes—those eyes which, like Pliny’s

acanthus, are “soft and almost liquid.” Yes! tears are gathering

in those eyes—and see! the entire woman thrills throughout the

soul, and the statue has started into life! The pallor of the

marble countenance, the swelling of the marble bosom, the very

purity of the marble feet, we behold suddenly flushed over with a

tide of ungovernable crimson; and a slight shudder quivers about

her delicate frame, as a gentle air at Napoli about the rich

silver lilies in the grass.

Why _should_ that lady blush! To this demand there is no

answer—except that, having left, in the eager haste and terror of

a mother’s heart, the privacy of her own _boudoir_, she has

neglected to enthral her tiny feet in their slippers, and utterly

forgotten to throw over her Venetian shoulders that drapery which

is their due. What other possible reason could there have been

for her so blushing?—for the glance of those wild appealing

eyes?—for the unusual tumult of that throbbing bosom?—for the

convulsive pressure of that trembling hand?—that hand which fell,

as Mentoni turned into the palace, accidentally, upon the hand of

the stranger. What reason could there have been for the low—the

singularly low tone of those unmeaning words which the lady

uttered hurriedly in bidding him adieu? “Thou hast conquered,”

she said, or the murmurs of the water deceived me; “thou hast

conquered—one hour after sunrise—we shall meet—so let it be!”

The tumult had subsided, the lights had died away within the

palace, and the stranger, whom I now recognized, stood alone upon

the flags. He shook with inconceivable agitation, and his eye

glanced around in search of a gondola. I could not do less than

offer him the service of my own; and he accepted the civility.

Having obtained an oar at the water-gate, we proceeded together

to his residence, while he rapidly recovered his self-possession,

and spoke of our former slight acquaintance in terms of great

apparent cordiality.

There are some subjects upon which I take pleasure in being

minute. The person of the stranger—let me call him by this title,

who to all the world was still a stranger—the person of the

stranger is one of these subjects. In height he might have been

below rather than above the medium size: although there were

moments of intense passion when his frame actually _expanded_ and

belied the assertion. The light, almost slender symmetry of his

figure, promised more of that ready activity which he evinced at

the Bridge of Sighs, than of that Herculean strength which he has

been known to wield without an effort, upon occasions of more

dangerous emergency. With the mouth and chin of a deity—singular,

wild, full, liquid eyes, whose shadows varied from pure hazel to

intense and brilliant jet—and a profusion of curling, black hair,

from which a forehead of unusual breadth gleamed forth at

intervals all light and ivory—his were features than which I have

seen none more classically regular, except, perhaps, the marble

ones of the Emperor Commodus. Yet his countenance was,

nevertheless, one of those which all men have seen at some period

of their lives, and have never afterwards seen again. It had no

peculiar, it had no settled predominant expression to be fastened

upon the memory; a countenance seen and instantly forgotten, but

forgotten with a vague and never-ceasing desire of recalling it

to mind. Not that the spirit of each rapid passion failed, at any

time, to throw its own distinct image upon the mirror of that

face—but that the mirror, mirror-like, retained no vestige of the

passion, when the passion had departed.

Upon leaving him on the night of our adventure, he solicited me,

in what I thought an urgent manner, to call upon him _very_ early

the next morning. Shortly after sunrise, I found myself

accordingly at his Palazzo, one of those huge structures of

gloomy, yet fantastic pomp, which tower above the waters of the

Grand Canal in the vicinity of the Rialto. I was shown up a broad

winding staircase of mosaics, into an apartment whose

unparalleled splendor burst through the opening door with an

actual glare, making me blind and dizzy with luxuriousness.

I knew my acquaintance to be wealthy. Report had spoken of his

possessions in terms which I had even ventured to call terms of

ridiculous exaggeration. But as I gazed about me, I could not

bring myself to believe that the wealth of any subject in Europe

could have supplied the princely magnificence which burned and

blazed around.

Although, as I say, the sun had arisen, yet the room was still

brilliantly lighted up. I judge from this circumstance, as well

as from an air of exhaustion in the countenance of my friend,

that he had not retired to bed during the whole of the preceding

night. In the architecture and embellishments of the chamber, the

evident design had been to dazzle and astound. Little attention

had been paid to the _decora_ of what is technically called

_keeping_, or to the proprieties of nationality. The eye wandered

from object to object, and rested upon none—neither the

_grotesques_ of the Greek painters, nor the sculptures of the

best Italian days, nor the huge carvings of untutored Egypt. Rich

draperies in every part of the room trembled to the vibration of

low, melancholy music, whose origin was not to be discovered. The

senses were oppressed by mingled and conflicting perfumes,

reeking up from strange convolute censers, together with

multitudinous flaring and flickering tongues of emerald and

violet fire. The rays of the newly risen sun poured in upon the

whole, through windows, formed each of a single pane of

crimson-tinted glass. Glancing to and fro, in a thousand

reflections, from curtains which rolled from their cornices like

cataracts of molten silver, the beams of natural glory mingled at

length fitfully with the artificial light, and lay weltering in

subdued masses upon a carpet of rich, liquid-looking cloth of

Chili gold.

“Ha! ha! ha!—ha! ha! ha!”—laughed the proprietor, motioning me to

a seat as I entered the room, and throwing himself back at

full-length upon an ottoman. “I see,” said he, perceiving that I

could not immediately reconcile myself to the _bienseance_ of so

singular a welcome—“I see you are astonished at my apartment—at

my statues—my pictures—my originality of conception in

architecture and upholstery! absolutely drunk, eh, with my

magnificence? But pardon me, my dear sir, (here his tone of voice

dropped to the very spirit of cordiality,) pardon me for my

uncharitable laughter. You appeared so _utterly_ astonished.

Besides, some things are so completely ludicrous, that a man

_must_ laugh or die. To die laughing, must be the most glorious

of all glorious deaths! Sir Thomas More—a very fine man was Sir

Thomas More—Sir Thomas More died laughing, you remember. Also in

the _Absurdities_ of Ravisius Textor, there is a long list of

characters who came to the same magnificent end. Do you know,

however,” continued he musingly, “that at Sparta (which is now

Palæochori,) at Sparta, I say, to the west of the citadel, among

a chaos of scarcely visible ruins, is a kind of _socle_, upon

which are still legible the letters ΛΑΞΜ. They are undoubtedly

part of ΓΕΛΑΞΜΑ. Now, at Sparta were a thousand temples and

shrines to a thousand different divinities. How exceedingly

strange that the altar of Laughter should have survived all the

others! But in the present instance,” he resumed, with a singular

alteration of voice and manner, “I have no right to be merry at

your expense. You might well have been amazed. Europe cannot

produce anything so fine as this, my little regal cabinet. My

other apartments are by no means of the same order—mere _ultras_

of fashionable insipidity. This is better than fashion—is it not?

Yet this has but to be seen to become the rage—that is, with

those who could afford it at the cost of their entire patrimony.

I have guarded, however, against any such profanation. With one

exception, you are the only human being besides myself and my

_valet_, who has been admitted within the mysteries of these

imperial precincts, since they have been bedizened as you see!”

I bowed in acknowledgment—for the overpowering sense of splendor

and perfume, and music, together with the unexpected eccentricity

of his address and manner, prevented me from expressing, in

words, my appreciation of what I might have construed into a

compliment.

“Here,” he resumed, arising and leaning on my arm as he sauntered

around the apartment, “here are paintings from the Greeks to

Cimabue, and from Cimabue to the present hour. Many are chosen,

as you see, with little deference to the opinions of Virtu. They

are all, however, fitting tapestry for a chamber such as this.

Here, too, are some _chefs d’oeuvre_ of the unknown great; and

here, unfinished designs by men, celebrated in their day, whose

very names the perspicacity of the academies has left to silence

and to me. What think you,” said he, turning abruptly as he

spoke—“what think you of this Madonna della Pieta?”

“It is Guido’s own!” I said, with all the enthusiasm of my

nature, for I had been poring intently over its surpassing

loveliness. “It is Guido’s own!—how _could_ you have obtained

it?—she is undoubtedly in painting what the Venus is in

sculpture.”

“Ha!” said he thoughtfully, “the Venus—the beautiful Venus?—the

Venus of the Medici?—she of the diminutive head and the gilded

hair? Part of the left arm (here his voice dropped so as to be

heard with difficulty,) and all the right, are restorations; and

in the coquetry of that right arm lies, I think, the quintessence

of all affectation. Give _me_ the Canova! The Apollo, too, is a

copy—there can be no doubt of it—blind fool that I am, who cannot

behold the boasted inspiration of the Apollo! I cannot help—pity

me!—I cannot help preferring the Antinous. Was it not Socrates

who said that the statuary found his statue in the block of

marble? Then Michael Angelo was by no means original in his

couplet—

‘Non ha l’ottimo artista alcun concetto

Che un marmo solo in se non circunscriva.’”

It has been, or should be remarked, that, in the manner of the

true gentleman, we are always aware of a difference from the

bearing of the vulgar, without being at once precisely able to

determine in what such difference consists. Allowing the remark

to have applied in its full force to the outward demeanor of my

acquaintance, I felt it, on that eventful morning, still more

fully applicable to his moral temperament and character. Nor can

I better define that peculiarity of spirit which seemed to place

him so essentially apart from all other human beings, than by

calling it a _habit_ of intense and continual thought, pervading

even his most trivial actions—intruding upon his moments of

dalliance—and interweaving itself with his very flashes of

merriment—like adders which writhe from out the eyes of the

grinning masks in the cornices around the temples of Persepolis.

I could not help, however, repeatedly observing, through the

mingled tone of levity and solemnity with which he rapidly

descanted upon matters of little importance, a certain air of

trepidation—a degree of nervous _unction_ in action and in

speech—an unquiet excitability of manner which appeared to me at

all times unaccountable, and upon some occasions even filled me

with alarm. Frequently, too, pausing in the middle of a sentence

whose commencement he had apparently forgotten, he seemed to be

listening in the deepest attention, as if either in momentary

expectation of a visitor, or to sounds which must have had

existence in his imagination alone.

It was during one of these reveries or pauses of apparent

abstraction, that, in turning over a page of the poet and scholar

Politian’s beautiful tragedy “The Orfeo,” (the first native

Italian tragedy,) which lay near me upon an ottoman, I discovered

a passage underlined in pencil. It was a passage towards the end

of the third act—a passage of the most heart-stirring

excitement—a passage which, although tainted with impurity, no

man shall read without a thrill of novel emotion—no woman without

a sigh. The whole page was blotted with fresh tears; and, upon

the opposite interleaf, were the following English lines, written

in a hand so very different from the peculiar characters of my

acquaintance, that I had some difficulty in recognising it as his

own:—

Thou wast that all to me, love,

For which my soul did pine—

A green isle in the sea, love,

A fountain and a shrine,

All wreathed with fairy fruits and flowers;

And all the flowers were mine.

Ah, dream too bright to last!

Ah, starry Hope, that didst arise

But to be overcast!

A voice from out the Future cries,

“Onward!”—but o’er the Past

(Dim gulf!) my spirit hovering lies,

Mute—motionless—aghast!

For alas! alas! with me

The light of life is o’er.

“No more—no more—no more,”

(Such language holds the solemn sea

To the sands upon the shore,)

Shall bloom the thunder-blasted tree,

Or the stricken eagle soar!

Now all my hours are trances;

And all my nightly dreams

Are where the dark eye glances,

And where thy footstep gleams,

In what ethereal dances,

By what Italian streams.

Alas! for that accursed time

They bore thee o’er the billow,

From Love to titled age and crime,

And an unholy pillow!—

From me, and from our misty clime,

Where weeps the silver willow!

That these lines were written in English—a language with which I

had not believed their author acquainted—afforded me little

matter for surprise. I was too well aware of the extent of his

acquirements, and of the singular pleasure he took in concealing

them from observation, to be astonished at any similar discovery;

but the place of date, I must confess, occasioned me no little

amazement. It had been originally written _London_, and

afterwards carefully overscored—not, however, so effectually as

to conceal the word from a scrutinizing eye. I say, this

occasioned me no little amazement; for I well remember that, in a

former conversation with a friend, I particularly inquired if he

had at any time met in London the Marchesa di Mentoni, (who for

some years previous to her marriage had resided in that city,)

when his answer, if I mistake not, gave me to understand that he

had never visited the metropolis of Great Britain. I might as

well here mention, that I have more than once heard, (without, of

course, giving credit to a report involving so many

improbabilities,) that the person of whom I speak, was not only

by birth, but in education, an _Englishman_.

“There is one painting,” said he, without being aware of my notice of

the tragedy—“there is still one painting which you have not seen.” And

throwing aside a drapery, he discovered a full-length portrait of the

Marchesa Aphrodite.

Human art could have done no more in the delineation of her superhuman

beauty. The same ethereal figure which stood before me the preceding

night upon the steps of the Ducal Palace, stood before me once again.

But in the expression of the countenance, which was beaming all over

with smiles, there still lurked (incomprehensible anomaly!) that fitful

stain of melancholy which will ever be found inseparable from the

perfection of the beautiful. Her right arm lay folded over her bosom.

With her left she pointed downward to a curiously fashioned vase. One

small, fairy foot, alone visible, barely touched the earth; and,

scarcely discernible in the brilliant atmosphere which seemed to

encircle and enshrine her loveliness, floated a pair of the most

delicately imagined wings. My glance fell from the painting to the

figure of my friend, and the vigorous words of Chapman’s _Bussy

D’Ambois_, quivered instinctively upon my lips:

“He is up

There like a Roman statue! He will stand

Till Death hath made him marble!”

“Come,” he said at length, turning towards a table of richly

enamelled and massive silver, upon which were a few goblets

fantastically stained, together with two large Etruscan vases,

fashioned in the same extraordinary model as that in the

foreground of the portrait, and filled with what I supposed to be

Johannisberger. “Come,” he said, abruptly, “let us drink! It is

early—but let us drink. It is _indeed_ early,” he continued,

musingly, as a cherub with a heavy golden hammer made the

apartment ring with the first hour after sunrise: “It is _indeed_

early—but what matters it? let us drink! Let us pour out an

offering to yon solemn sun which these gaudy lamps and censers

are so eager to subdue!” And, having made me pledge him in a

bumper, he swallowed in rapid succession several goblets of the

wine.

“To dream,” he continued, resuming the tone of his desultory

conversation, as he held up to the rich light of a censer one of

the magnificent vases—“to dream has been the business of my life.

I have therefore framed for myself, as you see, a bower of

dreams. In the heart of Venice could I have erected a better? You

behold around you, it is true, a medley of architectural

embellishments. The chastity of Ionia is offended by antediluvian

devices, and the sphynxes of Egypt are outstretched upon carpets

of gold. Yet the effect is incongruous to the timid alone.

Proprieties of place, and especially of time, are the bugbears

which terrify mankind from the contemplation of the magnificent.

Once I was myself a decorist; but that sublimation of folly has

palled upon my soul. All this is now the fitter for my purpose.

Like these arabesque censers, my spirit is writhing in fire, and

the delirium of this scene is fashioning me for the wilder

visions of that land of real dreams whither I am now rapidly

departing.” He here paused abruptly, bent his head to his bosom,

and seemed to listen to a sound which I could not hear. At

length, erecting his frame, he looked upwards, and ejaculated the

lines of the Bishop of Chichester:

_“Stay for me there! I will not fail_

_To meet thee in that hollow vale.”_

In the next instant, confessing the power of the wine, he threw

himself at full-length upon an ottoman.

A quick step was now heard upon the staircase, and a loud knock

at the door rapidly succeeded. I was hastening to anticipate a

second disturbance, when a page of Mentoni’s household burst into

the room, and faltered out, in a voice choking with emotion, the

incoherent words, “My mistress!—my mistress!—Poisoned!—poisoned!

Oh, beautiful—oh, beautiful Aphrodite!”

Bewildered, I flew to the ottoman, and endeavored to arouse the

sleeper to a sense of the startling intelligence. But his limbs

were rigid—his lips were livid—his lately beaming eyes were

riveted in _death_. I staggered back towards the table—my hand

fell upon a cracked and blackened goblet—and a consciousness of

the entire and terrible truth flashed suddenly over my soul.

THE PIT AND THE PENDULUM

Impia tortorum longos hic turba furores

Sanguinis innocui, non satiata, aluit.

Sospite nunc patria, fracto nunc funeris antro,

Mors ubi dira fuit vita salusque patent.

[_Quatrain composed for the gates of a market to be erected upon the

site of the Jacobin Club House at Paris_.]

I was sick—sick unto death with that long agony; and when they at

length unbound me, and I was permitted to sit, I felt that my

senses were leaving me. The sentence—the dread sentence of

death—was the last of distinct accentuation which reached my

ears. After that, the sound of the inquisitorial voices seemed

merged in one dreamy indeterminate hum. It conveyed to my soul

the idea of _revolution_—perhaps from its association in fancy

with the burr of a mill wheel. This only for a brief period, for

presently I heard no more. Yet, for a while, I saw—but with how

terrible an exaggeration! I saw the lips of the black-robed

judges. They appeared to me white—whiter than the sheet upon

which I trace these words—and thin even to grotesqueness; thin

with the intensity of their expression of firmness—of immoveable

resolution—of stern contempt of human torture. I saw that the

decrees of what to me was Fate, were still issuing from those

lips. I saw them writhe with a deadly locution. I saw them

fashion the syllables of my name; and I shuddered because no

sound succeeded. I saw, too, for a few moments of delirious

horror, the soft and nearly imperceptible waving of the sable

draperies which enwrapped the walls of the apartment. And then my

vision fell upon the seven tall candles upon the table. At first

they wore the aspect of charity, and seemed white and slender

angels who would save me; but then, all at once, there came a

most deadly nausea over my spirit, and I felt every fibre in my

frame thrill as if I had touched the wire of a galvanic battery,

while the angel forms became meaningless spectres, with heads of

flame, and I saw that from them there would be no help. And then

there stole into my fancy, like a rich musical note, the thought

of what sweet rest there must be in the grave. The thought came

gently and stealthily, and it seemed long before it attained full

appreciation; but just as my spirit came at length properly to

feel and entertain it, the figures of the judges vanished, as if

magically, from before me; the tall candles sank into

nothingness; their flames went out utterly; the blackness of

darkness supervened; all sensations appeared swallowed up in a

mad rushing descent as of the soul into Hades. Then silence, and

stillness, night were the universe.

I had swooned; but still will not say that all of consciousness

was lost. What of it there remained I will not attempt to define,

or even to describe; yet all was not lost. In the deepest

slumber—no! In delirium—no! In a swoon—no! In death—no! even in

the grave all is not lost. Else there is no immortality for man.

Arousing from the most profound of slumbers, we break the

gossamer web of some dream. Yet in a second afterward, (so frail

may that web have been) we remember not that we have dreamed. In

the return to life from the swoon there are two stages; first,

that of the sense of mental or spiritual; secondly, that of the

sense of physical, existence. It seems probable that if, upon

reaching the second stage, we could recall the impressions of the

first, we should find these impressions eloquent in memories of

the gulf beyond. And that gulf is—what? How at least shall we

distinguish its shadows from those of the tomb? But if the

impressions of what I have termed the first stage are not, at

will, recalled, yet, after long interval, do they not come

unbidden, while we marvel whence they come? He who has never

swooned, is not he who finds strange palaces and wildly familiar

faces in coals that glow; is not he who beholds floating in

mid-air the sad visions that the many may not view; is not he who

ponders over the perfume of some novel flower; is not he whose

brain grows bewildered with the meaning of some musical cadence

which has never before arrested his attention.

Amid frequent and thoughtful endeavors to remember; amid earnest

struggles to regather some token of the state of seeming

nothingness into which my soul had lapsed, there have been

moments when I have dreamed of success; there have been brief,

very brief periods when I have conjured up remembrances which the

lucid reason of a later epoch assures me could have had reference

only to that condition of seeming unconsciousness. These shadows

of memory tell, indistinctly, of tall figures that lifted and

bore me in silence down—down—still down—till a hideous dizziness

oppressed me at the mere idea of the interminableness of the

descent. They tell also of a vague horror at my heart, on account

of that heart’s unnatural stillness. Then comes a sense of sudden

motionlessness throughout all things; as if those who bore me (a

ghastly train!) had outrun, in their descent, the limits of the

limitless, and paused from the wearisomeness of their toil. After

this I call to mind flatness and dampness; and then all is

madness—the madness of a memory which busies itself among

forbidden things.

Very suddenly there came back to my soul motion and sound—the

tumultuous motion of the heart, and, in my ears, the sound of its

beating. Then a pause in which all is blank. Then again sound,

and motion, and touch—a tingling sensation pervading my frame.

Then the mere consciousness of existence, without thought—a

condition which lasted long. Then, very suddenly, thought, and

shuddering terror, and earnest endeavor to comprehend my true

state. Then a strong desire to lapse into insensibility. Then a

rushing revival of soul and a successful effort to move. And now

a full memory of the trial, of the judges, of the sable

draperies, of the sentence, of the sickness, of the swoon. Then

entire forgetfulness of all that followed; of all that a later

day and much earnestness of endeavor have enabled me vaguely to

recall.

So far, I had not opened my eyes. I felt that I lay upon my back,

unbound. I reached out my hand, and it fell heavily upon

something damp and hard. There I suffered it to remain for many

minutes, while I strove to imagine where and what I could be. I

longed, yet dared not to employ my vision. I dreaded the first

glance at objects around me. It was not that I feared to look

upon things horrible, but that I grew aghast lest there should be

nothing to see. At length, with a wild desperation at heart, I

quickly unclosed my eyes. My worst thoughts, then, were

confirmed. The blackness of eternal night encompassed me. I

struggled for breath. The intensity of the darkness seemed to

oppress and stifle me. The atmosphere was intolerably close. I

still lay quietly, and made effort to exercise my reason. I

brought to mind the inquisitorial proceedings, and attempted from

that point to deduce my real condition. The sentence had passed;

and it appeared to me that a very long interval of time had since

elapsed. Yet not for a moment did I suppose myself actually dead.

Such a supposition, notwithstanding what we read in fiction, is

altogether inconsistent with real existence;—but where and in

what state was I? The condemned to death, I knew, perished

usually at the autos-da-fe, and one of these had been held on the

very night of the day of my trial. Had I been remanded to my

dungeon, to await the next sacrifice, which would not take place

for many months? This I at once saw could not be. Victims had

been in immediate demand. Moreover, my dungeon, as well as all

the condemned cells at Toledo, had stone floors, and light was

not altogether excluded.

A fearful idea now suddenly drove the blood in torrents upon my

heart, and for a brief period, I once more relapsed into

insensibility. Upon recovering, I at once started to my feet,

trembling convulsively in every fibre. I thrust my arms wildly

above and around me in all directions. I felt nothing; yet

dreaded to move a step, lest I should be impeded by the walls of

a tomb. Perspiration burst from every pore, and stood in cold big

beads upon my forehead. The agony of suspense grew at length

intolerable, and I cautiously moved forward, with my arms

extended, and my eyes straining from their sockets, in the hope

of catching some faint ray of light. I proceeded for many paces;

but still all was blackness and vacancy. I breathed more freely.

It seemed evident that mine was not, at least, the most hideous

of fates.

And now, as I still continued to step cautiously onward, there

came thronging upon my recollection a thousand vague rumors of

the horrors of Toledo. Of the dungeons there had been strange

things narrated—fables I had always deemed them—but yet strange,

and too ghastly to repeat, save in a whisper. Was I left to

perish of starvation in this subterranean world of darkness; or

what fate, perhaps even more fearful, awaited me? That the result

would be death, and a death of more than customary bitterness, I

knew too well the character of my judges to doubt. The mode and

the hour were all that occupied or distracted me.

My outstretched hands at length encountered some solid

obstruction. It was a wall, seemingly of stone masonry—very

smooth, slimy, and cold. I followed it up; stepping with all the

careful distrust with which certain antique narratives had

inspired me. This process, however, afforded me no means of

ascertaining the dimensions of my dungeon; as I might make its

circuit, and return to the point whence I set out, without being

aware of the fact; so perfectly uniform seemed the wall. I

therefore sought the knife which had been in my pocket, when led

into the inquisitorial chamber; but it was gone; my clothes had

been exchanged for a wrapper of coarse serge. I had thought of

forcing the blade in some minute crevice of the masonry, so as to

identify my point of departure. The difficulty, nevertheless, was

but trivial; although, in the disorder of my fancy, it seemed at

first insuperable. I tore a part of the hem from the robe and

placed the fragment at full length, and at right angles to the

wall. In groping my way around the prison, I could not fail to

encounter this rag upon completing the circuit. So, at least I

thought: but I had not counted upon the extent of the dungeon, or

upon my own weakness. The ground was moist and slippery. I

staggered onward for some time, when I stumbled and fell. My

excessive fatigue induced me to remain prostrate; and sleep soon

overtook me as I lay.

Upon awaking, and stretching forth an arm, I found beside me a

loaf and a pitcher with water. I was too much exhausted to

reflect upon this circumstance, but ate and drank with avidity.

Shortly afterward, I resumed my tour around the prison, and with

much toil came at last upon the fragment of the serge. Up to the

period when I fell I had counted fifty-two paces, and upon

resuming my walk, I had counted forty-eight more—when I arrived

at the rag. There were in all, then, a hundred paces; and,

admitting two paces to the yard, I presumed the dungeon to be

fifty yards in circuit. I had met, however, with many angles in

the wall, and thus I could form no guess at the shape of the

vault, for vault I could not help supposing it to be.

I had little object—certainly no hope—in these researches; but a

vague curiosity prompted me to continue them. Quitting the wall,

I resolved to cross the area of the enclosure. At first I

proceeded with extreme caution, for the floor, although seemingly

of solid material, was treacherous with slime. At length,

however, I took courage, and did not hesitate to step firmly;

endeavoring to cross in as direct a line as possible. I had

advanced some ten or twelve paces in this manner, when the

remnant of the torn hem of my robe became entangled between my

legs. I stepped on it, and fell violently on my face.

In the confusion attending my fall, I did not immediately

apprehend a somewhat startling circumstance, which yet, in a few

seconds afterward, and while I still lay prostrate, arrested my

attention. It was this: my chin rested upon the floor of the

prison, but my lips and the upper portion of my head, although

seemingly at a less elevation than the chin, touched nothing. At

the same time my forehead seemed bathed in a clammy vapor, and

the peculiar smell of decayed fungus arose to my nostrils. I put

forward my arm, and shuddered to find that I had fallen at the

very brink of a circular pit, whose extent, of course, I had no

means of ascertaining at the moment. Groping about the masonry

just below the margin, I succeeded in dislodging a small

fragment, and let it fall into the abyss. For many seconds I

hearkened to its reverberations as it dashed against the sides of

the chasm in its descent; at length there was a sullen plunge

into water, succeeded by loud echoes. At the same moment there

came a sound resembling the quick opening, and as rapid closing

of a door overhead, while a faint gleam of light flashed suddenly

through the gloom, and as suddenly faded away.

I saw clearly the doom which had been prepared for me, and

congratulated myself upon the timely accident by which I had

escaped. Another step before my fall, and the world had seen me

no more. And the death just avoided, was of that very character

which I had regarded as fabulous and frivolous in the tales

respecting the Inquisition. To the victims of its tyranny, there

was the choice of death with its direst physical agonies, or

death with its most hideous moral horrors. I had been reserved

for the latter. By long suffering my nerves had been unstrung,

until I trembled at the sound of my own voice, and had become in

every respect a fitting subject for the species of torture which

awaited me.

Shaking in every limb, I groped my way back to the wall—resolving

there to perish rather than risk the terrors of the wells, of

which my imagination now pictured many in various positions about

the dungeon. In other conditions of mind I might have had courage

to end my misery at once by a plunge into one of these abysses;

but now I was the veriest of cowards. Neither could I forget what

I had read of these pits—that the sudden extinction of life

formed no part of their most horrible plan.

Agitation of spirit kept me awake for many long hours, but at

length I again slumbered. Upon arousing, I found by my side, as

before, a loaf and a pitcher of water. A burning thirst consumed

me, and I emptied the vessel at a draught. It must have been

drugged—for scarcely had I drunk, before I became irresistibly

drowsy. A deep sleep fell upon me—a sleep like that of death. How

long it lasted of course, I know not; but when, once again, I

unclosed my eyes, the objects around me were visible. By a wild

sulphurous lustre, the origin of which I could not at first

determine, I was enabled to see the extent and aspect of the

prison.

In its size I had been greatly mistaken. The whole circuit of its

walls did not exceed twenty-five yards. For some minutes this

fact occasioned me a world of vain trouble; vain indeed! for what

could be of less importance, under the terrible circumstances

which environed me, then the mere dimensions of my dungeon? But

my soul took a wild interest in trifles, and I busied myself in

endeavors to account for the error I had committed in my

measurement. The truth at length flashed upon me. In my first

attempt at exploration I had counted fifty-two paces, up to the

period when I fell; I must then have been within a pace or two of

the fragment of serge; in fact, I had nearly performed the

circuit of the vault. I then slept—and, upon awaking, I must have

returned upon my steps—thus supposing the circuit nearly double

what it actually was. My confusion of mind prevented me from

observing that I began my tour with the wall to the left, and

ended it with the wall to the right.

I had been deceived, too, in respect to the shape of the

enclosure. In feeling my way I had found many angles, and thus

deduced an idea of great irregularity; so potent is the effect of

total darkness upon one arousing from lethargy or sleep! The

angles were simply those of a few slight depressions, or niches,

at odd intervals. The general shape of the prison was square.

What I had taken for masonry seemed now to be iron, or some other

metal, in huge plates, whose sutures or joints occasioned the

depression. The entire surface of this metallic enclosure was

rudely daubed in all the hideous and repulsive devices to which

the charnel superstition of the monks has given rise. The figures

of fiends in aspects of menace, with skeleton forms, and other

more really fearful images, overspread and disfigured the walls.

I observed that the outlines of these monstrosities were

sufficiently distinct, but that the colors seemed faded and

blurred, as if from the effects of a damp atmosphere. I now

noticed the floor, too, which was of stone. In the centre yawned

the circular pit from whose jaws I had escaped; but it was the

only one in the dungeon.

All this I saw indistinctly and by much effort—for my personal

condition had been greatly changed during slumber. I now lay upon

my back, and at full length, on a species of low framework of

wood. To this I was securely bound by a long strap resembling a

surcingle. It passed in many convolutions about my limbs and

body, leaving at liberty only my head, and my left arm to such

extent that I could, by dint of much exertion, supply myself with

food from an earthen dish which lay by my side on the floor. I

saw, to my horror, that the pitcher had been removed. I say to my

horror—for I was consumed with intolerable thirst. This thirst it

appeared to be the design of my persecutors to stimulate—for the

food in the dish was meat pungently seasoned.

Looking upward, I surveyed the ceiling of my prison. It was some

thirty or forty feet overhead, and constructed much as the side

walls. In one of its panels a very singular figure riveted my

whole attention. It was the painted figure of Time as he is

commonly represented, save that, in lieu of a scythe, he held

what, at a casual glance, I supposed to be the pictured image of

a huge pendulum such as we see on antique clocks. There was

something, however, in the appearance of this machine which

caused me to regard it more attentively. While I gazed directly

upward at it (for its position was immediately over my own) I

fancied that I saw it in motion. In an instant afterward the

fancy was confirmed. Its sweep was brief, and of course slow. I

watched it for some minutes, somewhat in fear, but more in

wonder. Wearied at length with observing its dull movement, I

turned my eyes upon the other objects in the cell.

A slight noise attracted my notice, and, looking to the floor, I

saw several enormous rats traversing it. They had issued from the

well, which lay just within view to my right. Even then, while I

gazed, they came up in troops, hurriedly, with ravenous eyes,

allured by the scent of the meat. From this it required much

effort and attention to scare them away.

It might have been half an hour, perhaps even an hour, (for I

could take but imperfect note of time) before I again cast my

eyes upward. What I then saw confounded and amazed me. The sweep

of the pendulum had increased in extent by nearly a yard. As a

natural consequence, its velocity was also much greater. But what

mainly disturbed me was the idea that had perceptibly descended.

I now observed—with what horror it is needless to say—that its

nether extremity was formed of a crescent of glittering steel,

about a foot in length from horn to horn; the horns upward, and

the under edge evidently as keen as that of a razor. Like a razor

also, it seemed massy and heavy, tapering from the edge into a

solid and broad structure above. It was appended to a weighty rod

of brass, and the whole hissed as it swung through the air.

I could no longer doubt the doom prepared for me by monkish

ingenuity in torture. My cognizance of the pit had become known

to the inquisitorial agents—_the pit_, whose horrors had been

destined for so bold a recusant as myself—the pit, typical of

hell, and regarded by rumor as the Ultima Thule of all their

punishments. The plunge into this pit I had avoided by the merest

of accidents, I knew that surprise, or entrapment into torment,

formed an important portion of all the grotesquerie of these

dungeon deaths. Having failed to fall, it was no part of the

demon plan to hurl me into the abyss; and thus (there being no

alternative) a different and a milder destruction awaited me.

Milder! I half smiled in my agony as I thought of such

application of such a term.

What boots it to tell of the long, long hours of horror more than

mortal, during which I counted the rushing vibrations of the

steel! Inch by inch—line by line—with a descent only appreciable

at intervals that seemed ages—down and still down it came! Days

passed—it might have been that many days passed—ere it swept so

closely over me as to fan me with its acrid breath. The odor of

the sharp steel forced itself into my nostrils. I prayed—I

wearied heaven with my prayer for its more speedy descent. I grew

frantically mad, and struggled to force myself upward against the

sweep of the fearful scimitar. And then I fell suddenly calm, and

lay smiling at the glittering death, as a child at some rare

bauble.

There was another interval of utter insensibility; it was brief;

for, upon again lapsing into life there had been no perceptible

descent in the pendulum. But it might have been long; for I knew

there were demons who took note of my swoon, and who could have

arrested the vibration at pleasure. Upon my recovery, too, I felt

very—oh! inexpressibly—sick and weak, as if through long

inanition. Even amid the agonies of that period, the human nature

craved food. With painful effort I outstretched my left arm as

far as my bonds permitted, and took possession of the small

remnant which had been spared me by the rats. As I put a portion

of it within my lips, there rushed to my mind a half formed

thought of joy—of hope. Yet what business had _I_ with hope? It

was, as I say, a half formed thought—man has many such, which are

never completed. I felt that it was of joy—of hope; but felt also

that it had perished in its formation. In vain I struggled to

perfect—to regain it. Long suffering had nearly annihilated all

my ordinary powers of mind. I was an imbecile—an idiot.

The vibration of the pendulum was at right angles to my length. I

saw that the crescent was designed to cross the region of the

heart. It would fray the serge of my robe—it would return and

repeat its operations—again—and again. Notwithstanding its

terrifically wide sweep (some thirty feet or more) and the

hissing vigor of its descent, sufficient to sunder these very

walls of iron, still the fraying of my robe would be all that,

for several minutes, it would accomplish. And at this thought I

paused. I dared not go farther than this reflection. I dwelt upon

it with a pertinacity of attention—as if, in so dwelling, I could

arrest here the descent of the steel. I forced myself to ponder

upon the sound of the crescent as it should pass across the

garment—upon the peculiar thrilling sensation which the friction

of cloth produces on the nerves. I pondered upon all this

frivolity until my teeth were on edge.

Down—steadily down it crept. I took a frenzied pleasure in

contrasting its downward with its lateral velocity. To the

right—to the left—far and wide—with the shriek of a damned

spirit! to my heart with the stealthy pace of the tiger! I

alternately laughed and howled as the one or the other idea grew

predominant.

Down—certainly, relentlessly down! It vibrated within three

inches of my bosom! I struggled violently, furiously, to free my

left arm. This was free only from the elbow to the hand. I could

reach the latter, from the platter beside me, to my mouth, with

great effort, but no farther. Could I have broken the fastenings

above the elbow, I would have seized and attempted to arrest the

pendulum. I might as well have attempted to arrest an avalanche!

Down—still unceasingly—still inevitably down! I gasped and

struggled at each vibration. I shrunk convulsively at its every

sweep. My eyes followed its outward or upward whirls with the

eagerness of the most unmeaning despair; they closed themselves

spasmodically at the descent, although death would have been a

relief, oh, how unspeakable! Still I quivered in every nerve to

think how slight a sinking of the machinery would precipitate

that keen, glistening axe upon my bosom. It was hope that

prompted the nerve to quiver—the frame to shrink. It was hope—the

hope that triumphs on the rack—that whispers to the

death-condemned even in the dungeons of the Inquisition.

I saw that some ten or twelve vibrations would bring the steel in

actual contact with my robe, and with this observation there

suddenly came over my spirit all the keen, collected calmness of

despair. For the first time during many hours—or perhaps days—I

thought. It now occurred to me that the bandage, or surcingle,

which enveloped me, was unique. I was tied by no separate cord.

The first stroke of the razorlike crescent athwart any portion of

the band, would so detach it that it might be unwound from my

person by means of my left hand. But how fearful, in that case,

the proximity of the steel! The result of the slightest struggle

how deadly! Was it likely, moreover, that the minions of the

torturer had not foreseen and provided for this possibility? Was

it probable that the bandage crossed my bosom in the track of the

pendulum? Dreading to find my faint, and, as it seemed, my last

hope frustrated, I so far elevated my head as to obtain a

distinct view of my breast. The surcingle enveloped my limbs and

body close in all directions—save in the path of the destroying

crescent.

Scarcely had I dropped my head back into its original position,

when there flashed upon my mind what I cannot better describe

than as the unformed half of that idea of deliverance to which I

have previously alluded, and of which a moiety only floated

indeterminately through my brain when I raised food to my burning

lips. The whole thought was now present—feeble, scarcely sane,

scarcely definite,—but still entire. I proceeded at once, with

the nervous energy of despair, to attempt its execution.

For many hours the immediate vicinity of the low framework upon

which I lay had been literally swarming with rats. They were

wild, bold, ravenous—their red eyes glaring upon me as if they

waited but for motionlessness on my part to make me their prey.

“To what food,” I thought, “have they been accustomed in the

well?”

They had devoured, in spite of all my efforts to prevent them,

all but a small remnant of the contents of the dish. I had fallen

into an habitual see-saw, or wave of the hand about the platter;

and, at length, the unconscious uniformity of the movement

deprived it of effect. In their voracity the vermin frequently

fastened their sharp fangs in my fingers. With the particles of

the oily and spicy viand which now remained, I thoroughly rubbed

the bandage wherever I could reach it; then, raising my hand from

the floor, I lay breathlessly still.

At first the ravenous animals were startled and terrified at the

change—at the cessation of movement. They shrank alarmedly back;

many sought the well. But this was only for a moment. I had not

counted in vain upon their voracity. Observing that I remained

without motion, one or two of the boldest leaped upon the

frame-work, and smelt at the surcingle. This seemed the signal

for a general rush. Forth from the well they hurried in fresh

troops. They clung to the wood—they overran it, and leaped in

hundreds upon my person. The measured movement of the pendulum

disturbed them not at all. Avoiding its strokes they busied

themselves with the anointed bandage. They pressed—they swarmed

upon me in ever accumulating heaps. They writhed upon my throat;

their cold lips sought my own; I was half stifled by their

thronging pressure; disgust, for which the world has no name,

swelled my bosom, and chilled, with a heavy clamminess, my heart.

Yet one minute, and I felt that the struggle would be over.

Plainly I perceived the loosening of the bandage. I knew that in

more than one place it must be already severed. With a more than

human resolution I lay still.

Nor had I erred in my calculations—nor had I endured in vain. I

at length felt that I was free. The surcingle hung in ribands

from my body. But the stroke of the pendulum already pressed upon

my bosom. It had divided the serge of the robe. It had cut

through the linen beneath. Twice again it swung, and a sharp

sense of pain shot through every nerve. But the moment of escape

had arrived. At a wave of my hand my deliverers hurried

tumultuously away. With a steady movement—cautious, sidelong,

shrinking, and slow—I slid from the embrace of the bandage and

beyond the reach of the scimitar. For the moment, at least, I was

free.

Free!—and in the grasp of the Inquisition! I had scarcely stepped

from my wooden bed of horror upon the stone floor of the prison,

when the motion of the hellish machine ceased and I beheld it

drawn up, by some invisible force, through the ceiling. This was

a lesson which I took desperately to heart. My every motion was

undoubtedly watched. Free!—I had but escaped death in one form of

agony, to be delivered unto worse than death in some other. With

that thought I rolled my eves nervously around on the barriers of

iron that hemmed me in. Something unusual—some change which, at

first, I could not appreciate distinctly—it was obvious, had

taken place in the apartment. For many minutes of a dreamy and

trembling abstraction, I busied myself in vain, unconnected

conjecture. During this period, I became aware, for the first

time, of the origin of the sulphurous light which illumined the

cell. It proceeded from a fissure, about half an inch in width,

extending entirely around the prison at the base of the walls,

which thus appeared, and were, completely separated from the

floor. I endeavored, but of course in vain, to look through the

aperture.

As I arose from the attempt, the mystery of the alteration in the

chamber broke at once upon my understanding. I have observed

that, although the outlines of the figures upon the walls were

sufficiently distinct, yet the colors seemed blurred and

indefinite. These colors had now assumed, and were momentarily

assuming, a startling and most intense brilliancy, that gave to

the spectral and fiendish portraitures an aspect that might have

thrilled even firmer nerves than my own. Demon eyes, of a wild

and ghastly vivacity, glared upon me in a thousand directions,

where none had been visible before, and gleamed with the lurid

lustre of a fire that I could not force my imagination to regard

as unreal.

_Unreal!_—Even while I breathed there came to my nostrils the

breath of the vapour of heated iron! A suffocating odour pervaded

the prison! A deeper glow settled each moment in the eyes that

glared at my agonies! A richer tint of crimson diffused itself

over the pictured horrors of blood. I panted! I gasped for

breath! There could be no doubt of the design of my

tormentors—oh! most unrelenting! oh! most demoniac of men! I

shrank from the glowing metal to the centre of the cell. Amid the

thought of the fiery destruction that impended, the idea of the

coolness of the well came over my soul like balm. I rushed to its

deadly brink. I threw my straining vision below. The glare from

the enkindled roof illumined its inmost recesses. Yet, for a wild

moment, did my spirit refuse to comprehend the meaning of what I

saw. At length it forced—it wrestled its way into my soul—it

burned itself in upon my shuddering reason. Oh! for a voice to

speak!—oh! horror!—oh! any horror but this! With a shriek, I

rushed from the margin, and buried my face in my hands—weeping

bitterly.

The heat rapidly increased, and once again I looked up,

shuddering as with a fit of the ague. There had been a second

change in the cell—and now the change was obviously in the form.

As before, it was in vain that I, at first, endeavoured to

appreciate or understand what was taking place. But not long was

I left in doubt. The Inquisitorial vengeance had been hurried by

my two-fold escape, and there was to be no more dallying with the

King of Terrors. The room had been square. I saw that two of its

iron angles were now acute—two, consequently, obtuse. The fearful

difference quickly increased with a low rumbling or moaning

sound. In an instant the apartment had shifted its form into that

of a lozenge. But the alteration stopped not here—I neither hoped

nor desired it to stop. I could have clasped the red walls to my

bosom as a garment of eternal peace. “Death,” I said, “any death

but that of the pit!” Fool! might I have not known that into the

pit it was the object of the burning iron to urge me? Could I

resist its glow? or, if even that, could I withstand its

pressure? And now, flatter and flatter grew the lozenge, with a

rapidity that left me no time for contemplation. Its centre, and

of course, its greatest width, came just over the yawning gulf. I

shrank back—but the closing walls pressed me resistlessly onward.

At length for my seared and writhing body there was no longer an

inch of foothold on the firm floor of the prison. I struggled no

more, but the agony of my soul found vent in one loud, long, and

final scream of despair. I felt that I tottered upon the brink—I

averted my eyes—

There was a discordant hum of human voices! There was a loud

blast as of many trumpets! There was a harsh grating as of a

thousand thunders! The fiery walls rushed back! An outstretched

arm caught my own as I fell, fainting, into the abyss. It was

that of General Lasalle. The French army had entered Toledo. The

Inquisition was in the hands of its enemies.

THE PREMATURE BURIAL

There are certain themes of which the interest is all-absorbing,

but which are too entirely horrible for the purposes of

legitimate fiction. These the mere romanticist must eschew, if he

do not wish to offend or to disgust. They are with propriety

handled only when the severity and majesty of Truth sanctify and

sustain them. We thrill, for example, with the most intense of

“pleasurable pain” over the accounts of the Passage of the

Beresina, of the Earthquake at Lisbon, of the Plague at London,

of the Massacre of St. Bartholomew, or of the stifling of the

hundred and twenty-three prisoners in the Black Hole at Calcutta.

But in these accounts it is the fact——it is the reality——it is

the history which excites. As inventions, we should regard them

with simple abhorrence.

I have mentioned some few of the more prominent and august

calamities on record; but in these it is the extent, not less

than the character of the calamity, which so vividly impresses

the fancy. I need not remind the reader that, from the long and

weird catalogue of human miseries, I might have selected many

individual instances more replete with essential suffering than

any of these vast generalities of disaster. The true

wretchedness, indeed—the ultimate woe——is particular, not

diffuse. That the ghastly extremes of agony are endured by man

the unit, and never by man the mass——for this let us thank a

merciful God!

To be buried while alive is, beyond question, the most terrific

of these extremes which has ever fallen to the lot of mere

mortality. That it has frequently, very frequently, so fallen

will scarcely be denied by those who think. The boundaries which

divide Life from Death are at best shadowy and vague. Who shall

say where the one ends, and where the other begins? We know that

there are diseases in which occur total cessations of all the

apparent functions of vitality, and yet in which these cessations

are merely suspensions, properly so called. They are only

temporary pauses in the incomprehensible mechanism. A certain

period elapses, and some unseen mysterious principle again sets

in motion the magic pinions and the wizard wheels. The silver

cord was not for ever loosed, nor the golden bowl irreparably

broken. But where, meantime, was the soul?

Apart, however, from the inevitable conclusion, _a priori_ that

such causes must produce such effects——that the well-known

occurrence of such cases of suspended animation must naturally

give rise, now and then, to premature interments—apart from this

consideration, we have the direct testimony of medical and

ordinary experience to prove that a vast number of such

interments have actually taken place. I might refer at once, if

necessary, to a hundred well-authenticated instances. One of very

remarkable character, and of which the circumstances may be fresh

in the memory of some of my readers, occurred, not very long ago,

in the neighboring city of Baltimore, where it occasioned a

painful, intense, and widely-extended excitement. The wife of one

of the most respectable citizens—a lawyer of eminence and a

member of Congress—was seized with a sudden and unaccountable

illness, which completely baffled the skill of her physicians.

After much suffering she died, or was supposed to die. No one

suspected, indeed, or had reason to suspect, that she was not

actually dead. She presented all the ordinary appearances of

death. The face assumed the usual pinched and sunken outline. The

lips were of the usual marble pallor. The eyes were lustreless.

There was no warmth. Pulsation had ceased. For three days the

body was preserved unburied, during which it had acquired a stony

rigidity. The funeral, in short, was hastened, on account of the

rapid advance of what was supposed to be decomposition.

The lady was deposited in her family vault, which, for three

subsequent years, was undisturbed. At the expiration of this term

it was opened for the reception of a sarcophagus; but, alas! how

fearful a shock awaited the husband, who, personally, threw open

the door! As its portals swung outwardly back, some

white-apparelled object fell rattling within his arms. It was the

skeleton of his wife in her yet unmoulded shroud.

A careful investigation rendered it evident that she had revived

within two days after her entombment; that her struggles within

the coffin had caused it to fall from a ledge, or shelf to the

floor, where it was so broken as to permit her escape. A lamp

which had been accidentally left, full of oil, within the tomb,

was found empty; it might have been exhausted, however, by

evaporation. On the uttermost of the steps which led down into

the dread chamber was a large fragment of the coffin, with which,

it seemed, that she had endeavored to arrest attention by

striking the iron door. While thus occupied, she probably

swooned, or possibly died, through sheer terror; and, in failing,

her shroud became entangled in some iron-work which projected

interiorly. Thus she remained, and thus she rotted, erect.

In the year 1810, a case of living inhumation happened in France,

attended with circumstances which go far to warrant the assertion

that truth is, indeed, stranger than fiction. The heroine of the

story was a Mademoiselle Victorine Lafourcade, a young girl of

illustrious family, of wealth, and of great personal beauty.

Among her numerous suitors was Julien Bossuet, a poor

_litterateur_, or journalist of Paris. His talents and general

amiability had recommended him to the notice of the heiress, by

whom he seems to have been truly beloved; but her pride of birth

decided her, finally, to reject him, and to wed a Monsieur

Renelle, a banker and a diplomatist of some eminence. After

marriage, however, this gentleman neglected, and, perhaps, even

more positively ill-treated her. Having passed with him some

wretched years, she died—at least her condition so closely

resembled death as to deceive every one who saw her. She was

buried——not in a vault, but in an ordinary grave in the village

of her nativity. Filled with despair, and still inflamed by the

memory of a profound attachment, the lover journeys from the

capital to the remote province in which the village lies, with

the romantic purpose of disinterring the corpse, and possessing

himself of its luxuriant tresses. He reaches the grave. At

midnight he unearths the coffin, opens it, and is in the act of

detaching the hair, when he is arrested by the unclosing of the

beloved eyes. In fact, the lady had been buried alive. Vitality

had not altogether departed, and she was aroused by the caresses

of her lover from the lethargy which had been mistaken for death.

He bore her frantically to his lodgings in the village. He

employed certain powerful restoratives suggested by no little

medical learning. In fine, she revived. She recognized her

preserver. She remained with him until, by slow degrees, she

fully recovered her original health. Her woman’s heart was not

adamant, and this last lesson of love sufficed to soften it. She

bestowed it upon Bossuet. She returned no more to her husband,

but, concealing from him her resurrection, fled with her lover to

America. Twenty years afterward, the two returned to France, in

the persuasion that time had so greatly altered the lady’s

appearance that her friends would be unable to recognize her.

They were mistaken, however, for, at the first meeting, Monsieur

Renelle did actually recognize and make claim to his wife. This

claim she resisted, and a judicial tribunal sustained her in her

resistance, deciding that the peculiar circumstances, with the

long lapse of years, had extinguished, not only equitably, but

legally, the authority of the husband.

The “Chirurgical Journal” of Leipsic, a periodical of high

authority and merit, which some American bookseller would do well

to translate and republish, records in a late number a very

distressing event of the character in question.

An officer of artillery, a man of gigantic stature and of robust

health, being thrown from an unmanageable horse, received a very

severe contusion upon the head, which rendered him insensible at

once; the skull was slightly fractured, but no immediate danger

was apprehended. Trepanning was accomplished successfully. He was

bled, and many other of the ordinary means of relief were

adopted. Gradually, however, he fell into a more and more

hopeless state of stupor, and, finally, it was thought that he

died.

The weather was warm, and he was buried with indecent haste in

one of the public cemeteries. His funeral took place on Thursday.

On the Sunday following, the grounds of the cemetery were, as

usual, much thronged with visitors, and about noon an intense

excitement was created by the declaration of a peasant that,

while sitting upon the grave of the officer, he had distinctly

felt a commotion of the earth, as if occasioned by some one

struggling beneath. At first little attention was paid to the

man’s asseveration; but his evident terror, and the dogged

obstinacy with which he persisted in his story, had at length

their natural effect upon the crowd. Spades were hurriedly

procured, and the grave, which was shamefully shallow, was in a

few minutes so far thrown open that the head of its occupant

appeared. He was then seemingly dead; but he sat nearly erect

within his coffin, the lid of which, in his furious struggles, he

had partially uplifted.

He was forthwith conveyed to the nearest hospital, and there

pronounced to be still living, although in an asphytic condition.

After some hours he revived, recognized individuals of his

acquaintance, and, in broken sentences spoke of his agonies in

the grave.

From what he related, it was clear that he must have been

conscious of life for more than an hour, while inhumed, before

lapsing into insensibility. The grave was carelessly and loosely

filled with an exceedingly porous soil; and thus some air was

necessarily admitted. He heard the footsteps of the crowd

overhead, and endeavored to make himself heard in turn. It was

the tumult within the grounds of the cemetery, he said, which

appeared to awaken him from a deep sleep, but no sooner was he

awake than he became fully aware of the awful horrors of his

position.

This patient, it is recorded, was doing well and seemed to be in

a fair way of ultimate recovery, but fell a victim to the

quackeries of medical experiment. The galvanic battery was

applied, and he suddenly expired in one of those ecstatic

paroxysms which, occasionally, it superinduces.

The mention of the galvanic battery, nevertheless, recalls to my

memory a well known and very extraordinary case in point, where

its action proved the means of restoring to animation a young

attorney of London, who had been interred for two days. This

occurred in 1831, and created, at the time, a very profound

sensation wherever it was made the subject of converse.

The patient, Mr. Edward Stapleton, had died, apparently of typhus

fever, accompanied with some anomalous symptoms which had excited

the curiosity of his medical attendants. Upon his seeming

decease, his friends were requested to sanction a post-mortem

examination, but declined to permit it. As often happens, when

such refusals are made, the practitioners resolved to disinter

the body and dissect it at leisure, in private. Arrangements were

easily effected with some of the numerous corps of

body-snatchers, with which London abounds; and, upon the third

night after the funeral, the supposed corpse was unearthed from a

grave eight feet deep, and deposited in the opening chamber of

one of the private hospitals.

An incision of some extent had been actually made in the abdomen,

when the fresh and undecayed appearance of the subject suggested

an application of the battery. One experiment succeeded another,

and the customary effects supervened, with nothing to

characterize them in any respect, except, upon one or two

occasions, a more than ordinary degree of life-likeness in the

convulsive action.

It grew late. The day was about to dawn; and it was thought

expedient, at length, to proceed at once to the dissection. A

student, however, was especially desirous of testing a theory of

his own, and insisted upon applying the battery to one of the

pectoral muscles. A rough gash was made, and a wire hastily

brought in contact, when the patient, with a hurried but quite

unconvulsive movement, arose from the table, stepped into the

middle of the floor, gazed about him uneasily for a few seconds,

and then—spoke. What he said was unintelligible, but words were

uttered; the syllabification was distinct. Having spoken, he fell

heavily to the floor.

For some moments all were paralyzed with awe—but the urgency of

the case soon restored them their presence of mind. It was seen

that Mr. Stapleton was alive, although in a swoon. Upon

exhibition of ether he revived and was rapidly restored to

health, and to the society of his friends—from whom, however, all

knowledge of his resuscitation was withheld, until a relapse was

no longer to be apprehended. Their wonder—their rapturous

astonishment—may be conceived.

The most thrilling peculiarity of this incident, nevertheless, is

involved in what Mr. S. himself asserts. He declares that at no

period was he altogether insensible—that, dully and confusedly,

he was aware of everything which happened to him, from the moment

in which he was pronounced dead by his physicians, to that in

which he fell swooning to the floor of the hospital. “I am

alive,” were the uncomprehended words which, upon recognizing the

locality of the dissecting-room, he had endeavored, in his

extremity, to utter.

It were an easy matter to multiply such histories as these—but I

forbear—for, indeed, we have no need of such to establish the

fact that premature interments occur. When we reflect how very

rarely, from the nature of the case, we have it in our power to

detect them, we must admit that they may frequently occur without

our cognizance. Scarcely, in truth, is a graveyard ever

encroached upon, for any purpose, to any great extent, that

skeletons are not found in postures which suggest the most

fearful of suspicions.

Fearful indeed the suspicion—but more fearful the doom! It may be

asserted, without hesitation, that no event is so terribly well

adapted to inspire the supremeness of bodily and of mental

distress, as is burial before death. The unendurable oppression

of the lungs—the stifling fumes from the damp earth—the clinging

to the death garments—the rigid embrace of the narrow house—the

blackness of the absolute Night—the silence like a sea that

overwhelms—the unseen but palpable presence of the Conqueror

Worm—these things, with the thoughts of the air and grass above,

with memory of dear friends who would fly to save us if but

informed of our fate, and with consciousness that of this fate

they can never be informed—that our hopeless portion is that of

the really dead—these considerations, I say, carry into the

heart, which still palpitates, a degree of appalling and

intolerable horror from which the most daring imagination must

recoil. We know of nothing so agonizing upon Earth—we can dream

of nothing half so hideous in the realms of the nethermost Hell.

And thus all narratives upon this topic have an interest

profound; an interest, nevertheless, which, through the sacred

awe of the topic itself, very properly and very peculiarly

depends upon our conviction of the truth of the matter narrated.

What I have now to tell is of my own actual knowledge—of my own

positive and personal experience.

For several years I had been subject to attacks of the singular

disorder which physicians have agreed to term catalepsy, in

default of a more definitive title. Although both the immediate

and the predisposing causes, and even the actual diagnosis, of

this disease are still mysterious, its obvious and apparent

character is sufficiently well understood. Its variations seem to

be chiefly of degree. Sometimes the patient lies, for a day only,

or even for a shorter period, in a species of exaggerated

lethargy. He is senseless and externally motionless; but the

pulsation of the heart is still faintly perceptible; some traces

of warmth remain; a slight color lingers within the centre of the

cheek; and, upon application of a mirror to the lips, we can

detect a torpid, unequal, and vacillating action of the lungs.

Then again the duration of the trance is for weeks—even for

months; while the closest scrutiny, and the most rigorous medical

tests, fail to establish any material distinction between the

state of the sufferer and what we conceive of absolute death.

Very usually he is saved from premature interment solely by the

knowledge of his friends that he has been previously subject to

catalepsy, by the consequent suspicion excited, and, above all,

by the non-appearance of decay. The advances of the malady are,

luckily, gradual. The first manifestations, although marked, are

unequivocal. The fits grow successively more and more

distinctive, and endure each for a longer term than the

preceding. In this lies the principal security from inhumation.

The unfortunate whose first attack should be of the extreme

character which is occasionally seen, would almost inevitably be

consigned alive to the tomb.

My own case differed in no important particular from those

mentioned in medical books. Sometimes, without any apparent

cause, I sank, little by little, into a condition of

semi-syncope, or half swoon; and, in this condition, without

pain, without ability to stir, or, strictly speaking, to think,

but with a dull lethargic consciousness of life and of the

presence of those who surrounded my bed, I remained, until the

crisis of the disease restored me, suddenly, to perfect

sensation. At other times I was quickly and impetuously smitten.

I grew sick, and numb, and chilly, and dizzy, and so fell

prostrate at once. Then, for weeks, all was void, and black, and

silent, and Nothing became the universe. Total annihilation could

be no more. From these latter attacks I awoke, however, with a

gradation slow in proportion to the suddenness of the seizure.

Just as the day dawns to the friendless and houseless beggar who

roams the streets throughout the long desolate winter night—just

so tardily—just so wearily—just so cheerily came back the light

of the Soul to me.

Apart from the tendency to trance, however, my general health

appeared to be good; nor could I perceive that it was at all

affected by the one prevalent malady—unless, indeed, an

idiosyncrasy in my ordinary sleep may be looked upon as

superinduced. Upon awaking from slumber, I could never gain, at

once, thorough possession of my senses, and always remained, for

many minutes, in much bewilderment and perplexity—the mental

faculties in general, but the memory in especial, being in a

condition of absolute abeyance.

In all that I endured there was no physical suffering but of

moral distress an infinitude. My fancy grew charnel, I talked “of

worms, of tombs, and epitaphs.” I was lost in reveries of death,

and the idea of premature burial held continual possession of my

brain. The ghastly Danger to which I was subjected haunted me day

and night. In the former, the torture of meditation was

excessive—in the latter, supreme. When the grim Darkness

overspread the Earth, then, with every horror of thought, I

shook—shook as the quivering plumes upon the hearse. When Nature

could endure wakefulness no longer, it was with a struggle that I

consented to sleep—for I shuddered to reflect that, upon awaking,

I might find myself the tenant of a grave. And when, finally, I

sank into slumber, it was only to rush at once into a world of

phantasms, above which, with vast, sable, overshadowing wing,

hovered, predominant, the one sepulchral Idea.

From the innumerable images of gloom which thus oppressed me in

dreams, I select for record but a solitary vision. Methought I

was immersed in a cataleptic trance of more than usual duration

and profundity. Suddenly there came an icy hand upon my forehead,

and an impatient, gibbering voice whispered the word “Arise!”

within my ear.

I sat erect. The darkness was total. I could not see the figure

of him who had aroused me. I could call to mind neither the

period at which I had fallen into the trance, nor the locality in

which I then lay. While I remained motionless, and busied in

endeavors to collect my thought, the cold hand grasped me

fiercely by the wrist, shaking it petulantly, while the gibbering

voice said again:

“Arise! did I not bid thee arise?”

“And who,” I demanded, “art thou?”

“I have no name in the regions which I inhabit,” replied the

voice, mournfully; “I was mortal, but am fiend. I was merciless,

but am pitiful. Thou dost feel that I shudder. My teeth chatter

as I speak, yet it is not with the chilliness of the night—of the

night without end. But this hideousness is insufferable. How

canst thou tranquilly sleep? I cannot rest for the cry of these

great agonies. These sights are more than I can bear. Get thee

up! Come with me into the outer Night, and let me unfold to thee

the graves. Is not this a spectacle of woe?—Behold!”

I looked; and the unseen figure, which still grasped me by the

wrist, had caused to be thrown open the graves of all mankind;

and from each issued the faint phosphoric radiance of decay; so

that I could see into the innermost recesses, and there view the

shrouded bodies in their sad and solemn slumbers with the worm.

But alas! the real sleepers were fewer, by many millions, than

those who slumbered not at all; and there was a feeble

struggling; and there was a general sad unrest; and from out the

depths of the countless pits there came a melancholy rustling

from the garments of the buried. And of those who seemed

tranquilly to repose, I saw that a vast number had changed, in a

greater or less degree, the rigid and uneasy position in which

they had originally been entombed. And the voice again said to me

as I gazed:

“Is it not—oh! is it _not_ a pitiful sight?” But, before I could

find words to reply, the figure had ceased to grasp my wrist, the

phosphoric lights expired, and the graves were closed with a

sudden violence, while from out them arose a tumult of despairing

cries, saying again: “Is it not—O, God, is it _not_ a very

pitiful sight?”

Phantasies such as these, presenting themselves at night,

extended their terrific influence far into my waking hours. My

nerves became thoroughly unstrung, and I fell a prey to perpetual

horror. I hesitated to ride, or to walk, or to indulge in any

exercise that would carry me from home. In fact, I no longer

dared trust myself out of the immediate presence of those who

were aware of my proneness to catalepsy, lest, falling into one

of my usual fits, I should be buried before my real condition

could be ascertained. I doubted the care, the fidelity of my

dearest friends. I dreaded that, in some trance of more than

customary duration, they might be prevailed upon to regard me as

irrecoverable. I even went so far as to fear that, as I

occasioned much trouble, they might be glad to consider any very

protracted attack as sufficient excuse for getting rid of me

altogether. It was in vain they endeavored to reassure me by the

most solemn promises. I exacted the most sacred oaths, that under

no circumstances they would bury me until decomposition had so

materially advanced as to render farther preservation impossible.

And, even then, my mortal terrors would listen to no reason—would

accept no consolation. I entered into a series of elaborate

precautions. Among other things, I had the family vault so

remodelled as to admit of being readily opened from within. The

slightest pressure upon a long lever that extended far into the

tomb would cause the iron portal to fly back. There were

arrangements also for the free admission of air and light, and

convenient receptacles for food and water, within immediate reach

of the coffin intended for my reception. This coffin was warmly

and softly padded, and was provided with a lid, fashioned upon

the principle of the vault-door, with the addition of springs so

contrived that the feeblest movement of the body would be

sufficient to set it at liberty. Besides all this, there was

suspended from the roof of the tomb, a large bell, the rope of

which, it was designed, should extend through a hole in the

coffin, and so be fastened to one of the hands of the corpse.

But, alas? what avails the vigilance against the Destiny of man?

Not even these well-contrived securities sufficed to save from

the uttermost agonies of living inhumation, a wretch to these

agonies foredoomed!

There arrived an epoch—as often before there had arrived—in which

I found myself emerging from total unconsciousness into the first

feeble and indefinite sense of existence. Slowly—with a tortoise

gradation—approached the faint gray dawn of the psychal day. A

torpid uneasiness. An apathetic endurance of dull pain. No

care—no hope—no effort. Then, after a long interval, a ringing in

the ears; then, after a lapse still longer, a prickling or

tingling sensation in the extremities; then a seemingly eternal

period of pleasurable quiescence, during which the awakening

feelings are struggling into thought; then a brief re-sinking

into non-entity; then a sudden recovery. At length the slight

quivering of an eyelid, and immediately thereupon, an electric

shock of a terror, deadly and indefinite, which sends the blood

in torrents from the temples to the heart. And now the first

positive effort to think. And now the first endeavor to remember.

And now a partial and evanescent success. And now the memory has

so far regained its dominion, that, in some measure, I am

cognizant of my state. I feel that I am not awaking from ordinary

sleep. I recollect that I have been subject to catalepsy. And

now, at last, as if by the rush of an ocean, my shuddering spirit

is overwhelmed by the one grim Danger—by the one spectral and

ever-prevalent idea.

For some minutes after this fancy possessed me, I remained

without motion. And why? I could not summon courage to move. I

dared not make the effort which was to satisfy me of my fate—and

yet there was something at my heart which whispered me it was

sure. Despair—such as no other species of wretchedness ever calls

into being—despair alone urged me, after long irresolution, to

uplift the heavy lids of my eyes. I uplifted them. It was

dark—all dark. I knew that the fit was over. I knew that the

crisis of my disorder had long passed. I knew that I had now

fully recovered the use of my visual faculties—and yet it was

dark—all dark—the intense and utter raylessness of the Night that

endureth for evermore.

I endeavored to shriek; and my lips and my parched tongue moved

convulsively together in the attempt—but no voice issued from the

cavernous lungs, which oppressed as if by the weight of some

incumbent mountain, gasped and palpitated, with the heart, at

every elaborate and struggling inspiration.

The movement of the jaws, in this effort to cry aloud, showed me

that they were bound up, as is usual with the dead. I felt, too,

that I lay upon some hard substance; and by something similar my

sides were, also, closely compressed. So far, I had not ventured

to stir any of my limbs—but now I violently threw up my arms,

which had been lying at length, with the wrists crossed. They

struck a solid wooden substance, which extended above my person

at an elevation of not more than six inches from my face. I could

no longer doubt that I reposed within a coffin at last.

And now, amid all my infinite miseries, came sweetly the cherub

Hope—for I thought of my precautions. I writhed, and made

spasmodic exertions to force open the lid: it would not move. I

felt my wrists for the bell-rope: it was not to be found. And now

the Comforter fled for ever, and a still sterner Despair reigned

triumphant; for I could not help perceiving the absence of the

paddings which I had so carefully prepared—and then, too, there

came suddenly to my nostrils the strong peculiar odor of moist

earth. The conclusion was irresistible. I was not within the

vault. I had fallen into a trance while absent from home—while

among strangers—when, or how, I could not remember—and it was

they who had buried me as a dog—nailed up in some common

coffin—and thrust deep, deep, and for ever, into some ordinary

and nameless grave.

As this awful conviction forced itself, thus, into the innermost

chambers of my soul, I once again struggled to cry aloud. And in

this second endeavor I succeeded. A long, wild, and continuous

shriek, or yell of agony, resounded through the realms of the

subterranean Night.

“Hillo! hillo, there!” said a gruff voice, in reply.

“What the devil’s the matter now!” said a second.

“Get out o’ that!” said a third.

“What do you mean by yowling in that ere kind of style, like a

cattymount?” said a fourth; and hereupon I was seized and shaken

without ceremony, for several minutes, by a junto of very

rough-looking individuals. They did not arouse me from my

slumber—for I was wide awake when I screamed—but they restored me

to the full possession of my memory.

This adventure occurred near Richmond, in Virginia. Accompanied

by a friend, I had proceeded, upon a gunning expedition, some

miles down the banks of the James River. Night approached, and we

were overtaken by a storm. The cabin of a small sloop lying at

anchor in the stream, and laden with garden mould, afforded us

the only available shelter. We made the best of it, and passed

the night on board. I slept in one of the only two berths in the

vessel—and the berths of a sloop of sixty or twenty tons need

scarcely be described. That which I occupied had no bedding of

any kind. Its extreme width was eighteen inches. The distance of

its bottom from the deck overhead was precisely the same. I found

it a matter of exceeding difficulty to squeeze myself in.

Nevertheless, I slept soundly, and the whole of my vision—for it

was no dream, and no nightmare—arose naturally from the

circumstances of my position—from my ordinary bias of thought—and

from the difficulty, to which I have alluded, of collecting my

senses, and especially of regaining my memory, for a long time

after awaking from slumber. The men who shook me were the crew of

the sloop, and some laborers engaged to unload it. From the load

itself came the earthly smell. The bandage about the jaws was a

silk handkerchief in which I had bound up my head, in default of

my customary nightcap.

The tortures endured, however, were indubitably quite equal for

the time, to those of actual sepulture. They were fearfully—they

were inconceivably hideous; but out of Evil proceeded Good; for

their very excess wrought in my spirit an inevitable revulsion.

My soul acquired tone—acquired temper. I went abroad. I took

vigorous exercise. I breathed the free air of Heaven. I thought

upon other subjects than Death. I discarded my medical books.

“Buchan” I burned. I read no “Night Thoughts”—no fustian about

churchyards—no bugaboo tales—such as this. In short, I became a

new man, and lived a man’s life. From that memorable night, I

dismissed forever my charnel apprehensions, and with them

vanished the cataleptic disorder, of which, perhaps, they had

been less the consequence than the cause.

There are moments when, even to the sober eye of Reason, the

world of our sad Humanity may assume the semblance of a Hell—but

the imagination of man is no Carathis, to explore with impunity

its every cavern. Alas! the grim legion of sepulchral terrors

cannot be regarded as altogether fanciful—but, like the Demons in

whose company Afrasiab made his voyage down the Oxus, they must

sleep, or they will devour us—they must be suffered to slumber,

or we perish.

THE DOMAIN OF ARNHEIM

The garden like a lady fair was cut,

That lay as if she slumbered in delight,

And to the open skies her eyes did shut.

The azure fields of Heaven were ’sembled right

In a large round, set with the flowers of light.

The flowers de luce, and the round sparks of dew

That hung upon their azure leaves did shew

Like twinkling stars that sparkle in the evening blue.

—_Giles Fletcher_.

From his cradle to his grave a gale of prosperity bore my friend

Ellison along. Nor do I use the word prosperity in its mere

worldly sense. I mean it as synonymous with happiness. The person

of whom I speak seemed born for the purpose of foreshadowing the

doctrines of Turgot, Price, Priestley, and Condorcet—of

exemplifying by individual instance what has been deemed the

chimera of the perfectionists. In the brief existence of Ellison

I fancy that I have seen refuted the dogma, that in man’s very

nature lies some hidden principle, the antagonist of bliss. An

anxious examination of his career has given me to understand that

in general, from the violation of a few simple laws of humanity

arises the wretchedness of mankind—that as a species we have in

our possession the as yet unwrought elements of content—and that,

even now, in the present darkness and madness of all thought on

the great question of the social condition, it is not impossible

that man, the individual, under certain unusual and highly

fortuitous conditions, may be happy.

With opinions such as these my young friend, too, was fully

imbued, and thus it is worthy of observation that the

uninterrupted enjoyment which distinguished his life was, in

great measure, the result of preconcert. It is indeed evident

that with less of the instinctive philosophy which, now and then,

stands so well in the stead of experience, Mr. Ellison would have

found himself precipitated, by the very extraordinary success of

his life, into the common vortex of unhappiness which yawns for

those of pre-eminent endowments. But it is by no means my object

to pen an essay on happiness. The ideas of my friend may be

summed up in a few words. He admitted but four elementary

principles, or more strictly, conditions of bliss. That which he

considered chief was (strange to say!) the simple and purely

physical one of free exercise in the open air. “The health,” he

said, “attainable by other means is scarcely worth the name.” He

instanced the ecstasies of the fox-hunter, and pointed to the

tillers of the earth, the only people who, as a class, can be

fairly considered happier than others. His second condition was

the love of woman. His third, and most difficult of realization,

was the contempt of ambition. His fourth was an object of

unceasing pursuit; and he held that, other things being equal,

the extent of attainable happiness was in proportion to the

spirituality of this object.

Ellison was remarkable in the continuous profusion of good gifts

lavished upon him by fortune. In personal grace and beauty he

exceeded all men. His intellect was of that order to which the

acquisition of knowledge is less a labor than an intuition and a

necessity. His family was one of the most illustrious of the

empire. His bride was the loveliest and most devoted of women.

His possessions had been always ample; but on the attainment of

his majority, it was discovered that one of those extraordinary

freaks of fate had been played in his behalf which startle the

whole social world amid which they occur, and seldom fail

radically to alter the moral constitution of those who are their

objects.

It appears that about a hundred years before Mr. Ellison’s coming

of age, there had died, in a remote province, one Mr. Seabright

Ellison. This gentleman had amassed a princely fortune, and,

having no immediate connections, conceived the whim of suffering

his wealth to accumulate for a century after his decease.

Minutely and sagaciously directing the various modes of

investment, he bequeathed the aggregate amount to the nearest of

blood, bearing the name of Ellison, who should be alive at the

end of the hundred years. Many attempts had been made to set

aside this singular bequest; their ex post facto character

rendered them abortive; but the attention of a jealous government

was aroused, and a legislative act finally obtained, forbidding

all similar accumulations. This act, however, did not prevent

young Ellison from entering into possession, on his twenty-first

birthday, as the heir of his ancestor Seabright, of a fortune of

four hundred and fifty millions of dollars. (*1)

When it had become known that such was the enormous wealth

inherited, there were, of course, many speculations as to the

mode of its disposal. The magnitude and the immediate

availability of the sum bewildered all who thought on the topic.

The possessor of any appreciable amount of money might have been

imagined to perform any one of a thousand things. With riches

merely surpassing those of any citizen, it would have been easy

to suppose him engaging to supreme excess in the fashionable

extravagances of his time—or busying himself with political

intrigue—or aiming at ministerial power—or purchasing increase of

nobility—or collecting large museums of virtu—or playing the

munificent patron of letters, of science, of art—or endowing, and

bestowing his name upon extensive institutions of charity. But

for the inconceivable wealth in the actual possession of the

heir, these objects and all ordinary objects were felt to afford

too limited a field. Recourse was had to figures, and these but

sufficed to confound. It was seen that, even at three per cent.,

the annual income of the inheritance amounted to no less than

thirteen millions and five hundred thousand dollars; which was

one million and one hundred and twenty-five thousand per month;

or thirty-six thousand nine hundred and eighty-six per day; or

one thousand five hundred and forty-one per hour; or six and

twenty dollars for every minute that flew. Thus the usual track

of supposition was thoroughly broken up. Men knew not what to

imagine. There were some who even conceived that Mr. Ellison

would divest himself of at least one-half of his fortune, as of

utterly superfluous opulence—enriching whole troops of his

relatives by division of his superabundance. To the nearest of

these he did, in fact, abandon the very unusual wealth which was

his own before the inheritance.

I was not surprised, however, to perceive that he had long made

up his mind on a point which had occasioned so much discussion to

his friends. Nor was I greatly astonished at the nature of his

decision. In regard to individual charities he had satisfied his

conscience. In the possibility of any improvement, properly so

called, being effected by man himself in the general condition of

man, he had (I am sorry to confess it) little faith. Upon the

whole, whether happily or unhappily, he was thrown back, in very

great measure, upon self.

In the widest and noblest sense he was a poet. He comprehended,

moreover, the true character, the august aims, the supreme

majesty and dignity of the poetic sentiment. The fullest, if not

the sole proper satisfaction of this sentiment he instinctively

felt to lie in the creation of novel forms of beauty. Some

peculiarities, either in his early education, or in the nature of

his intellect, had tinged with what is termed materialism all his

ethical speculations; and it was this bias, perhaps, which led

him to believe that the most advantageous at least, if not the

sole legitimate field for the poetic exercise, lies in the

creation of novel moods of purely physical loveliness. Thus it

happened he became neither musician nor poet—if we use this

latter term in its every-day acceptation. Or it might have been

that he neglected to become either, merely in pursuance of his

idea that in contempt of ambition is to be found one of the

essential principles of happiness on earth. Is it not indeed,

possible that, while a high order of genius is necessarily

ambitious, the highest is above that which is termed ambition?

And may it not thus happen that many far greater than Milton have

contentedly remained “mute and inglorious?” I believe that the

world has never seen—and that, unless through some series of

accidents goading the noblest order of mind into distasteful

exertion, the world will never see—that full extent of triumphant

execution, in the richer domains of art, of which the human

nature is absolutely capable.

Ellison became neither musician nor poet; although no man lived

more profoundly enamored of music and poetry. Under other

circumstances than those which invested him, it is not impossible

that he would have become a painter. Sculpture, although in its

nature rigorously poetical was too limited in its extent and

consequences, to have occupied, at any time, much of his

attention. And I have now mentioned all the provinces in which

the common understanding of the poetic sentiment has declared it

capable of expatiating. But Ellison maintained that the richest,

the truest, and most natural, if not altogether the most

extensive province, had been unaccountably neglected. No

definition had spoken of the landscape-gardener as of the poet;

yet it seemed to my friend that the creation of the

landscape-garden offered to the proper Muse the most magnificent

of opportunities. Here, indeed, was the fairest field for the

display of imagination in the endless combining of forms of novel

beauty; the elements to enter into combination being, by a vast

superiority, the most glorious which the earth could afford. In

the multiform and multicolor of the flowers and the trees, he

recognised the most direct and energetic efforts of Nature at

physical loveliness. And in the direction or concentration of

this effort—or, more properly, in its adaptation to the eyes

which were to behold it on earth—he perceived that he should be

employing the best means—laboring to the greatest advantage—in

the fulfilment, not only of his own destiny as poet, but of the

august purposes for which the Deity had implanted the poetic

sentiment in man.

“Its adaptation to the eyes which were to behold it on earth.” In

his explanation of this phraseology, Mr. Ellison did much toward

solving what has always seemed to me an enigma:—I mean the fact

(which none but the ignorant dispute) that no such combination of

scenery exists in nature as the painter of genius may produce. No

such paradises are to be found in reality as have glowed on the

canvas of Claude. In the most enchanting of natural landscapes,

there will always be found a defect or an excess—many excesses

and defects. While the component parts may defy, individually,

the highest skill of the artist, the arrangement of these parts

will always be susceptible of improvement. In short, no position

can be attained on the wide surface of the natural earth, from

which an artistical eye, looking steadily, will not find matter

of offence in what is termed the “composition” of the landscape.

And yet how unintelligible is this! In all other matters we are

justly instructed to regard nature as supreme. With her details

we shrink from competition. Who shall presume to imitate the

colors of the tulip, or to improve the proportions of the lily of

the valley? The criticism which says, of sculpture or

portraiture, that here nature is to be exalted or idealized

rather than imitated, is in error. No pictorial or sculptural

combinations of points of human liveliness do more than approach

the living and breathing beauty. In landscape alone is the

principle of the critic true; and, having felt its truth here, it

is but the headlong spirit of generalization which has led him to

pronounce it true throughout all the domains of art. Having, I

say, felt its truth here; for the feeling is no affectation or

chimera. The mathematics afford no more absolute demonstrations

than the sentiments of his art yields the artist. He not only

believes, but positively knows, that such and such apparently

arbitrary arrangements of matter constitute and alone constitute

the true beauty. His reasons, however, have not yet been matured

into expression. It remains for a more profound analysis than the

world has yet seen, fully to investigate and express them.

Nevertheless he is confirmed in his instinctive opinions by the

voice of all his brethren. Let a “composition” be defective; let

an emendation be wrought in its mere arrangement of form; let

this emendation be submitted to every artist in the world; by

each will its necessity be admitted. And even far more than this;

in remedy of the defective composition, each insulated member of

the fraternity would have suggested the identical emendation.

I repeat that in landscape arrangements alone is the physical

nature susceptible of exaltation, and that, therefore, her

susceptibility of improvement at this one point, was a mystery I

had been unable to solve. My own thoughts on the subject had

rested in the idea that the primitive intention of nature would

have so arranged the earth’s surface as to have fulfilled at all

points man’s sense of perfection in the beautiful, the sublime,

or the picturesque; but that this primitive intention had been

frustrated by the known geological disturbances—disturbances of

form and color—grouping, in the correction or allaying of which

lies the soul of art. The force of this idea was much weakened,

however, by the necessity which it involved of considering the

disturbances abnormal and unadapted to any purpose. It was

Ellison who suggested that they were prognostic of death. He thus

explained:—Admit the earthly immortality of man to have been the

first intention. We have then the primitive arrangement of the

earth’s surface adapted to his blissful estate, as not existent

but designed. The disturbances were the preparations for his

subsequently conceived deathful condition.

“Now,” said my friend, “what we regard as exaltation of the

landscape may be really such, as respects only the moral or human

point of view. Each alteration of the natural scenery may

possibly effect a blemish in the picture, if we can suppose this

picture viewed at large—in mass—from some point distant from the

earth’s surface, although not beyond the limits of its

atmosphere. It is easily understood that what might improve a

closely scrutinized detail, may at the same time injure a general

or more distantly observed effect. There may be a class of

beings, human once, but now invisible to humanity, to whom, from

afar, our disorder may seem order—our unpicturesqueness

picturesque; in a word, the earth-angels, for whose scrutiny more

especially than our own, and for whose death-refined appreciation

of the beautiful, may have been set in array by God the wide

landscape-gardens of the hemispheres.”

In the course of discussion, my friend quoted some passages from

a writer on landscape-gardening who has been supposed to have

well treated his theme:

“There are properly but two styles of landscape-gardening, the

natural and the artificial. One seeks to recall the original

beauty of the country, by adapting its means to the surrounding

scenery, cultivating trees in harmony with the hills or plain of

the neighboring land; detecting and bringing into practice those

nice relations of size, proportion, and color which, hid from the

common observer, are revealed everywhere to the experienced

student of nature. The result of the natural style of gardening,

is seen rather in the absence of all defects and incongruities—in

the prevalence of a healthy harmony and order—than in the

creation of any special wonders or miracles. The artificial style

has as many varieties as there are different tastes to gratify.

It has a certain general relation to the various styles of

building. There are the stately avenues and retirements of

Versailles; Italian terraces; and a various mixed old English

style, which bears some relation to the domestic Gothic or

English Elizabethan architecture. Whatever may be said against

the abuses of the artificial landscape-gardening, a mixture of

pure art in a garden scene adds to it a great beauty. This is

partly pleasing to the eye, by the show of order and design, and

partly moral. A terrace, with an old moss-covered balustrade,

calls up at once to the eye the fair forms that have passed there

in other days. The slightest exhibition of art is an evidence of

care and human interest.”

“From what I have already observed,” said Ellison, “you will

understand that I reject the idea, here expressed, of recalling

the original beauty of the country. The original beauty is never

so great as that which may be introduced. Of course, every thing

depends on the selection of a spot with capabilities. What is

said about detecting and bringing into practice nice relations of

size, proportion, and color, is one of those mere vaguenesses of

speech which serve to veil inaccuracy of thought. The phrase

quoted may mean any thing, or nothing, and guides in no degree.

That the true result of the natural style of gardening is seen

rather in the absence of all defects and incongruities than in

the creation of any special wonders or miracles, is a proposition

better suited to the grovelling apprehension of the herd than to

the fervid dreams of the man of genius. The negative merit

suggested appertains to that hobbling criticism which, in

letters, would elevate Addison into apotheosis. In truth, while

that virtue which consists in the mere avoidance of vice appeals

directly to the understanding, and can thus be circumscribed in

rule, the loftier virtue, which flames in creation, can be

apprehended in its results alone. Rule applies but to the merits

of denial—to the excellencies which refrain. Beyond these, the

critical art can but suggest. We may be instructed to build a

“Cato,” but we are in vain told how to conceive a Parthenon or an

“Inferno.” The thing done, however; the wonder accomplished; and

the capacity for apprehension becomes universal. The sophists of

the negative school who, through inability to create, have

scoffed at creation, are now found the loudest in applause. What,

in its chrysalis condition of principle, affronted their demure

reason, never fails, in its maturity of accomplishment, to extort

admiration from their instinct of beauty.

“The author’s observations on the artificial style,” continued

Ellison, “are less objectionable. A mixture of pure art in a

garden scene adds to it a great beauty. This is just; as also is

the reference to the sense of human interest. The principle

expressed is incontrovertible—but there may be something beyond

it. There may be an object in keeping with the principle—an

object unattainable by the means ordinarily possessed by

individuals, yet which, if attained, would lend a charm to the

landscape-garden far surpassing that which a sense of merely

human interest could bestow. A poet, having very unusual

pecuniary resources, might, while retaining the necessary idea of

art or culture, or, as our author expresses it, of interest, so

imbue his designs at once with extent and novelty of beauty, as

to convey the sentiment of spiritual interference. It will be

seen that, in bringing about such result, he secures all the

advantages of interest or design, while relieving his work of the

harshness or technicality of the worldly art. In the most rugged

of wildernesses—in the most savage of the scenes of pure

nature—there is apparent the art of a creator; yet this art is

apparent to reflection only; in no respect has it the obvious

force of a feeling. Now let us suppose this sense of the Almighty

design to be one step depressed—to be brought into something like

harmony or consistency with the sense of human art—to form an

intermedium between the two:—let us imagine, for example, a

landscape whose combined vastness and definitiveness—whose united

beauty, magnificence, and strangeness, shall convey the idea of

care, or culture, or superintendence, on the part of beings

superior, yet akin to humanity—then the sentiment of interest is

preserved, while the art intervolved is made to assume the air of

an intermediate or secondary nature—a nature which is not God,

nor an emanation from God, but which still is nature in the sense

of the handiwork of the angels that hover between man and God.”

It was in devoting his enormous wealth to the embodiment of a

vision such as this—in the free exercise in the open air ensured

by the personal superintendence of his plans—in the unceasing

object which these plans afforded—in the high spirituality of the

object—in the contempt of ambition which it enabled him truly to

feel—in the perennial springs with which it gratified, without

possibility of satiating, that one master passion of his soul,

the thirst for beauty, above all, it was in the sympathy of a

woman, not unwomanly, whose loveliness and love enveloped his

existence in the purple atmosphere of Paradise, that Ellison

thought to find, and found, exemption from the ordinary cares of

humanity, with a far greater amount of positive happiness than

ever glowed in the rapt day-dreams of De Staël.

I despair of conveying to the reader any distinct conception of

the marvels which my friend did actually accomplish. I wish to

describe, but am disheartened by the difficulty of description,

and hesitate between detail and generality. Perhaps the better

course will be to unite the two in their extremes.

Mr. Ellison’s first step regarded, of course, the choice of a

locality, and scarcely had he commenced thinking on this point,

when the luxuriant nature of the Pacific Islands arrested his

attention. In fact, he had made up his mind for a voyage to the

South Seas, when a night’s reflection induced him to abandon the

idea. “Were I misanthropic,” he said, “such a locale would suit

me. The thoroughness of its insulation and seclusion, and the

difficulty of ingress and egress, would in such case be the charm

of charms; but as yet I am not Timon. I wish the composure but

not the depression of solitude. There must remain with me a

certain control over the extent and duration of my repose. There

will be frequent hours in which I shall need, too, the sympathy

of the poetic in what I have done. Let me seek, then, a spot not

far from a populous city—whose vicinity, also, will best enable

me to execute my plans.”

In search of a suitable place so situated, Ellison travelled for

several years, and I was permitted to accompany him. A thousand

spots with which I was enraptured he rejected without hesitation,

for reasons which satisfied me, in the end, that he was right. We

came at length to an elevated table-land of wonderful fertility

and beauty, affording a panoramic prospect very little less in

extent than that of Aetna, and, in Ellison’s opinion as well as

my own, surpassing the far-famed view from that mountain in all

the true elements of the picturesque.

“I am aware,” said the traveller, as he drew a sigh of deep

delight after gazing on this scene, entranced, for nearly an

hour, “I know that here, in my circumstances, nine-tenths of the

most fastidious of men would rest content. This panorama is

indeed glorious, and I should rejoice in it but for the excess of

its glory. The taste of all the architects I have ever known

leads them, for the sake of ‘prospect,’ to put up buildings on

hill-tops. The error is obvious. Grandeur in any of its moods,

but especially in that of extent, startles, excites—and then

fatigues, depresses. For the occasional scene nothing can be

better—for the constant view nothing worse. And, in the constant

view, the most objectionable phase of grandeur is that of extent;

the worst phase of extent, that of distance. It is at war with

the sentiment and with the sense of seclusion—the sentiment and

sense which we seek to humor in ‘retiring to the country.’ In

looking from the summit of a mountain we cannot help feeling

abroad in the world. The heart-sick avoid distant prospects as a

pestilence.”

It was not until toward the close of the fourth year of our

search that we found a locality with which Ellison professed

himself satisfied. It is, of course, needless to say where was

the locality. The late death of my friend, in causing his domain

to be thrown open to certain classes of visitors, has given to

Arnheim a species of secret and subdued if not solemn celebrity,

similar in kind, although infinitely superior in degree, to that

which so long distinguished Fonthill.

The usual approach to Arnheim was by the river. The visitor left

the city in the early morning. During the forenoon he passed

between shores of a tranquil and domestic beauty, on which grazed

innumerable sheep, their white fleeces spotting the vivid green

of rolling meadows. By degrees the idea of cultivation subsided

into that of merely pastoral care. This slowly became merged in a

sense of retirement—this again in a consciousness of solitude. As

the evening approached, the channel grew more narrow; the banks

more and more precipitous; and these latter were clothed in rich,

more profuse, and more sombre foliage. The water increased in

transparency. The stream took a thousand turns, so that at no

moment could its gleaming surface be seen for a greater distance

than a furlong. At every instant the vessel seemed imprisoned

within an enchanted circle, having insuperable and impenetrable

walls of foliage, a roof of ultramarine satin, and no floor—the

keel balancing itself with admirable nicety on that of a phantom

bark which, by some accident having been turned upside down,

floated in constant company with the substantial one, for the

purpose of sustaining it. The channel now became a gorge—although

the term is somewhat inapplicable, and I employ it merely because

the language has no word which better represents the most

striking—not the most distinctive—feature of the scene. The

character of gorge was maintained only in the height and

parallelism of the shores; it was lost altogether in their other

traits. The walls of the ravine (through which the clear water

still tranquilly flowed) arose to an elevation of a hundred and

occasionally of a hundred and fifty feet, and inclined so much

toward each other as, in a great measure, to shut out the light

of day; while the long plume-like moss which depended densely

from the intertwining shrubberies overhead, gave the whole chasm

an air of funereal gloom. The windings became more frequent and

intricate, and seemed often as if returning in upon themselves,

so that the voyager had long lost all idea of direction. He was,

moreover, enwrapt in an exquisite sense of the strange. The

thought of nature still remained, but her character seemed to

have undergone modification, there was a weird symmetry, a

thrilling uniformity, a wizard propriety in these her works. Not

a dead branch—not a withered leaf—not a stray pebble—not a patch

of the brown earth was anywhere visible. The crystal water welled

up against the clean granite, or the unblemished moss, with a

sharpness of outline that delighted while it bewildered the eye.

Having threaded the mazes of this channel for some hours, the

gloom deepening every moment, a sharp and unexpected turn of the

vessel brought it suddenly, as if dropped from heaven, into a

circular basin of very considerable extent when compared with the

width of the gorge. It was about two hundred yards in diameter,

and girt in at all points but one—that immediately fronting the

vessel as it entered—by hills equal in general height to the

walls of the chasm, although of a thoroughly different character.

Their sides sloped from the water’s edge at an angle of some

forty-five degrees, and they were clothed from base to summit—not

a perceptible point escaping—in a drapery of the most gorgeous

flower-blossoms; scarcely a green leaf being visible among the

sea of odorous and fluctuating color. This basin was of great

depth, but so transparent was the water that the bottom, which

seemed to consist of a thick mass of small round alabaster

pebbles, was distinctly visible by glimpses—that is to say,

whenever the eye could permit itself not to see, far down in the

inverted heaven, the duplicate blooming of the hills. On these

latter there were no trees, nor even shrubs of any size. The

impressions wrought on the observer were those of richness,

warmth, color, quietude, uniformity, softness, delicacy,

daintiness, voluptuousness, and a miraculous extremeness of

culture that suggested dreams of a new race of fairies,

laborious, tasteful, magnificent, and fastidious; but as the eye

traced upward the myriad-tinted slope, from its sharp junction

with the water to its vague termination amid the folds of

overhanging cloud, it became, indeed, difficult not to fancy a

panoramic cataract of rubies, sapphires, opals, and golden

onyxes, rolling silently out of the sky.

The visitor, shooting suddenly into this bay from out the gloom

of the ravine, is delighted but astounded by the full orb of the

declining sun, which he had supposed to be already far below the

horizon, but which now confronts him, and forms the sole

termination of an otherwise limitless vista seen through another

chasm-like rift in the hills.

But here the voyager quits the vessel which has borne him so far,

and descends into a light canoe of ivory, stained with arabesque

devices in vivid scarlet, both within and without. The poop and

beak of this boat arise high above the water, with sharp points,

so that the general form is that of an irregular crescent. It

lies on the surface of the bay with the proud grace of a swan. On

its ermined floor reposes a single feathery paddle of satin-wood;

but no oarsmen or attendant is to be seen. The guest is bidden to

be of good cheer—that the fates will take care of him. The larger

vessel disappears, and he is left alone in the canoe, which lies

apparently motionless in the middle of the lake. While he

considers what course to pursue, however, he becomes aware of a

gentle movement in the fairy bark. It slowly swings itself around

until its prow points toward the sun. It advances with a gentle

but gradually accelerated velocity, while the slight ripples it

creates seem to break about the ivory side in divinest

melody—seem to offer the only possible explanation of the

soothing yet melancholy music for whose unseen origin the

bewildered voyager looks around him in vain.

The canoe steadily proceeds, and the rocky gate of the vista is

approached, so that its depths can be more distinctly seen. To

the right arise a chain of lofty hills rudely and luxuriantly

wooded. It is observed, however, that the trait of exquisite

cleanness where the bank dips into the water, still prevails.

There is not one token of the usual river _débris_. To the left

the character of the scene is softer and more obviously

artificial. Here the bank slopes upward from the stream in a very

gentle ascent, forming a broad sward of grass of a texture

resembling nothing so much as velvet, and of a brilliancy of

green which would bear comparison with the tint of the purest

emerald. This plateau varies in width from ten to three hundred

yards; reaching from the river-bank to a wall, fifty feet high,

which extends, in an infinity of curves, but following the

general direction of the river, until lost in the distance to the

westward. This wall is of one continuous rock, and has been

formed by cutting perpendicularly the once rugged precipice of

the stream’s southern bank, but no trace of the labor has been

suffered to remain. The chiselled stone has the hue of ages, and

is profusely overhung and overspread with the ivy, the coral

honeysuckle, the eglantine, and the clematis. The uniformity of

the top and bottom lines of the wall is fully relieved by

occasional trees of gigantic height, growing singly or in small

groups, both along the plateau and in the domain behind the wall,

but in close proximity to it; so that frequent limbs (of the

black walnut especially) reach over and dip their pendent

extremities into the water. Farther back within the domain, the

vision is impeded by an impenetrable screen of foliage.

These things are observed during the canoe’s gradual approach to

what I have called the gate of the vista. On drawing nearer to

this, however, its chasm-like appearance vanishes; a new outlet

from the bay is discovered to the left—in which direction the

wall is also seen to sweep, still following the general course of

the stream. Down this new opening the eye cannot penetrate very

far; for the stream, accompanied by the wall, still bends to the

left, until both are swallowed up by the leaves.

The boat, nevertheless, glides magically into the winding

channel; and here the shore opposite the wall is found to

resemble that opposite the wall in the straight vista. Lofty

hills, rising occasionally into mountains, and covered with

vegetation in wild luxuriance, still shut in the scene.

Floating gently onward, but with a velocity slightly augmented,

the voyager, after many short turns, finds his progress

apparently barred by a gigantic gate or rather door of burnished

gold, elaborately carved and fretted, and reflecting the direct

rays of the now fast-sinking sun with an effulgence that seems to

wreath the whole surrounding forest in flames. This gate is

inserted in the lofty wall; which here appears to cross the river

at right angles. In a few moments, however, it is seen that the

main body of the water still sweeps in a gentle and extensive

curve to the left, the wall following it as before, while a

stream of considerable volume, diverging from the principal one,

makes its way, with a slight ripple, under the door, and is thus

hidden from sight. The canoe falls into the lesser channel and

approaches the gate. Its ponderous wings are slowly and musically

expanded. The boat glides between them, and commences a rapid

descent into a vast amphitheatre entirely begirt with purple

mountains, whose bases are laved by a gleaming river throughout

the full extent of their circuit. Meantime the whole Paradise of

Arnheim bursts upon the view. There is a gush of entrancing

melody; there is an oppressive sense of strange sweet odor;—there

is a dream-like intermingling to the eye of tall slender Eastern

trees—bosky shrubberies—flocks of golden and crimson

birds—lily-fringed lakes—meadows of violets, tulips, poppies,

hyacinths, and tuberoses—long intertangled lines of silver

streamlets—and, upspringing confusedly from amid all, a mass of

semi-Gothic, semi-Saracenic architecture sustaining itself by

miracle in mid-air, glittering in the red sunlight with a hundred

oriels, minarets, and pinnacles; and seeming the phantom

handiwork, conjointly, of the Sylphs, of the Fairies, of the

Genii and of the Gnomes.

LANDOR’S COTTAGE

A Pendant to “The Domain of Arnheim”

During A pedestrian trip last summer, through one or two of the

river counties of New York, I found myself, as the day declined,

somewhat embarrassed about the road I was pursuing. The land

undulated very remarkably; and my path, for the last hour, had

wound about and about so confusedly, in its effort to keep in the

valleys, that I no longer knew in what direction lay the sweet

village of B——, where I had determined to stop for the night. The

sun had scarcely shone—strictly speaking—during the day, which

nevertheless, had been unpleasantly warm. A smoky mist,

resembling that of the Indian summer, enveloped all things, and

of course, added to my uncertainty. Not that I cared much about

the matter. If I did not hit upon the village before sunset, or

even before dark, it was more than possible that a little Dutch

farmhouse, or something of that kind, would soon make its

appearance—although, in fact, the neighborhood (perhaps on

account of being more picturesque than fertile) was very sparsely

inhabited. At all events, with my knapsack for a pillow, and my

hound as a sentry, a bivouac in the open air was just the thing

which would have amused me. I sauntered on, therefore, quite at

ease—Ponto taking charge of my gun—until at length, just as I had

begun to consider whether the numerous little glades that led

hither and thither, were intended to be paths at all, I was

conducted by one of them into an unquestionable carriage track.

There could be no mistaking it. The traces of light wheels were

evident; and although the tall shrubberies and overgrown

undergrowth met overhead, there was no obstruction whatever

below, even to the passage of a Virginian mountain wagon—the most

aspiring vehicle, I take it, of its kind. The road, however,

except in being open through the wood—if wood be not too weighty

a name for such an assemblage of light trees—and except in the

particulars of evident wheel-tracks—bore no resemblance to any

road I had before seen. The tracks of which I speak were but

faintly perceptible—having been impressed upon the firm, yet

pleasantly moist surface of—what looked more like green Genoese

velvet than any thing else. It was grass, clearly—but grass such

as we seldom see out of England—so short, so thick, so even, and

so vivid in color. Not a single impediment lay in the

wheel-route—not even a chip or dead twig. The stones that once

obstructed the way had been carefully _placed_—not thrown—along

the sides of the lane, so as to define its boundaries at bottom

with a kind of half-precise, half-negligent, and wholly

picturesque definition. Clumps of wild flowers grew everywhere,

luxuriantly, in the interspaces.

What to make of all this, of course I knew not. Here was art

undoubtedly—that did not surprise me—all roads, in the ordinary

sense, are works of art; nor can I say that there was much to

wonder at in the mere excess of art manifested; all that seemed

to have been done, might have been done here—with such natural

“capabilities” (as they have it in the books on Landscape

Gardening)—with very little labor and expense. No; it was not the

amount but the character of the art which caused me to take a

seat on one of the blossomy stones and gaze up and down this

fairy-like avenue for half an hour or more in bewildered

admiration. One thing became more and more evident the longer I

gazed: an artist, and one with a most scrupulous eye for form,

had superintended all these arrangements. The greatest care had

been taken to preserve a due medium between the neat and graceful

on the one hand, and the pittoresque, in the true sense of the

Italian term, on the other. There were few straight, and no long

uninterrupted lines. The same effect of curvature or of color

appeared twice, usually, but not oftener, at any one point of

view. Everywhere was variety in uniformity. It was a piece of

“composition,” in which the most fastidiously critical taste

could scarcely have suggested an emendation.

I had turned to the right as I entered this road, and now,

arising, I continued in the same direction. The path was so

serpentine, that at no moment could I trace its course for more

than two or three paces in advance. Its character did not undergo

any material change.

Presently the murmur of water fell gently upon my ear—and in a

few moments afterward, as I turned with the road somewhat more

abruptly than hitherto, I became aware that a building of some

kind lay at the foot of a gentle declivity just before me. I

could see nothing distinctly on account of the mist which

occupied all the little valley below. A gentle breeze, however,

now arose, as the sun was about descending; and while I remained

standing on the brow of the slope, the fog gradually became

dissipated into wreaths, and so floated over the scene.

As it came fully into view—thus gradually as I describe it—piece

by piece, here a tree, there a glimpse of water, and here again

the summit of a chimney, I could scarcely help fancying that the

whole was one of the ingenious illusions sometimes exhibited

under the name of “vanishing pictures.”

By the time, however, that the fog had thoroughly disappeared,

the sun had made its way down behind the gentle hills, and

thence, as if with a slight chassez to the south, had come again

fully into sight, glaring with a purplish lustre through a chasm

that entered the valley from the west. Suddenly, therefore—and as

if by the hand of magic—this whole valley and every thing in it

became brilliantly visible.

The first _coup d’œil_, as the sun slid into the position

described, impressed me very much as I have been impressed, when

a boy, by the concluding scene of some well-arranged theatrical

spectacle or melodrama. Not even the monstrosity of color was

wanting; for the sunlight came out through the chasm, tinted all

orange and purple; while the vivid green of the grass in the

valley was reflected more or less upon all objects from the

curtain of vapor that still hung overhead, as if loth to take its

total departure from a scene so enchantingly beautiful.

The little vale into which I thus peered down from under the fog

canopy could not have been more than four hundred yards long;

while in breadth it varied from fifty to one hundred and fifty or

perhaps two hundred. It was most narrow at its northern

extremity, opening out as it tended southwardly, but with no very

precise regularity. The widest portion was within eighty yards of

the southern extreme. The slopes which encompassed the vale could

not fairly be called hills, unless at their northern face. Here a

precipitous ledge of granite arose to a height of some ninety

feet; and, as I have mentioned, the valley at this point was not

more than fifty feet wide; but as the visitor proceeded

southwardly from the cliff, he found on his right hand and on his

left, declivities at once less high, less precipitous, and less

rocky. All, in a word, sloped and softened to the south; and yet

the whole vale was engirdled by eminences, more or less high,

except at two points. One of these I have already spoken of. It

lay considerably to the north of west, and was where the setting

sun made its way, as I have before described, into the

amphitheatre, through a cleanly cut natural cleft in the granite

embankment; this fissure might have been ten yards wide at its

widest point, so far as the eye could trace it. It seemed to lead

up, up like a natural causeway, into the recesses of unexplored

mountains and forests. The other opening was directly at the

southern end of the vale. Here, generally, the slopes were

nothing more than gentle inclinations, extending from east to

west about one hundred and fifty yards. In the middle of this

extent was a depression, level with the ordinary floor of the

valley. As regards vegetation, as well as in respect to every

thing else, the scene softened and sloped to the south. To the

north—on the craggy precipice—a few paces from the verge—up

sprang the magnificent trunks of numerous hickories, black

walnuts, and chestnuts, interspersed with occasional oak; and the

strong lateral branches thrown out by the walnuts especially,

spread far over the edge of the cliff. Proceeding southwardly,

the explorer saw, at first, the same class of trees, but less and

less lofty and Salvatorish in character; then he saw the gentler

elm, succeeded by the sassafras and locust—these again by the

softer linden, red-bud, catalpa, and maple—these yet again by

still more graceful and more modest varieties. The whole face of

the southern declivity was covered with wild shrubbery alone—an

occasional silver willow or white poplar excepted. In the bottom

of the valley itself—(for it must be borne in mind that the

vegetation hitherto mentioned grew only on the cliffs or

hillsides)—were to be seen three insulated trees. One was an elm

of fine size and exquisite form: it stood guard over the southern

gate of the vale. Another was a hickory, much larger than the

elm, and altogether a much finer tree, although both were

exceedingly beautiful: it seemed to have taken charge of the

northwestern entrance, springing from a group of rocks in the

very jaws of the ravine, and throwing its graceful body, at an

angle of nearly forty-five degrees, far out into the sunshine of

the amphitheatre. About thirty yards east of this tree stood,

however, the pride of the valley, and beyond all question the

most magnificent tree I have ever seen, unless, perhaps, among

the cypresses of the Itchiatuckanee. It was a triple-stemmed

tulip-tree—the Liriodendron Tulipiferum—one of the natural order

of magnolias. Its three trunks separated from the parent at about

three feet from the soil, and diverging very slightly and

gradually, were not more than four feet apart at the point where

the largest stem shot out into foliage: this was at an elevation

of about eighty feet. The whole height of the principal division

was one hundred and twenty feet. Nothing can surpass in beauty

the form, or the glossy, vivid green of the leaves of the

tulip-tree. In the present instance they were fully eight inches

wide; but their glory was altogether eclipsed by the gorgeous

splendor of the profuse blossoms. Conceive, closely congregated,

a million of the largest and most resplendent tulips! Only thus

can the reader get any idea of the picture I would convey. And

then the stately grace of the clean, delicately-granulated

columnar stems, the largest four feet in diameter, at twenty from

the ground. The innumerable blossoms, mingling with those of

other trees scarcely less beautiful, although infinitely less

majestic, filled the valley with more than Arabian perfumes.

The general floor of the amphitheatre was grass of the same

character as that I had found in the road; if anything, more

deliciously soft, thick, velvety, and miraculously green. It was

hard to conceive how all this beauty had been attained.

I have spoken of two openings into the vale. From the one to the

northwest issued a rivulet, which came, gently murmuring and

slightly foaming, down the ravine, until it dashed against the

group of rocks out of which sprang the insulated hickory. Here,

after encircling the tree, it passed on a little to the north of

east, leaving the tulip tree some twenty feet to the south, and

making no decided alteration in its course until it came near the

midway between the eastern and western boundaries of the valley.

At this point, after a series of sweeps, it turned off at right

angles and pursued a generally southern direction meandering as

it went—until it became lost in a small lake of irregular figure

(although roughly oval), that lay gleaming near the lower

extremity of the vale. This lakelet was, perhaps, a hundred yards

in diameter at its widest part. No crystal could be clearer than

its waters. Its bottom, which could be distinctly seen, consisted

altogether, of pebbles brilliantly white. Its banks, of the

emerald grass already described, rounded, rather than sloped, off

into the clear heaven below; and so clear was this heaven, so

perfectly, at times, did it reflect all objects above it, that

where the true bank ended and where the mimic one commenced, it

was a point of no little difficulty to determine. The trout, and

some other varieties of fish, with which this pond seemed to be

almost inconveniently crowded, had all the appearance of

veritable flying-fish. It was almost impossible to believe that

they were not absolutely suspended in the air. A light birch

canoe that lay placidly on the water, was reflected in its

minutest fibres with a fidelity unsurpassed by the most

exquisitely polished mirror. A small island, fairly laughing with

flowers in full bloom, and affording little more space than just

enough for a picturesque little building, seemingly a

fowl-house—arose from the lake not far from its northern shore—to

which it was connected by means of an inconceivably light-looking

and yet very primitive bridge. It was formed of a single, broad

and thick plank of the tulip wood. This was forty feet long, and

spanned the interval between shore and shore with a slight but

very perceptible arch, preventing all oscillation. From the

southern extreme of the lake issued a continuation of the

rivulet, which, after meandering for, perhaps, thirty yards,

finally passed through the “depression” (already described) in

the middle of the southern declivity, and tumbling down a sheer

precipice of a hundred feet, made its devious and unnoticed way

to the Hudson.

The lake was deep—at some points thirty feet—but the rivulet

seldom exceeded three, while its greatest width was about eight.

Its bottom and banks were as those of the pond—if a defect could

have been attributed, in point of picturesqueness, it was that of

excessive neatness.

The expanse of the green turf was relieved, here and there, by an

occasional showy shrub, such as the hydrangea, or the common

snowball, or the aromatic seringa; or, more frequently, by a

clump of geraniums blossoming gorgeously in great varieties.

These latter grew in pots which were carefully buried in the

soil, so as to give the plants the appearance of being

indigenous. Besides all this, the lawn’s velvet was exquisitely

spotted with sheep—a considerable flock of which roamed about the

vale, in company with three tamed deer, and a vast number of

brilliantly-plumed ducks. A very large mastiff seemed to be in

vigilant attendance upon these animals, each and all.

Along the eastern and western cliffs—where, toward the upper

portion of the amphitheatre, the boundaries were more or less

precipitous—grew ivy in great profusion—so that only here and

there could even a glimpse of the naked rock be obtained. The

northern precipice, in like manner, was almost entirely clothed

by grape-vines of rare luxuriance; some springing from the soil

at the base of the cliff, and others from ledges on its face.

The slight elevation which formed the lower boundary of this

little domain, was crowned by a neat stone wall, of sufficient

height to prevent the escape of the deer. Nothing of the fence

kind was observable elsewhere; for nowhere else was an artificial

enclosure needed:—any stray sheep, for example, which should

attempt to make its way out of the vale by means of the ravine,

would find its progress arrested, after a few yards’ advance, by

the precipitous ledge of rock over which tumbled the cascade that

had arrested my attention as I first drew near the domain. In

short, the only ingress or egress was through a gate occupying a

rocky pass in the road, a few paces below the point at which I

stopped to reconnoitre the scene.

I have described the brook as meandering very irregularly through

the whole of its course. Its two general directions, as I have

said, were first from west to east, and then from north to south.

At the turn, the stream, sweeping backward, made an almost

circular loop, so as to form a peninsula which was very nearly an

island, and which included about the sixteenth of an acre. On

this peninsula stood a dwelling-house—and when I say that this

house, like the infernal terrace seen by Vathek, “etait d’une

architecture inconnue dans les annales de la terre,” I mean,

merely, that its tout ensemble struck me with the keenest sense

of combined novelty and propriety—in a word, of poetry—(for, than

in the words just employed, I could scarcely give, of poetry in

the abstract, a more rigorous definition)—and I do not mean that

merely outre was perceptible in any respect.

In fact nothing could well be more simple—more utterly

unpretending than this cottage. Its marvellous effect lay

altogether in its artistic arrangement as a picture. I could have

fancied, while I looked at it, that some eminent

landscape-painter had built it with his brush.

The point of view from which I first saw the valley, was not

altogether, although it was nearly, the best point from which to

survey the house. I will therefore describe it as I afterwards

saw it—from a position on the stone wall at the southern extreme

of the amphitheatre.

The main building was about twenty-four feet long and sixteen

broad—certainly not more. Its total height, from the ground to

the apex of the roof, could not have exceeded eighteen feet. To

the west end of this structure was attached one about a third

smaller in all its proportions:—the line of its front standing

back about two yards from that of the larger house, and the line

of its roof, of course, being considerably depressed below that

of the roof adjoining. At right angles to these buildings, and

from the rear of the main one—not exactly in the middle—extended

a third compartment, very small—being, in general, one-third less

than the western wing. The roofs of the two larger were very

steep—sweeping down from the ridge-beam with a long concave

curve, and extending at least four feet beyond the walls in

front, so as to form the roofs of two piazzas. These latter

roofs, of course, needed no support; but as they had the air of

needing it, slight and perfectly plain pillars were inserted at

the corners alone. The roof of the northern wing was merely an

extension of a portion of the main roof. Between the chief

building and western wing arose a very tall and rather slender

square chimney of hard Dutch bricks, alternately black and red:—a

slight cornice of projecting bricks at the top. Over the gables

the roofs also projected very much:—in the main building about

four feet to the east and two to the west. The principal door was

not exactly in the main division, being a little to the

east—while the two windows were to the west. These latter did not

extend to the floor, but were much longer and narrower than

usual—they had single shutters like doors—the panes were of

lozenge form, but quite large. The door itself had its upper half

of glass, also in lozenge panes—a movable shutter secured it at

night. The door to the west wing was in its gable, and quite

simple—a single window looked out to the south. There was no

external door to the north wing, and it also had only one window

to the east.

The blank wall of the eastern gable was relieved by stairs (with

a balustrade) running diagonally across it—the ascent being from

the south. Under cover of the widely projecting eave these steps

gave access to a door leading to the garret, or rather loft—for

it was lighted only by a single window to the north, and seemed

to have been intended as a store-room.

The piazzas of the main building and western wing had no floors,

as is usual; but at the doors and at each window, large, flat

irregular slabs of granite lay imbedded in the delicious turf,

affording comfortable footing in all weather. Excellent paths of

the same material—not nicely adapted, but with the velvety sod

filling frequent intervals between the stones, led hither and

thither from the house, to a crystal spring about five paces off,

to the road, or to one or two out-houses that lay to the north,

beyond the brook, and were thoroughly concealed by a few locusts

and catalpas.

Not more than six steps from the main door of the cottage stood

the dead trunk of a fantastic pear-tree, so clothed from head to

foot in the gorgeous bignonia blossoms that one required no

little scrutiny to determine what manner of sweet thing it could

be. From various arms of this tree hung cages of different kinds.

In one, a large wicker cylinder with a ring at top, revelled a

mocking bird; in another an oriole; in a third the impudent

bobolink—while three or four more delicate prisons were loudly

vocal with canaries.

The pillars of the piazza were enwreathed in jasmine and sweet

honeysuckle; while from the angle formed by the main structure

and its west wing, in front, sprang a grape-vine of unexampled

luxuriance. Scorning all restraint, it had clambered first to the

lower roof—then to the higher; and along the ridge of this latter

it continued to writhe on, throwing out tendrils to the right and

left, until at length it fairly attained the east gable, and fell

trailing over the stairs.

The whole house, with its wings, was constructed of the

old-fashioned Dutch shingles—broad, and with unrounded corners.

It is a peculiarity of this material to give houses built of it

the appearance of being wider at bottom than at top—after the

manner of Egyptian architecture; and in the present instance,

this exceedingly picturesque effect was aided by numerous pots of

gorgeous flowers that almost encompassed the base of the

buildings.

The shingles were painted a dull gray; and the happiness with

which this neutral tint melted into the vivid green of the tulip

tree leaves that partially overshadowed the cottage, can readily

be conceived by an artist.

From the position near the stone wall, as described, the

buildings were seen at great advantage—for the southeastern angle

was thrown forward—so that the eye took in at once the whole of

the two fronts, with the picturesque eastern gable, and at the

same time obtained just a sufficient glimpse of the northern

wing, with parts of a pretty roof to the spring-house, and nearly

half of a light bridge that spanned the brook in the near

vicinity of the main buildings.

I did not remain very long on the brow of the hill, although long

enough to make a thorough survey of the scene at my feet. It was

clear that I had wandered from the road to the village, and I had

thus good traveller’s excuse to open the gate before me, and

inquire my way, at all events; so, without more ado, I proceeded.

The road, after passing the gate, seemed to lie upon a natural

ledge, sloping gradually down along the face of the north-eastern

cliffs. It led me on to the foot of the northern precipice, and

thence over the bridge, round by the eastern gable to the front

door. In this progress, I took notice that no sight of the

out-houses could be obtained.

As I turned the corner of the gable, the mastiff bounded towards

me in stern silence, but with the eye and the whole air of a

tiger. I held him out my hand, however, in token of amity—and I

never yet knew the dog who was proof against such an appeal to

his courtesy. He not only shut his mouth and wagged his tail, but

absolutely offered me his paw—afterward extending his civilities

to Ponto.

As no bell was discernible, I rapped with my stick against the

door, which stood half open. Instantly a figure advanced to the

threshold—that of a young woman about twenty-eight years of

age—slender, or rather slight, and somewhat above the medium

height. As she approached, with a certain modest decision of step

altogether indescribable. I said to myself, “Surely here I have

found the perfection of natural, in contradistinction from

artificial grace.” The second impression which she made on me,

but by far the more vivid of the two, was that of enthusiasm. So

intense an expression of romance, perhaps I should call it, or of

unworldliness, as that which gleamed from her deep-set eyes, had

never so sunk into my heart of hearts before. I know not how it

is, but this peculiar expression of the eye, wreathing itself

occasionally into the lips, is the most powerful, if not

absolutely the sole spell, which rivets my interest in woman.

“Romance,” provided my readers fully comprehended what I would

here imply by the word—“romance” and “womanliness” seem to me

convertible terms: and, after all, what man truly loves in woman,

is simply her womanhood. The eyes of Annie (I heard some one from

the interior call her “Annie, darling!”) were “spiritual grey;”

her hair, a light chestnut: this is all I had time to observe of

her.

At her most courteous of invitations, I entered—passing first

into a tolerably wide vestibule. Having come mainly to observe, I

took notice that to my right as I stepped in, was a window, such

as those in front of the house; to the left, a door leading into

the principal room; while, opposite me, an open door enabled me

to see a small apartment, just the size of the vestibule,

arranged as a study, and having a large bow window looking out to

the north.

Passing into the parlor, I found myself with Mr. Landor—for this,

I afterwards found, was his name. He was civil, even cordial in

his manner, but just then, I was more intent on observing the

arrangements of the dwelling which had so much interested me,

than the personal appearance of the tenant.

The north wing, I now saw, was a bed-chamber, its door opened

into the parlor. West of this door was a single window, looking

toward the brook. At the west end of the parlor, were a

fireplace, and a door leading into the west wing—probably a

kitchen.

Nothing could be more rigorously simple than the furniture of the

parlor. On the floor was an ingrain carpet, of excellent

texture—a white ground, spotted with small circular green

figures. At the windows were curtains of snowy white jaconet

muslin: they were tolerably full, and hung decisively, perhaps

rather formally in sharp, parallel plaits to the floor—just to

the floor. The walls were prepared with a French paper of great

delicacy, a silver ground, with a faint green cord running

zig-zag throughout. Its expanse was relieved merely by three of

Julien’s exquisite lithographs a trois crayons, fastened to the

wall without frames. One of these drawings was a scene of

Oriental luxury, or rather voluptuousness; another was a

“carnival piece,” spirited beyond compare; the third was a Greek

female head—a face so divinely beautiful, and yet of an

expression so provokingly indeterminate, never before arrested my

attention.

The more substantial furniture consisted of a round table, a few

chairs (including a large rocking-chair), and a sofa, or rather

“settee;” its material was plain maple painted a creamy white,

slightly interstriped with green; the seat of cane. The chairs

and table were “to match,” but the forms of all had evidently

been designed by the same brain which planned “the grounds;” it

is impossible to conceive anything more graceful.

On the table were a few books; a large, square, crystal bottle of

some novel perfume; a plain ground glass _astral_ (not solar)

lamp with an Italian shade; and a large vase of

resplendently-blooming flowers. Flowers, indeed, of gorgeous

colours and delicate odour formed the sole mere decoration of the

apartment. The fire-place was nearly filled with a vase of

brilliant geranium. On a triangular shelf in each angle of the

room stood also a similar vase, varied only as to its lovely

contents. One or two smaller bouquets adorned the mantel, and

late violets clustered about the open windows.

It is not the purpose of this work to do more than give in

detail, a picture of Mr. Landor’s residence—as I found it. How he

made it what it was—and why—with some particulars of Mr. Landor

himself—may, possibly form the subject of another article.

WILLIAM WILSON

What say of it? what say of CONSCIENCE grim,

That spectre in my path?

—_Chamberlayne’s Pharronida._

Let me call myself, for the present, William Wilson. The fair

page now lying before me need not be sullied with my real

appellation. This has been already too much an object for the

scorn—for the horror—for the detestation of my race. To the

uttermost regions of the globe have not the indignant winds

bruited its unparalleled infamy? Oh, outcast of all outcasts most

abandoned!—to the earth art thou not forever dead? to its honors,

to its flowers, to its golden aspirations?—and a cloud, dense,

dismal, and limitless, does it not hang eternally between thy

hopes and heaven?

I would not, if I could, here or to-day, embody a record of my

later years of unspeakable misery, and unpardonable crime. This

epoch—these later years—took unto themselves a sudden elevation

in turpitude, whose origin alone it is my present purpose to

assign. Men usually grow base by degrees. From me, in an instant,

all virtue dropped bodily as a mantle. From comparatively trivial

wickedness I passed, with the stride of a giant, into more than

the enormities of an Elah-Gabalus. What chance—what one event

brought this evil thing to pass, bear with me while I relate.

Death approaches; and the shadow which foreruns him has thrown a

softening influence over my spirit. I long, in passing through

the dim valley, for the sympathy—I had nearly said for the

pity—of my fellow men. I would fain have them believe that I have

been, in some measure, the slave of circumstances beyond human

control. I would wish them to seek out for me, in the details I

am about to give, some little oasis of fatality amid a wilderness

of error. I would have them allow—what they cannot refrain from

allowing—that, although temptation may have erewhile existed as

great, man was never thus, at least, tempted before—certainly,

never thus fell. And is it therefore that he has never thus

suffered? Have I not indeed been living in a dream? And am I not

now dying a victim to the horror and the mystery of the wildest

of all sublunary visions?

I am the descendant of a race whose imaginative and easily

excitable temperament has at all times rendered them remarkable;

and, in my earliest infancy, I gave evidence of having fully

inherited the family character. As I advanced in years it was

more strongly developed; becoming, for many reasons, a cause of

serious disquietude to my friends, and of positive injury to

myself. I grew self-willed, addicted to the wildest caprices, and

a prey to the most ungovernable passions. Weak-minded, and beset

with constitutional infirmities akin to my own, my parents could

do but little to check the evil propensities which distinguished

me. Some feeble and ill-directed efforts resulted in complete

failure on their part, and, of course, in total triumph on mine.

Thenceforward my voice was a household law; and at an age when

few children have abandoned their leading-strings, I was left to

the guidance of my own will, and became, in all but name, the

master of my own actions.

My earliest recollections of a school-life, are connected with a

large, rambling, Elizabethan house, in a misty-looking village of

England, where were a vast number of gigantic and gnarled trees,

and where all the houses were excessively ancient. In truth, it

was a dream-like and spirit-soothing place, that venerable old

town. At this moment, in fancy, I feel the refreshing chilliness

of its deeply-shadowed avenues, inhale the fragrance of its

thousand shrubberies, and thrill anew with undefinable delight,

at the deep hollow note of the church-bell, breaking, each hour,

with sullen and sudden roar, upon the stillness of the dusky

atmosphere in which the fretted Gothic steeple lay imbedded and

asleep.

It gives me, perhaps, as much of pleasure as I can now in any

manner experience, to dwell upon minute recollections of the

school and its concerns. Steeped in misery as I am—misery, alas!

only too real—I shall be pardoned for seeking relief, however

slight and temporary, in the weakness of a few rambling details.

These, moreover, utterly trivial, and even ridiculous in

themselves, assume, to my fancy, adventitious importance, as

connected with a period and a locality when and where I recognise

the first ambiguous monitions of the destiny which afterwards so

fully overshadowed me. Let me then remember.

The house, I have said, was old and irregular. The grounds were

extensive, and a high and solid brick wall, topped with a bed of

mortar and broken glass, encompassed the whole. This prison-like

rampart formed the limit of our domain; beyond it we saw but

thrice a week—once every Saturday afternoon, when, attended by

two ushers, we were permitted to take brief walks in a body

through some of the neighbouring fields—and twice during Sunday,

when we were paraded in the same formal manner to the morning and

evening service in the one church of the village. Of this church

the principal of our school was pastor. With how deep a spirit of

wonder and perplexity was I wont to regard him from our remote

pew in the gallery, as, with step solemn and slow, he ascended

the pulpit! This reverend man, with countenance so demurely

benign, with robes so glossy and so clerically flowing, with wig

so minutely powdered, so rigid and so vast,—-could this be he

who, of late, with sour visage, and in snuffy habiliments,

administered, ferule in hand, the Draconian laws of the academy?

Oh, gigantic paradox, too utterly monstrous for solution!

At an angle of the ponderous wall frowned a more ponderous gate.

It was riveted and studded with iron bolts, and surmounted with

jagged iron spikes. What impressions of deep awe did it inspire!

It was never opened save for the three periodical egressions and

ingressions already mentioned; then, in every creak of its mighty

hinges, we found a plenitude of mystery—a world of matter for

solemn remark, or for more solemn meditation.

The extensive enclosure was irregular in form, having many

capacious recesses. Of these, three or four of the largest

constituted the play-ground. It was level, and covered with fine

hard gravel. I well remember it had no trees, nor benches, nor

anything similar within it. Of course it was in the rear of the

house. In front lay a small parterre, planted with box and other

shrubs, but through this sacred division we passed only upon rare

occasions indeed—such as a first advent to school or final

departure thence, or perhaps, when a parent or friend having

called for us, we joyfully took our way home for the Christmas or

Midsummer holidays.

But the house!—how quaint an old building was this!—to me how

veritably a palace of enchantment! There was really no end to its

windings—to its incomprehensible subdivisions. It was difficult,

at any given time, to say with certainty upon which of its two

stories one happened to be. From each room to every other there

were sure to be found three or four steps either in ascent or

descent. Then the lateral branches were

innumerable—inconceivable—and so returning in upon themselves,

that our most exact ideas in regard to the whole mansion were not

very far different from those with which we pondered upon

infinity. During the five years of my residence here, I was never

able to ascertain with precision, in what remote locality lay the

little sleeping apartment assigned to myself and some eighteen or

twenty other scholars.

The school-room was the largest in the house—I could not help

thinking, in the world. It was very long, narrow, and dismally

low, with pointed Gothic windows and a ceiling of oak. In a

remote and terror-inspiring angle was a square enclosure of eight

or ten feet, comprising the sanctum, “during hours,” of our

principal, the Reverend Dr. Bransby. It was a solid structure,

with massy door, sooner than open which in the absence of the

“Dominie,” we would all have willingly perished by the _peine

forte et dure_. In other angles were two other similar boxes, far

less reverenced, indeed, but still greatly matters of awe. One of

these was the pulpit of the “classical” usher, one of the

“English and mathematical.” Interspersed about the room, crossing

and recrossing in endless irregularity, were innumerable benches

and desks, black, ancient, and time-worn, piled desperately with

much-bethumbed books, and so beseamed with initial letters, names

at full length, grotesque figures, and other multiplied efforts

of the knife, as to have entirely lost what little of original

form might have been their portion in days long departed. A huge

bucket with water stood at one extremity of the room, and a clock

of stupendous dimensions at the other.

Encompassed by the massy walls of this venerable academy, I

passed, yet not in tedium or disgust, the years of the third

lustrum of my life. The teeming brain of childhood requires no

external world of incident to occupy or amuse it; and the

apparently dismal monotony of a school was replete with more

intense excitement than my riper youth has derived from luxury,

or my full manhood from crime. Yet I must believe that my first

mental development had in it much of the uncommon—even much of

the _outré_. Upon mankind at large the events of very early

existence rarely leave in mature age any definite impression. All

is gray shadow—a weak and irregular remembrance—an indistinct

regathering of feeble pleasures and phantasmagoric pains. With me

this is not so. In childhood I must have felt with the energy of

a man what I now find stamped upon memory in lines as vivid, as

deep, and as durable as the _exergues_ of the Carthaginian

medals.

Yet in fact—in the fact of the world’s view—how little was there

to remember! The morning’s awakening, the nightly summons to bed;

the connings, the recitations; the periodical half-holidays, and

perambulations; the play-ground, with its broils, its pastimes,

its intrigues;—these, by a mental sorcery long forgotten, were

made to involve a wilderness of sensation, a world of rich

incident, an universe of varied emotion, of excitement the most

passionate and spirit-stirring. “_Oh, le bon temps, que ce siècle

de fer!_”

In truth, the ardor, the enthusiasm, and the imperiousness of my

disposition, soon rendered me a marked character among my

schoolmates, and by slow, but natural gradations, gave me an

ascendancy over all not greatly older than myself;—over all with

a single exception. This exception was found in the person of a

scholar, who, although no relation, bore the same Christian and

surname as myself;—a circumstance, in fact, little remarkable;

for, notwithstanding a noble descent, mine was one of those

everyday appellations which seem, by prescriptive right, to have

been, time out of mind, the common property of the mob. In this

narrative I have therefore designated myself as William Wilson,—a

fictitious title not very dissimilar to the real. My namesake

alone, of those who in school phraseology constituted “our set,”

presumed to compete with me in the studies of the class—in the

sports and broils of the play-ground—to refuse implicit belief in

my assertions, and submission to my will—indeed, to interfere

with my arbitrary dictation in any respect whatsoever. If there

is on earth a supreme and unqualified despotism, it is the

despotism of a master-mind in boyhood over the less energetic

spirits of its companions.

Wilson’s rebellion was to me a source of the greatest

embarrassment; the more so as, in spite of the bravado with which

in public I made a point of treating him and his pretensions, I

secretly felt that I feared him, and could not help thinking the

equality which he maintained so easily with myself, a proof of

his true superiority; since not to be overcome cost me a

perpetual struggle. Yet this superiority—even this equality—was

in truth acknowledged by no one but myself; our associates, by

some unaccountable blindness, seemed not even to suspect it.

Indeed, his competition, his resistance, and especially his

impertinent and dogged interference with my purposes, were not

more pointed than private. He appeared to be destitute alike of

the ambition which urged, and of the passionate energy of mind

which enabled me to excel. In his rivalry he might have been

supposed actuated solely by a whimsical desire to thwart,

astonish, or mortify myself; although there were times when I

could not help observing, with a feeling made up of wonder,

abasement, and pique, that he mingled with his injuries, his

insults, or his contradictions, a certain most inappropriate, and

assuredly most unwelcome affectionateness of manner. I could only

conceive this singular behavior to arise from a consummate

self-conceit assuming the vulgar airs of patronage and

protection.

Perhaps it was this latter trait in Wilson’s conduct, conjoined

with our identity of name, and the mere accident of our having

entered the school upon the same day, which set afloat the notion

that we were brothers, among the senior classes in the academy.

These do not usually inquire with much strictness into the

affairs of their juniors. I have before said, or should have

said, that Wilson was not, in the most remote degree, connected

with my family. But assuredly if we had been brothers we must

have been twins; for, after leaving Dr. Bransby’s, I casually

learned that my namesake was born on the nineteenth of January,

1813—and this is a somewhat remarkable coincidence; for the day

is precisely that of my own nativity.

It may seem strange that in spite of the continual anxiety

occasioned me by the rivalry of Wilson, and his intolerable

spirit of contradiction, I could not bring myself to hate him

altogether. We had, to be sure, nearly every day a quarrel in

which, yielding me publicly the palm of victory, he, in some

manner, contrived to make me feel that it was he who had deserved

it; yet a sense of pride on my part, and a veritable dignity on

his own, kept us always upon what are called “speaking terms,”

while there were many points of strong congeniality in our

tempers, operating to awake me in a sentiment which our position

alone, perhaps, prevented from ripening into friendship. It is

difficult, indeed, to define, or even to describe, my real

feelings towards him. They formed a motley and heterogeneous

admixture;—some petulant animosity, which was not yet hatred,

some esteem, more respect, much fear, with a world of uneasy

curiosity. To the moralist it will be unnecessary to say, in

addition, that Wilson and myself were the most inseparable of

companions.

It was no doubt the anomalous state of affairs existing between

us, which turned all my attacks upon him, (and they were many,

either open or covert) into the channel of banter or practical

joke (giving pain while assuming the aspect of mere fun) rather

than into a more serious and determined hostility. But my

endeavours on this head were by no means uniformly successful,

even when my plans were the most wittily concocted; for my

namesake had much about him, in character, of that unassuming and

quiet austerity which, while enjoying the poignancy of its own

jokes, has no heel of Achilles in itself, and absolutely refuses

to be laughed at. I could find, indeed, but one vulnerable point,

and that, lying in a personal peculiarity, arising, perhaps, from

constitutional disease, would have been spared by any antagonist

less at his wit’s end than myself;—my rival had a weakness in the

faucal or guttural organs, which precluded him from raising his

voice at any time above a very low whisper. Of this defect I did

not fail to take what poor advantage lay in my power.

Wilson’s retaliations in kind were many; and there was one form

of his practical wit that disturbed me beyond measure. How his

sagacity first discovered at all that so petty a thing would vex

me, is a question I never could solve; but, having discovered, he

habitually practised the annoyance. I had always felt aversion to

my uncourtly patronymic, and its very common, if not plebeian

praenomen. The words were venom in my ears; and when, upon the

day of my arrival, a second William Wilson came also to the

academy, I felt angry with him for bearing the name, and doubly

disgusted with the name because a stranger bore it, who would be

the cause of its twofold repetition, who would be constantly in

my presence, and whose concerns, in the ordinary routine of the

school business, must inevitably, on account of the detestable

coincidence, be often confounded with my own.

The feeling of vexation thus engendered grew stronger with every

circumstance tending to show resemblance, moral or physical,

between my rival and myself. I had not then discovered the

remarkable fact that we were of the same age; but I saw that we

were of the same height, and I perceived that we were even

singularly alike in general contour of person and outline of

feature. I was galled, too, by the rumor touching a relationship,

which had grown current in the upper forms. In a word, nothing

could more seriously disturb me, (although I scrupulously

concealed such disturbance,) than any allusion to a similarity of

mind, person, or condition existing between us. But, in truth, I

had no reason to believe that (with the exception of the matter

of relationship, and in the case of Wilson himself,) this

similarity had ever been made a subject of comment, or even

observed at all by our schoolfellows. That he observed it in all

its bearings, and as fixedly as I, was apparent; but that he

could discover in such circumstances so fruitful a field of

annoyance, can only be attributed, as I said before, to his more

than ordinary penetration.

His cue, which was to perfect an imitation of myself, lay both in

words and in actions; and most admirably did he play his part. My

dress it was an easy matter to copy; my gait and general manner

were, without difficulty, appropriated; in spite of his

constitutional defect, even my voice did not escape him. My

louder tones were, of course, unattempted, but then the key—it

was identical; _and his singular whisper, it grew the very echo

of my own_.

How greatly this most exquisite portraiture harassed me, (for it

could not justly be termed a caricature,) I will not now venture

to describe. I had but one consolation—in the fact that the

imitation, apparently, was noticed by myself alone, and that I

had to endure only the knowing and strangely sarcastic smiles of

my namesake himself. Satisfied with having produced in my bosom

the intended effect, he seemed to chuckle in secret over the

sting he had inflicted, and was characteristically disregardful

of the public applause which the success of his witty endeavours

might have so easily elicited. That the school, indeed, did not

feel his design, perceive its accomplishment, and participate in

his sneer, was, for many anxious months, a riddle I could not

resolve. Perhaps the gradation of his copy rendered it not so

readily perceptible; or, more possibly, I owed my security to the

master air of the copyist, who, disdaining the letter, (which in

a painting is all the obtuse can see,) gave but the full spirit

of his original for my individual contemplation and chagrin.

I have already more than once spoken of the disgusting air of

patronage which he assumed toward me, and of his frequent

officious interference with my will. This interference often took

the ungracious character of advice; advice not openly given, but

hinted or insinuated. I received it with a repugnance which

gained strength as I grew in years. Yet, at this distant day, let

me do him the simple justice to acknowledge that I can recall no

occasion when the suggestions of my rival were on the side of

those errors or follies so usual to his immature age and seeming

inexperience; that his moral sense, at least, if not his general

talents and worldly wisdom, was far keener than my own; and that

I might, to-day, have been a better, and thus a happier man, had

I less frequently rejected the counsels embodied in those meaning

whispers which I then but too cordially hated and too bitterly

despised.

As it was, I at length grew restive in the extreme under his

distasteful supervision, and daily resented more and more openly

what I considered his intolerable arrogance. I have said that, in

the first years of our connexion as schoolmates, my feelings in

regard to him might have been easily ripened into friendship;

but, in the latter months of my residence at the academy,

although the intrusion of his ordinary manner had, beyond doubt,

in some measure, abated, my sentiments, in nearly similar

proportion, partook very much of positive hatred. Upon one

occasion he saw this, I think, and afterwards avoided, or made a

show of avoiding me.

It was about the same period, if I remember aright, that, in an

altercation of violence with him, in which he was more than

usually thrown off his guard, and spoke and acted with an

openness of demeanor rather foreign to his nature, I discovered,

or fancied I discovered, in his accent, his air, and general

appearance, a something which first startled, and then deeply

interested me, by bringing to mind dim visions of my earliest

infancy—wild, confused and thronging memories of a time when

memory herself was yet unborn. I cannot better describe the

sensation which oppressed me than by saying that I could with

difficulty shake off the belief of my having been acquainted with

the being who stood before me, at some epoch very long ago—some

point of the past even infinitely remote. The delusion, however,

faded rapidly as it came; and I mention it at all but to define

the day of the last conversation I there held with my singular

namesake.

The huge old house, with its countless subdivisions, had several

large chambers communicating with each other, where slept the

greater number of the students. There were, however, (as must

necessarily happen in a building so awkwardly planned,) many

little nooks or recesses, the odds and ends of the structure; and

these the economic ingenuity of Dr. Bransby had also fitted up as

dormitories; although, being the merest closets, they were

capable of accommodating but a single individual. One of these

small apartments was occupied by Wilson.

One night, about the close of my fifth year at the school, and

immediately after the altercation just mentioned, finding every

one wrapped in sleep, I arose from bed, and, lamp in hand, stole

through a wilderness of narrow passages from my own bedroom to

that of my rival. I had long been plotting one of those

ill-natured pieces of practical wit at his expense in which I had

hitherto been so uniformly unsuccessful. It was my intention,

now, to put my scheme in operation, and I resolved to make him

feel the whole extent of the malice with which I was imbued.

Having reached his closet, I noiselessly entered, leaving the

lamp, with a shade over it, on the outside. I advanced a step,

and listened to the sound of his tranquil breathing. Assured of

his being asleep, I returned, took the light, and with it again

approached the bed. Close curtains were around it, which, in the

prosecution of my plan, I slowly and quietly withdrew, when the

bright rays fell vividly upon the sleeper, and my eyes, at the

same moment, upon his countenance. I looked;—and a numbness, an

iciness of feeling instantly pervaded my frame. My breast heaved,

my knees tottered, my whole spirit became possessed with an

objectless yet intolerable horror. Gasping for breath, I lowered

the lamp in still nearer proximity to the face. Were these—these

the lineaments of William Wilson? I saw, indeed, that they were

his, but I shook as if with a fit of the ague in fancying they

were not. What was there about them to confound me in this

manner? I gazed;—while my brain reeled with a multitude of

incoherent thoughts. Not thus he appeared—assuredly not thus—in

the vivacity of his waking hours. The same name! the same contour

of person! the same day of arrival at the academy! And then his

dogged and meaningless imitation of my gait, my voice, my habits,

and my manner! Was it, in truth, within the bounds of human

possibility, that what I now saw was the result, merely, of the

habitual practice of this sarcastic imitation? Awe-stricken, and

with a creeping shudder, I extinguished the lamp, passed silently

from the chamber, and left, at once, the halls of that old

academy, never to enter them again.

After a lapse of some months, spent at home in mere idleness, I

found myself a student at Eton. The brief interval had been

sufficient to enfeeble my remembrance of the events at Dr.

Bransby’s, or at least to effect a material change in the nature

of the feelings with which I remembered them. The truth—the

tragedy—of the drama was no more. I could now find room to doubt

the evidence of my senses; and seldom called up the subject at

all but with wonder at extent of human credulity, and a smile at

the vivid force of the imagination which I hereditarily

possessed. Neither was this species of scepticism likely to be

diminished by the character of the life I led at Eton. The vortex

of thoughtless folly into which I there so immediately and so

recklessly plunged, washed away all but the froth of my past

hours, engulfed at once every solid or serious impression, and

left to memory only the veriest levities of a former existence.

I do not wish, however, to trace the course of my miserable

profligacy here—a profligacy which set at defiance the laws,

while it eluded the vigilance of the institution. Three years of

folly, passed without profit, had but given me rooted habits of

vice, and added, in a somewhat unusual degree, to my bodily

stature, when, after a week of soulless dissipation, I invited a

small party of the most dissolute students to a secret carousal

in my chambers. We met at a late hour of the night; for our

debaucheries were to be faithfully protracted until morning. The

wine flowed freely, and there were not wanting other and perhaps

more dangerous seductions; so that the gray dawn had already

faintly appeared in the east, while our delirious extravagance

was at its height. Madly flushed with cards and intoxication, I

was in the act of insisting upon a toast of more than wonted

profanity, when my attention was suddenly diverted by the

violent, although partial unclosing of the door of the apartment,

and by the eager voice of a servant from without. He said that

some person, apparently in great haste, demanded to speak with me

in the hall.

Wildly excited with wine, the unexpected interruption rather

delighted than surprised me. I staggered forward at once, and a

few steps brought me to the vestibule of the building. In this

low and small room there hung no lamp; and now no light at all

was admitted, save that of the exceedingly feeble dawn which made

its way through the semi-circular window. As I put my foot over

the threshold, I became aware of the figure of a youth about my

own height, and habited in a white kerseymere morning frock, cut

in the novel fashion of the one I myself wore at the moment. This

the faint light enabled me to perceive; but the features of his

face I could not distinguish. Upon my entering he strode

hurriedly up to me, and, seizing me by the arm with a gesture of

petulant impatience, whispered the words “William Wilson!” in my

ear.

I grew perfectly sober in an instant.

There was that in the manner of the stranger, and in the

tremulous shake of his uplifted finger, as he held it between my

eyes and the light, which filled me with unqualified amazement;

but it was not this which had so violently moved me. It was the

pregnancy of solemn admonition in the singular, low, hissing

utterance; and, above all, it was the character, the tone, the

key, of those few, simple, and familiar, yet whispered syllables,

which came with a thousand thronging memories of bygone days, and

struck upon my soul with the shock of a galvanic battery. Ere I

could recover the use of my senses he was gone.

Although this event failed not of a vivid effect upon my

disordered imagination, yet was it evanescent as vivid. For some

weeks, indeed, I busied myself in earnest inquiry, or was wrapped

in a cloud of morbid speculation. I did not pretend to disguise

from my perception the identity of the singular individual who

thus perseveringly interfered with my affairs, and harassed me

with his insinuated counsel. But who and what was this

Wilson?—and whence came he?—and what were his purposes? Upon

neither of these points could I be satisfied; merely

ascertaining, in regard to him, that a sudden accident in his

family had caused his removal from Dr. Bransby’s academy on the

afternoon of the day in which I myself had eloped. But in a brief

period I ceased to think upon the subject; my attention being all

absorbed in a contemplated departure for Oxford. Thither I soon

went; the uncalculating vanity of my parents furnishing me with

an outfit and annual establishment, which would enable me to

indulge at will in the luxury already so dear to my heart,—to vie

in profuseness of expenditure with the haughtiest heirs of the

wealthiest earldoms in Great Britain.

Excited by such appliances to vice, my constitutional temperament

broke forth with redoubled ardor, and I spurned even the common

restraints of decency in the mad infatuation of my revels. But it

were absurd to pause in the detail of my extravagance. Let it

suffice, that among spendthrifts I out-Heroded Herod, and that,

giving name to a multitude of novel follies, I added no brief

appendix to the long catalogue of vices then usual in the most

dissolute university of Europe.

It could hardly be credited, however, that I had, even here, so

utterly fallen from the gentlemanly estate, as to seek

acquaintance with the vilest arts of the gambler by profession,

and, having become an adept in his despicable science, to

practise it habitually as a means of increasing my already

enormous income at the expense of the weak-minded among my

fellow-collegians. Such, nevertheless, was the fact. And the very

enormity of this offence against all manly and honourable

sentiment proved, beyond doubt, the main if not the sole reason

of the impunity with which it was committed. Who, indeed, among

my most abandoned associates, would not rather have disputed the

clearest evidence of his senses, than have suspected of such

courses, the gay, the frank, the generous William Wilson—the

noblest and most liberal commoner at Oxford—him whose follies

(said his parasites) were but the follies of youth and unbridled

fancy—whose errors but inimitable whim—whose darkest vice but a

careless and dashing extravagance?

I had been now two years successfully busied in this way, when

there came to the university a young parvenu nobleman,

Glendinning—rich, said report, as Herodes Atticus—his riches,

too, as easily acquired. I soon found him of weak intellect, and,

of course, marked him as a fitting subject for my skill. I

frequently engaged him in play, and contrived, with the gambler’s

usual art, to let him win considerable sums, the more effectually

to entangle him in my snares. At length, my schemes being ripe, I

met him (with the full intention that this meeting should be

final and decisive) at the chambers of a fellow-commoner, (Mr.

Preston,) equally intimate with both, but who, to do him justice,

entertained not even a remote suspicion of my design. To give to

this a better coloring, I had contrived to have assembled a party

of some eight or ten, and was solicitously careful that the

introduction of cards should appear accidental, and originate in

the proposal of my contemplated dupe himself. To be brief upon a

vile topic, none of the low finesse was omitted, so customary

upon similar occasions that it is a just matter for wonder how

any are still found so besotted as to fall its victim.

We had protracted our sitting far into the night, and I had at

length effected the manoeuvre of getting Glendinning as my sole

antagonist. The game, too, was my favorite _écarté!_ The rest of

the company, interested in the extent of our play, had abandoned

their own cards, and were standing around us as spectators. The

_parvenu_, who had been induced by my artifices in the early part

of the evening, to drink deeply, now shuffled, dealt, or played,

with a wild nervousness of manner for which his intoxication, I

thought, might partially, but could not altogether account. In a

very short period he had become my debtor to a large amount,

when, having taken a long draught of port, he did precisely what

I had been coolly anticipating—he proposed to double our already

extravagant stakes. With a well-feigned show of reluctance, and

not until after my repeated refusal had seduced him into some

angry words which gave a color of pique to my compliance, did I

finally comply. The result, of course, did but prove how entirely

the prey was in my toils: in less than an hour he had quadrupled

his debt. For some time his countenance had been losing the

florid tinge lent it by the wine; but now, to my astonishment, I

perceived that it had grown to a pallor truly fearful. I say to

my astonishment. Glendinning had been represented to my eager

inquiries as immeasurably wealthy; and the sums which he had as

yet lost, although in themselves vast, could not, I supposed,

very seriously annoy, much less so violently affect him. That he

was overcome by the wine just swallowed, was the idea which most

readily presented itself; and, rather with a view to the

preservation of my own character in the eyes of my associates,

than from any less interested motive, I was about to insist,

peremptorily, upon a discontinuance of the play, when some

expressions at my elbow from among the company, and an

ejaculation evincing utter despair on the part of Glendinning,

gave me to understand that I had effected his total ruin under

circumstances which, rendering him an object for the pity of all,

should have protected him from the ill offices even of a fiend.

What now might have been my conduct it is difficult to say. The

pitiable condition of my dupe had thrown an air of embarrassed

gloom over all; and, for some moments, a profound silence was

maintained, during which I could not help feeling my cheeks

tingle with the many burning glances of scorn or reproach cast

upon me by the less abandoned of the party. I will even own that

an intolerable weight of anxiety was for a brief instant lifted

from my bosom by the sudden and extraordinary interruption which

ensued. The wide, heavy folding doors of the apartment were all

at once thrown open, to their full extent, with a vigorous and

rushing impetuosity that extinguished, as if by magic, every

candle in the room. Their light, in dying, enabled us just to

perceive that a stranger had entered, about my own height, and

closely muffled in a cloak. The darkness, however, was now total;

and we could only feel that he was standing in our midst. Before

any one of us could recover from the extreme astonishment into

which this rudeness had thrown all, we heard the voice of the

intruder.

“Gentlemen,” he said, in a low, distinct, and

never-to-be-forgotten whisper which thrilled to the very marrow

of my bones, “Gentlemen, I make no apology for this behaviour,

because in thus behaving, I am but fulfilling a duty. You are,

beyond doubt, uninformed of the true character of the person who

has to-night won at _écarté_ a large sum of money from Lord

Glendinning. I will therefore put you upon an expeditious and

decisive plan of obtaining this very necessary information.

Please to examine, at your leisure, the inner linings of the cuff

of his left sleeve, and the several little packages which may be

found in the somewhat capacious pockets of his embroidered

morning wrapper.”

While he spoke, so profound was the stillness that one might have

heard a pin drop upon the floor. In ceasing, he departed at once,

and as abruptly as he had entered. Can I—shall I describe my

sensations? Must I say that I felt all the horrors of the damned?

Most assuredly I had little time given for reflection. Many hands

roughly seized me upon the spot, and lights were immediately

reprocured. A search ensued. In the lining of my sleeve were

found all the court cards essential in _écarté_, and, in the

pockets of my wrapper, a number of packs, facsimiles of those

used at our sittings, with the single exception that mine were of

the species called, technically, arrondees; the honours being

slightly convex at the ends, the lower cards slightly convex at

the sides. In this disposition, the dupe who cuts, as customary,

at the length of the pack, will invariably find that he cuts his

antagonist an honor; while the gambler, cutting at the breadth,

will, as certainly, cut nothing for his victim which may count in

the records of the game.

Any burst of indignation upon this discovery would have affected

me less than the silent contempt, or the sarcastic composure,

with which it was received.

“Mr. Wilson,” said our host, stooping to remove from beneath his

feet an exceedingly luxurious cloak of rare furs, “Mr. Wilson,

this is your property.” (The weather was cold; and, upon quitting

my own room, I had thrown a cloak over my dressing wrapper,

putting it off upon reaching the scene of play.) “I presume it is

supererogatory to seek here (eyeing the folds of the garment with

a bitter smile) for any farther evidence of your skill. Indeed,

we have had enough. You will see the necessity, I hope, of

quitting Oxford—at all events, of quitting instantly my

chambers.”

Abased, humbled to the dust as I then was, it is probable that I

should have resented this galling language by immediate personal

violence, had not my whole attention been at the moment arrested

by a fact of the most startling character. The cloak which I had

worn was of a rare description of fur; how rare, how

extravagantly costly, I shall not venture to say. Its fashion,

too, was of my own fantastic invention; for I was fastidious to

an absurd degree of coxcombry, in matters of this frivolous

nature. When, therefore, Mr. Preston reached me that which he had

picked up upon the floor, and near the folding doors of the

apartment, it was with an astonishment nearly bordering upon

terror, that I perceived my own already hanging on my arm, (where

I had no doubt unwittingly placed it,) and that the one presented

me was but its exact counterpart in every, in even the minutest

possible particular. The singular being who had so disastrously

exposed me, had been muffled, I remembered, in a cloak; and none

had been worn at all by any of the members of our party with the

exception of myself. Retaining some presence of mind, I took the

one offered me by Preston; placed it, unnoticed, over my own;

left the apartment with a resolute scowl of defiance; and, next

morning ere dawn of day, commenced a hurried journey from Oxford

to the continent, in a perfect agony of horror and of shame.

I fled in vain. My evil destiny pursued me as if in exultation,

and proved, indeed, that the exercise of its mysterious dominion

had as yet only begun. Scarcely had I set foot in Paris ere I had

fresh evidence of the detestable interest taken by this Wilson in

my concerns. Years flew, while I experienced no relief.

Villain!—at Rome, with how untimely, yet with how spectral an

officiousness, stepped he in between me and my ambition! At

Vienna, too—at Berlin—and at Moscow! Where, in truth, had I not

bitter cause to curse him within my heart? From his inscrutable

tyranny did I at length flee, panic-stricken, as from a

pestilence; and to the very ends of the earth I fled in vain.

And again, and again, in secret communion with my own spirit,

would I demand the questions “Who is he?—whence came he?—and what

are his objects?” But no answer was there found. And then I

scrutinized, with a minute scrutiny, the forms, and the methods,

and the leading traits of his impertinent supervision. But even

here there was very little upon which to base a conjecture. It

was noticeable, indeed, that, in no one of the multiplied

instances in which he had of late crossed my path, had he so

crossed it except to frustrate those schemes, or to disturb those

actions, which, if fully carried out, might have resulted in

bitter mischief. Poor justification this, in truth, for an

authority so imperiously assumed! Poor indemnity for natural

rights of self-agency so pertinaciously, so insultingly denied!

I had also been forced to notice that my tormentor, for a very

long period of time, (while scrupulously and with miraculous

dexterity maintaining his whim of an identity of apparel with

myself,) had so contrived it, in the execution of his varied

interference with my will, that I saw not, at any moment, the

features of his face. Be Wilson what he might, this, at least,

was but the veriest of affectation, or of folly. Could he, for an

instant, have supposed that, in my admonisher at Eton—in the

destroyer of my honor at Oxford,—in him who thwarted my ambition

at Rome, my revenge at Paris, my passionate love at Naples, or

what he falsely termed my avarice in Egypt,—that in this, my

arch-enemy and evil genius, could fail to recognise the William

Wilson of my school boy days,—the namesake, the companion, the

rival,—the hated and dreaded rival at Dr. Bransby’s?

Impossible!—But let me hasten to the last eventful scene of the

drama.

Thus far I had succumbed supinely to this imperious domination.

The sentiment of deep awe with which I habitually regarded the

elevated character, the majestic wisdom, the apparent

omnipresence and omnipotence of Wilson, added to a feeling of

even terror, with which certain other traits in his nature and

assumptions inspired me, had operated, hitherto, to impress me

with an idea of my own utter weakness and helplessness, and to

suggest an implicit, although bitterly reluctant submission to

his arbitrary will. But, of late days, I had given myself up

entirely to wine; and its maddening influence upon my hereditary

temper rendered me more and more impatient of control. I began to

murmur,—to hesitate,—to resist. And was it only fancy which

induced me to believe that, with the increase of my own firmness,

that of my tormentor underwent a proportional diminution? Be this

as it may, I now began to feel the inspiration of a burning hope,

and at length nurtured in my secret thoughts a stern and

desperate resolution that I would submit no longer to be

enslaved.

It was at Rome, during the Carnival of 18—, that I attended a

masquerade in the palazzo of the Neapolitan Duke Di Broglio. I

had indulged more freely than usual in the excesses of the

wine-table; and now the suffocating atmosphere of the crowded

rooms irritated me beyond endurance. The difficulty, too, of

forcing my way through the mazes of the company contributed not a

little to the ruffling of my temper; for I was anxiously seeking,

(let me not say with what unworthy motive) the young, the gay,

the beautiful wife of the aged and doting Di Broglio. With a too

unscrupulous confidence she had previously communicated to me the

secret of the costume in which she would be habited, and now,

having caught a glimpse of her person, I was hurrying to make my

way into her presence. At this moment I felt a light hand placed

upon my shoulder, and that ever-remembered, low, damnable

_whisper_ within my ear.

In an absolute phrenzy of wrath, I turned at once upon him who

had thus interrupted me, and seized him violently by the collar.

He was attired, as I had expected, in a costume altogether

similar to my own; wearing a Spanish cloak of blue velvet, begirt

about the waist with a crimson belt sustaining a rapier. A mask

of black silk entirely covered his face.

“Scoundrel!” I said, in a voice husky with rage, while every

syllable I uttered seemed as new fuel to my fury, “scoundrel!

impostor! accursed villain! you shall not—you shall not dog me

unto death! Follow me, or I stab you where you stand!”—and I

broke my way from the ball-room into a small ante-chamber

adjoining, dragging him unresistingly with me as I went.

Upon entering, I thrust him furiously from me. He staggered

against the wall, while I closed the door with an oath, and

commanded him to draw. He hesitated but for an instant; then,

with a slight sigh, drew in silence, and put himself upon his

defence.

The contest was brief indeed. I was frantic with every species of

wild excitement, and felt within my single arm the energy and

power of a multitude. In a few seconds I forced him by sheer

strength against the wainscoting, and thus, getting him at mercy,

plunged my sword, with brute ferocity, repeatedly through and

through his bosom.

At that instant some person tried the latch of the door. I

hastened to prevent an intrusion, and then immediately returned

to my dying antagonist. But what human language can adequately

portray that astonishment, that horror which possessed me at the

spectacle then presented to view? The brief moment in which I

averted my eyes had been sufficient to produce, apparently, a

material change in the arrangements at the upper or farther end

of the room. A large mirror,—so at first it seemed to me in my

confusion—now stood where none had been perceptible before; and,

as I stepped up to it in extremity of terror, mine own image, but

with features all pale and dabbled in blood, advanced to meet me

with a feeble and tottering gait.

Thus it appeared, I say, but was not. It was my antagonist—it was

Wilson, who then stood before me in the agonies of his

dissolution. His mask and cloak lay, where he had thrown them,

upon the floor. Not a thread in all his raiment—not a line in all

the marked and singular lineaments of his face which was not,

even in the most absolute identity, mine own!

It was Wilson; but he spoke no longer in a whisper, and I could

have fancied that I myself was speaking while he said:

_“You have conquered, and I yield. Yet, henceforward art thou

also dead—dead to the World, to Heaven and to Hope! In me didst

thou exist—and, in my death, see by this image, which is thine

own, how utterly thou hast murdered thyself.”_

THE TELL-TALE HEART.

True!—nervous—very, very dreadfully nervous I had been and am;

but why will you say that I am mad? The disease had sharpened my

senses—not destroyed—not dulled them. Above all was the sense of

hearing acute. I heard all things in the heaven and in the earth.

I heard many things in hell. How, then, am I mad? Hearken! and

observe how healthily—how calmly I can tell you the whole story.

It is impossible to say how first the idea entered my brain; but

once conceived, it haunted me day and night. Object there was

none. Passion there was none. I loved the old man. He had never

wronged me. He had never given me insult. For his gold I had no

desire. I think it was his eye! yes, it was this! He had the eye

of a vulture—a pale blue eye, with a film over it. Whenever it

fell upon me, my blood ran cold; and so by degrees—very

gradually—I made up my mind to take the life of the old man, and

thus rid myself of the eye forever.

Now this is the point. You fancy me mad. Madmen know nothing. But

you should have seen me. You should have seen how wisely I

proceeded—with what caution—with what foresight—with what

dissimulation I went to work! I was never kinder to the old man

than during the whole week before I killed him. And every night,

about midnight, I turned the latch of his door and opened it—oh,

so gently! And then, when I had made an opening sufficient for my

head, I put in a dark lantern, all closed, closed, that no light

shone out, and then I thrust in my head. Oh, you would have

laughed to see how cunningly I thrust it in! I moved it

slowly—very, very slowly, so that I might not disturb the old

man’s sleep. It took me an hour to place my whole head within the

opening so far that I could see him as he lay upon his bed.

Ha!—would a madman have been so wise as this? And then, when my

head was well in the room, I undid the lantern cautiously—oh, so

cautiously—cautiously (for the hinges creaked)—I undid it just so

much that a single thin ray fell upon the vulture eye. And this I

did for seven long nights—every night just at midnight—but I

found the eye always closed; and so it was impossible to do the

work; for it was not the old man who vexed me, but his Evil Eye.

And every morning, when the day broke, I went boldly into the

chamber, and spoke courageously to him, calling him by name in a

hearty tone, and inquiring how he has passed the night. So you

see he would have been a very profound old man, indeed, to

suspect that every night, just at twelve, I looked in upon him

while he slept.

Upon the eighth night I was more than usually cautious in opening

the door. A watch’s minute hand moves more quickly than did mine.

Never before that night had I felt the extent of my own powers—of

my sagacity. I could scarcely contain my feelings of triumph. To

think that there I was, opening the door, little by little, and

he not even to dream of my secret deeds or thoughts. I fairly

chuckled at the idea; and perhaps he heard me; for he moved on

the bed suddenly, as if startled. Now you may think that I drew

back—but no. His room was as black as pitch with the thick

darkness, (for the shutters were close fastened, through fear of

robbers,) and so I knew that he could not see the opening of the

door, and I kept pushing it on steadily, steadily.

I had my head in, and was about to open the lantern, when my

thumb slipped upon the tin fastening, and the old man sprang up

in bed, crying out—“Who’s there?”

I kept quite still and said nothing. For a whole hour I did not

move a muscle, and in the meantime I did not hear him lie down.

He was still sitting up in the bed listening;—just as I have

done, night after night, hearkening to the death watches in the

wall.

Presently I heard a slight groan, and I knew it was the groan of

mortal terror. It was not a groan of pain or of grief—oh, no!—it

was the low stifled sound that arises from the bottom of the soul

when overcharged with awe. I knew the sound well. Many a night,

just at midnight, when all the world slept, it has welled up from

my own bosom, deepening, with its dreadful echo, the terrors that

distracted me. I say I knew it well. I knew what the old man

felt, and pitied him, although I chuckled at heart. I knew that

he had been lying awake ever since the first slight noise, when

he had turned in the bed. His fears had been ever since growing

upon him. He had been trying to fancy them causeless, but could

not. He had been saying to himself—“It is nothing but the wind in

the chimney—it is only a mouse crossing the floor,” or “It is

merely a cricket which has made a single chirp.” Yes, he had been

trying to comfort himself with these suppositions: but he had

found all in vain. All in vain; because Death, in approaching him

had stalked with his black shadow before him, and enveloped the

victim. And it was the mournful influence of the unperceived

shadow that caused him to feel—although he neither saw nor

heard—to feel the presence of my head within the room.

When I had waited a long time, very patiently, without hearing

him lie down, I resolved to open a little—a very, very little

crevice in the lantern. So I opened it—you cannot imagine how

stealthily, stealthily—until, at length a single dim ray, like

the thread of the spider, shot from out the crevice and fell full

upon the vulture eye.

It was open—wide, wide open—and I grew furious as I gazed upon

it. I saw it with perfect distinctness—all a dull blue, with a

hideous veil over it that chilled the very marrow in my bones;

but I could see nothing else of the old man’s face or person: for

I had directed the ray as if by instinct, precisely upon the

damned spot.

And have I not told you that what you mistake for madness is but

over-acuteness of the sense?—now, I say, there came to my ears a

low, dull, quick sound, such as a watch makes when enveloped in

cotton. I knew that sound well, too. It was the beating of the

old man’s heart. It increased my fury, as the beating of a drum

stimulates the soldier into courage.

But even yet I refrained and kept still. I scarcely breathed. I

held the lantern motionless. I tried how steadily I could

maintain the ray upon the eye. Meantime the hellish tattoo of the

heart increased. It grew quicker and quicker, and louder and

louder every instant. The old man’s terror must have been

extreme! It grew louder, I say, louder every moment!—do you mark

me well? I have told you that I am nervous: so I am. And now at

the dead hour of the night, amid the dreadful silence of that old

house, so strange a noise as this excited me to uncontrollable

terror. Yet, for some minutes longer I refrained and stood still.

But the beating grew louder, louder! I thought the heart must

burst. And now a new anxiety seized me—the sound would be heard

by a neighbour! The old man’s hour had come! With a loud yell, I

threw open the lantern and leaped into the room. He shrieked

once—once only. In an instant I dragged him to the floor, and

pulled the heavy bed over him. I then smiled gaily, to find the

deed so far done. But, for many minutes, the heart beat on with a

muffled sound. This, however, did not vex me; it would not be

heard through the wall. At length it ceased. The old man was

dead. I removed the bed and examined the corpse. Yes, he was

stone, stone dead. I placed my hand upon the heart and held it

there many minutes. There was no pulsation. He was stone dead.

His eye would trouble me no more.

If still you think me mad, you will think so no longer when I

describe the wise precautions I took for the concealment of the

body. The night waned, and I worked hastily, but in silence.

First of all I dismembered the corpse. I cut off the head and the

arms and the legs.

I then took up three planks from the flooring of the chamber, and

deposited all between the scantlings. I then replaced the boards

so cleverly, so cunningly, that no human eye—not even his—could

have detected any thing wrong. There was nothing to wash out—no

stain of any kind—no blood-spot whatever. I had been too wary for

that. A tub had caught all—ha! ha!

When I had made an end of these labors, it was four o’clock—still

dark as midnight. As the bell sounded the hour, there came a

knocking at the street door. I went down to open it with a light

heart,—for what had I now to fear? There entered three men, who

introduced themselves, with perfect suavity, as officers of the

police. A shriek had been heard by a neighbour during the night;

suspicion of foul play had been aroused; information had been

lodged at the police office, and they (the officers) had been

deputed to search the premises.

I smiled,—for what had I to fear? I bade the gentlemen welcome.

The shriek, I said, was my own in a dream. The old man, I

mentioned, was absent in the country. I took my visitors all over

the house. I bade them search—search well. I led them, at length,

to his chamber. I showed them his treasures, secure, undisturbed.

In the enthusiasm of my confidence, I brought chairs into the

room, and desired them here to rest from their fatigues, while I

myself, in the wild audacity of my perfect triumph, placed my own

seat upon the very spot beneath which reposed the corpse of the

victim.

The officers were satisfied. My manner had convinced them. I was

singularly at ease. They sat, and while I answered cheerily, they

chatted of familiar things. But, ere long, I felt myself getting

pale and wished them gone. My head ached, and I fancied a ringing

in my ears: but still they sat and still chatted. The ringing

became more distinct:—it continued and became more distinct: I

talked more freely to get rid of the feeling: but it continued

and gained definiteness—until, at length, I found that the noise

was not within my ears.

No doubt I now grew _very_ pale;—but I talked more fluently, and

with a heightened voice. Yet the sound increased—and what could I

do? It was a low, dull, quick sound—much such a sound as a watch

makes when enveloped in cotton. I gasped for breath—and yet the

officers heard it not. I talked more quickly—more vehemently; but

the noise steadily increased. I arose and argued about trifles,

in a high key and with violent gesticulations; but the noise

steadily increased. Why would they not be gone? I paced the floor

to and fro with heavy strides, as if excited to fury by the

observations of the men—but the noise steadily increased. Oh God!

what could I do? I foamed—I raved—I swore! I swung the chair upon

which I had been sitting, and grated it upon the boards, but the

noise arose over all and continually increased. It grew

louder—louder—louder! And still the men chatted pleasantly, and

smiled. Was it possible they heard not? Almighty God!—no, no!

They heard!—they suspected!—they knew!—they were making a mockery

of my horror!—this I thought, and this I think. But anything was

better than this agony! Anything was more tolerable than this

derision! I could bear those hypocritical smiles no longer! I

felt that I must scream or die! and now—again!—hark! louder!

louder! louder! _louder!_

“Villains!” I shrieked, “dissemble no more! I admit the

deed!—tear up the planks!—here, here!—It is the beating of his

hideous heart!”

BERENICE

Dicebant mihi sodales, si sepulchrum amicae visitarem, curas meas

aliquar tulum fore levatas.—_Ebn Zaiat_.

Misery is manifold. The wretchedness of earth is multiform.

Overreaching the wide horizon as the rainbow, its hues are as

various as the hues of that arch—as distinct too, yet as

intimately blended. Overreaching the wide horizon as the rainbow!

How is it that from beauty I have derived a type of

unloveliness?—from the covenant of peace, a simile of sorrow? But

as, in ethics, evil is a consequence of good, so, in fact, out of

joy is sorrow born. Either the memory of past bliss is the

anguish of to-day, or the agonies which _are_, have their origin

in the ecstasies which _might have been_.

My baptismal name is Egaeus; that of my family I will not

mention. Yet there are no towers in the land more time-honored

than my gloomy, gray, hereditary halls. Our line has been called

a race of visionaries; and in many striking particulars—in the

character of the family mansion—in the frescos of the chief

saloon—in the tapestries of the dormitories—in the chiselling of

some buttresses in the armory—but more especially in the gallery

of antique paintings—in the fashion of the library chamber—and,

lastly, in the very peculiar nature of the library’s

contents—there is more than sufficient evidence to warrant the

belief.

The recollections of my earliest years are connected with that

chamber, and with its volumes—of which latter I will say no more.

Here died my mother. Herein was I born. But it is mere idleness

to say that I had not lived before—that the soul has no previous

existence. You deny it?—let us not argue the matter. Convinced

myself, I seek not to convince. There is, however, a remembrance

of aerial forms—of spiritual and meaning eyes—of sounds, musical

yet sad—a remembrance which will not be excluded; a memory like a

shadow—vague, variable, indefinite, unsteady; and like a shadow,

too, in the impossibility of my getting rid of it while the

sunlight of my reason shall exist.

In that chamber was I born. Thus awaking from the long night of

what seemed, but was not, nonentity, at once into the very

regions of fairy land—into a palace of imagination—into the wild

dominions of monastic thought and erudition—it is not singular

that I gazed around me with a startled and ardent eye—that I

loitered away my boyhood in books, and dissipated my youth in

reverie; but it _is_ singular that as years rolled away, and the

noon of manhood found me still in the mansion of my fathers—it

_is_ wonderful what stagnation there fell upon the springs of my

life—wonderful how total an inversion took place in the character

of my commonest thought. The realities of the world affected me

as visions, and as visions only, while the wild ideas of the land

of dreams became, in turn, not the material of my every-day

existence, but in very deed that existence utterly and solely in

itself.

Berenice and I were cousins, and we grew up together in my

paternal halls. Yet differently we grew—I, ill of health, and

buried in gloom—she, agile, graceful, and overflowing with

energy; hers, the ramble on the hill-side—mine the studies of the

cloister; I, living within my own heart, and addicted, body and

soul, to the most intense and painful meditation—she, roaming

carelessly through life, with no thought of the shadows in her

path, or the silent flight of the raven-winged hours. Berenice!—I

call upon her name—Berenice!—and from the gray ruins of memory a

thousand tumultuous recollections are startled at the sound! Ah,

vividly is her image before me now, as in the early days of her

light-heartedness and joy! Oh, gorgeous yet fantastic beauty! Oh,

sylph amid the shrubberies of Arnheim! Oh, Naiad among its

fountains! And then—then all is mystery and terror, and a tale

which should not be told. Disease—a fatal disease, fell like the

simoon upon her frame; and, even while I gazed upon her, the

spirit of change swept over her, pervading her mind, her habits,

and her character, and, in a manner the most subtle and terrible,

disturbing even the identity of her person! Alas! the destroyer

came and went!—and the victim—where is she? I knew her not—or

knew her no longer as Berenice.

Among the numerous train of maladies superinduced by that fatal

and primary one which effected a revolution of so horrible a kind

in the moral and physical being of my cousin, may be mentioned as

the most distressing and obstinate in its nature, a species of

epilepsy not unfrequently terminating in _trance_ itself—trance

very nearly resembling positive dissolution, and from which her

manner of recovery was in most instances, startlingly abrupt. In

the mean time my own disease—for I have been told that I should

call it by no other appellation—my own disease, then, grew

rapidly upon me, and assumed finally a monomaniac character of a

novel and extraordinary form—hourly and momently gaining

vigor—and at length obtaining over me the most incomprehensible

ascendancy. This monomania, if I must so term it, consisted in a

morbid irritability of those properties of the mind in

metaphysical science termed the _attentive_. It is more than

probable that I am not understood; but I fear, indeed, that it is

in no manner possible to convey to the mind of the merely general

reader, an adequate idea of that nervous _intensity of interest_

with which, in my case, the powers of meditation (not to speak

technically) busied and buried themselves, in the contemplation

of even the most ordinary objects of the universe.

To muse for long unwearied hours, with my attention riveted to

some frivolous device on the margin, or in the typography of a

book; to become absorbed, for the better part of a summer’s day,

in a quaint shadow falling aslant upon the tapestry or upon the

floor; to lose myself, for an entire night, in watching the

steady flame of a lamp, or the embers of a fire; to dream away

whole days over the perfume of a flower; to repeat, monotonously,

some common word, until the sound, by dint of frequent

repetition, ceased to convey any idea whatever to the mind; to

lose all sense of motion or physical existence, by means of

absolute bodily quiescence long and obstinately persevered in:

such were a few of the most common and least pernicious vagaries

induced by a condition of the mental faculties, not, indeed,

altogether unparalleled, but certainly bidding defiance to

anything like analysis or explanation.

Yet let me not be misapprehended. The undue, earnest, and morbid

attention thus excited by objects in their own nature frivolous,

must not be confounded in character with that ruminating

propensity common to all mankind, and more especially indulged in

by persons of ardent imagination. It was not even, as might be at

first supposed, an extreme condition, or exaggeration of such

propensity, but primarily and essentially distinct and different.

In the one instance, the dreamer, or enthusiast, being interested

by an object usually _not_ frivolous, imperceptibly loses sight

of this object in a wilderness of deductions and suggestions

issuing therefrom, until, at the conclusion of a day-dream _often

replete with luxury_, he finds the _incitamentum_, or first cause

of his musings, entirely vanished and forgotten. In my case, the

primary object was _invariably frivolous_, although assuming,

through the medium of my distempered vision, a refracted and

unreal importance. Few deductions, if any, were made; and those

few pertinaciously returning in upon the original object as a

centre. The meditations were _never_ pleasurable; and, at the

termination of the reverie, the first cause, so far from being

out of sight, had attained that supernaturally exaggerated

interest which was the prevailing feature of the disease. In a

word, the powers of mind more particularly exercised were, with

me, as I have said before, the _attentive_, and are, with the

day-dreamer, the _speculative_.

My books, at this epoch, if they did not actually serve to

irritate the disorder, partook, it will be perceived, largely, in

their imaginative and inconsequential nature, of the

characteristic qualities of the disorder itself. I well remember,

among others, the treatise of the noble Italian, Coelius Secundus

Curio, “_De Amplitudine Beati Regni Dei;_” St. Austin’s great

work, the “City of God;” and Tertullian’s “_De Carne Christi_,”

in which the paradoxical sentence “_Mortuus est Dei filius;

credible est quia ineptum est: et sepultus resurrexit; certum est

quia impossibile est,_” occupied my undivided time, for many

weeks of laborious and fruitless investigation.

Thus it will appear that, shaken from its balance only by trivial

things, my reason bore resemblance to that ocean-crag spoken of

by Ptolemy Hephestion, which steadily resisting the attacks of

human violence, and the fiercer fury of the waters and the winds,

trembled only to the touch of the flower called Asphodel. And

although, to a careless thinker, it might appear a matter beyond

doubt, that the alteration produced by her unhappy malady, in the

_moral_ condition of Berenice, would afford me many objects for

the exercise of that intense and abnormal meditation whose nature

I have been at some trouble in explaining, yet such was not in

any degree the case. In the lucid intervals of my infirmity, her

calamity, indeed, gave me pain, and, taking deeply to heart that

total wreck of her fair and gentle life, I did not fail to

ponder, frequently and bitterly, upon the wonder-working means by

which so strange a revolution had been so suddenly brought to

pass. But these reflections partook not of the idiosyncrasy of my

disease, and were such as would have occurred, under similar

circumstances, to the ordinary mass of mankind. True to its own

character, my disorder revelled in the less important but more

startling changes wrought in the _physical_ frame of Berenice—in

the singular and most appalling distortion of her personal

identity.

During the brightest days of her unparalleled beauty, most surely

I had never loved her. In the strange anomaly of my existence,

feelings with me, _had never been_ of the heart, and my passions

_always were_ of the mind. Through the gray of the early

morning—among the trellised shadows of the forest at noonday—and

in the silence of my library at night—she had flitted by my eyes,

and I had seen her—not as the living and breathing Berenice, but

as the Berenice of a dream; not as a being of the earth, earthy,

but as the abstraction of such a being; not as a thing to admire,

but to analyze; not as an object of love, but as the theme of the

most abstruse although desultory speculation. And _now_—now I

shuddered in her presence, and grew pale at her approach; yet,

bitterly lamenting her fallen and desolate condition, I called to

mind that she had loved me long, and, in an evil moment, I spoke

to her of marriage.

And at length the period of our nuptials was approaching, when,

upon an afternoon in the winter of the year—one of those

unseasonably warm, calm, and misty days which are the nurse of

the beautiful Halcyon (*1),—I sat, (and sat, as I thought,

alone,) in the inner apartment of the library. But, uplifting my

eyes, I saw that Berenice stood before me.

Was it my own excited imagination—or the misty influence of the

atmosphere—or the uncertain twilight of the chamber—or the gray

draperies which fell around her figure—that caused in it so

vacillating and indistinct an outline? I could not tell. She

spoke no word; and I—not for worlds could I have uttered a

syllable. An icy chill ran through my frame; a sense of

insufferable anxiety oppressed me; a consuming curiosity pervaded

my soul; and sinking back upon the chair, I remained for some

time breathless and motionless, with my eyes riveted upon her

person. Alas! its emaciation was excessive, and not one vestige

of the former being lurked in any single line of the contour. My

burning glances at length fell upon the face.

The forehead was high, and very pale, and singularly placid; and

the once jetty hair fell partially over it, and overshadowed the

hollow temples with innumerable ringlets, now of a vivid yellow,

and jarring discordantly, in their fantastic character, with the

reigning melancholy of the countenance. The eyes were lifeless,

and lustreless, and seemingly pupilless, and I shrank

involuntarily from their glassy stare to the contemplation of the

thin and shrunken lips. They parted; and in a smile of peculiar

meaning, _the teeth_ of the changed Berenice disclosed themselves

slowly to my view. Would to God that I had never beheld them, or

that, having done so, I had died!

The shutting of a door disturbed me, and, looking up, I found

that my cousin had departed from the chamber. But from the

disordered chamber of my brain, had not, alas! departed, and

would not be driven away, the white and ghastly _spectrum_ of the

teeth. Not a speck on their surface—not a shade on their

enamel—not an indenture in their edges—but what that period of

her smile had sufficed to brand in upon my memory. I saw them

_now_ even more unequivocally than I beheld them _then_. The

teeth!—the teeth!—they were here, and there, and everywhere, and

visibly and palpably before me; long, narrow, and excessively

white, with the pale lips writhing about them, as in the very

moment of their first terrible development. Then came the full

fury of my _monomania_, and I struggled in vain against its

strange and irresistible influence. In the multiplied objects of

the external world I had no thoughts but for the teeth. For these

I longed with a phrenzied desire. All other matters and all

different interests became absorbed in their single

contemplation. They—they alone were present to the mental eye,

and they, in their sole individuality, became the essence of my

mental life. I held them in every light. I turned them in every

attitude. I surveyed their characteristics. I dwelt upon their

peculiarities. I pondered upon their conformation. I mused upon

the alteration in their nature. I shuddered as I assigned to them

in imagination a sensitive and sentient power, and even when

unassisted by the lips, a capability of moral expression. Of

Mademoiselle Salle it has been well said, “_Que tous ses pas

etaient des sentiments_,” and of Berenice I more seriously

believed _que toutes ses dents etaient des idées_. _Des

idées!_—ah here was the idiotic thought that destroyed me! _Des

idées!_—ah, _therefore_ it was that I coveted them so madly! I

felt that their possession could alone ever restore me to peace,

in giving me back to reason.

And the evening closed in upon me thus—and then the darkness

came, and tarried, and went—and the day again dawned—and the

mists of a second night were now gathering around—and still I sat

motionless in that solitary room—and still I sat buried in

meditation—and still the _phantasma_ of the teeth maintained its

terrible ascendancy, as, with the most vivid hideous

distinctness, it floated about amid the changing lights and

shadows of the chamber. At length there broke in upon my dreams a

cry as of horror and dismay; and thereunto, after a pause,

succeeded the sound of troubled voices, intermingled with many

low moanings of sorrow or of pain. I arose from my seat, and

throwing open one of the doors of the library, saw standing out

in the ante-chamber a servant maiden, all in tears, who told me

that Berenice was—no more! She had been seized with epilepsy in

the early morning, and now, at the closing in of the night, the

grave was ready for its tenant, and all the preparations for the

burial were completed.

I found myself sitting in the library, and again sitting there

alone. It seemed that I had newly awakened from a confused and

exciting dream. I knew that it was now midnight, and I was well

aware, that since the setting of the sun, Berenice had been

interred. But of that dreary period which intervened I had no

positive, at least no definite comprehension. Yet its memory was

replete with horror—horror more horrible from being vague, and

terror more terrible from ambiguity. It was a fearful page in the

record my existence, written all over with dim, and hideous, and

unintelligible recollections. I strived to decypher them, but in

vain; while ever and anon, like the spirit of a departed sound,

the shrill and piercing shriek of a female voice seemed to be

ringing in my ears. I had done a deed—what was it? I asked myself

the question aloud, and the whispering echoes of the chamber

answered me,—“_What was it?_”

On the table beside me burned a lamp, and near it lay a little

box. It was of no remarkable character, and I had seen it

frequently before, for it was the property of the family

physician; but how came it _there_, upon my table, and why did I

shudder in regarding it? These things were in no manner to be

accounted for, and my eyes at length dropped to the open pages of

a book, and to a sentence underscored therein. The words were the

singular but simple ones of the poet Ebn Zaiat:—“_Dicebant mihi

sodales si sepulchrum amicae visitarem, curas meas aliquantulum

fore levatas_.” Why then, as I perused them, did the hairs of my

head erect themselves on end, and the blood of my body become

congealed within my veins?

There came a light tap at the library door—and, pale as the

tenant of a tomb, a menial entered upon tiptoe. His looks were

wild with terror, and he spoke to me in a voice tremulous, husky,

and very low. What said he?—some broken sentences I heard. He

told of a wild cry disturbing the silence of the night—of the

gathering together of the household—of a search in the direction

of the sound; and then his tones grew thrillingly distinct as he

whispered me of a violated grave—of a disfigured body enshrouded,

yet still breathing—still palpitating—_still alive_!

He pointed to garments;—they were muddy and clotted with gore. I

spoke not, and he took me gently by the hand: it was indented

with the impress of human nails. He directed my attention to some

object against the wall. I looked at it for some minutes: it was

a spade. With a shriek I bounded to the table, and grasped the

box that lay upon it. But I could not force it open; and in my

tremor, it slipped from my hands, and fell heavily, and burst

into pieces; and from it, with a rattling sound, there rolled out

some instruments of dental surgery, intermingled with thirty-two

small, white and ivory-looking substances that were scattered to

and fro about the floor.

ELEONORA

Sub conservatione formæ specificæ salva anima.

—_Raymond Lully_.

I am come of a race noted for vigor of fancy and ardor of

passion. Men have called me mad; but the question is not yet

settled, whether madness is or is not the loftiest

intelligence—whether much that is glorious—whether all that is

profound—does not spring from disease of thought—from moods of

mind exalted at the expense of the general intellect. They who

dream by day are cognizant of many things which escape those who

dream only by night. In their gray visions they obtain glimpses

of eternity, and thrill, in awakening, to find that they have

been upon the verge of the great secret. In snatches, they learn

something of the wisdom which is of good, and more of the mere

knowledge which is of evil. They penetrate, however, rudderless

or compassless into the vast ocean of the “light ineffable,” and

again, like the adventures of the Nubian geographer, “agressi

sunt mare tenebrarum, quid in eo esset exploraturi.”

We will say, then, that I am mad. I grant, at least, that there

are two distinct conditions of my mental existence—the condition

of a lucid reason, not to be disputed, and belonging to the

memory of events forming the first epoch of my life—and a

condition of shadow and doubt, appertaining to the present, and

to the recollection of what constitutes the second great era of

my being. Therefore, what I shall tell of the earlier period,

believe; and to what I may relate of the later time, give only

such credit as may seem due, or doubt it altogether, or, if doubt

it ye cannot, then play unto its riddle the Oedipus.

She whom I loved in youth, and of whom I now pen calmly and

distinctly these remembrances, was the sole daughter of the only

sister of my mother long departed. Eleonora was the name of my

cousin. We had always dwelled together, beneath a tropical sun,

in the Valley of the Many-Colored Grass. No unguided footstep

ever came upon that vale; for it lay away up among a range of

giant hills that hung beetling around about it, shutting out the

sunlight from its sweetest recesses. No path was trodden in its

vicinity; and, to reach our happy home, there was need of putting

back, with force, the foliage of many thousands of forest trees,

and of crushing to death the glories of many millions of fragrant

flowers. Thus it was that we lived all alone, knowing nothing of

the world without the valley—I, and my cousin, and her mother.

From the dim regions beyond the mountains at the upper end of our

encircled domain, there crept out a narrow and deep river,

brighter than all save the eyes of Eleonora; and, winding

stealthily about in mazy courses, it passed away, at length,

through a shadowy gorge, among hills still dimmer than those

whence it had issued. We called it the “River of Silence”; for

there seemed to be a hushing influence in its flow. No murmur

arose from its bed, and so gently it wandered along, that the

pearly pebbles upon which we loved to gaze, far down within its

bosom, stirred not at all, but lay in a motionless content, each

in its own old station, shining on gloriously forever.

The margin of the river, and of the many dazzling rivulets that

glided through devious ways into its channel, as well as the

spaces that extended from the margins away down into the depths

of the streams until they reached the bed of pebbles at the

bottom,—these spots, not less than the whole surface of the

valley, from the river to the mountains that girdled it in, were

carpeted all by a soft green grass, thick, short, perfectly even,

and vanilla-perfumed, but so besprinkled throughout with the

yellow buttercup, the white daisy, the purple violet, and the

ruby-red asphodel, that its exceeding beauty spoke to our hearts

in loud tones, of the love and of the glory of God.

And, here and there, in groves about this grass, like

wildernesses of dreams, sprang up fantastic trees, whose tall

slender stems stood not upright, but slanted gracefully toward

the light that peered at noon-day into the centre of the valley.

Their mark was speckled with the vivid alternate splendor of

ebony and silver, and was smoother than all save the cheeks of

Eleonora; so that, but for the brilliant green of the huge leaves

that spread from their summits in long, tremulous lines, dallying

with the Zephyrs, one might have fancied them giant serpents of

Syria doing homage to their sovereign the Sun.

Hand in hand about this valley, for fifteen years, roamed I with

Eleonora before Love entered within our hearts. It was one

evening at the close of the third lustrum of her life, and of the

fourth of my own, that we sat, locked in each other’s embrace,

beneath the serpent-like trees, and looked down within the water

of the River of Silence at our images therein. We spoke no words

during the rest of that sweet day, and our words even upon the

morrow were tremulous and few. We had drawn the God Eros from

that wave, and now we felt that he had enkindled within us the

fiery souls of our forefathers. The passions which had for

centuries distinguished our race, came thronging with the fancies

for which they had been equally noted, and together breathed a

delirious bliss over the Valley of the Many-Colored Grass. A

change fell upon all things. Strange, brilliant flowers,

star-shaped, burn out upon the trees where no flowers had been

known before. The tints of the green carpet deepened; and when,

one by one, the white daisies shrank away, there sprang up in

place of them, ten by ten of the ruby-red asphodel. And life

arose in our paths; for the tall flamingo, hitherto unseen, with

all gay glowing birds, flaunted his scarlet plumage before us.

The golden and silver fish haunted the river, out of the bosom of

which issued, little by little, a murmur that swelled, at length,

into a lulling melody more divine than that of the harp of

Æolus—sweeter than all save the voice of Eleonora. And now, too,

a voluminous cloud, which we had long watched in the regions of

Hesper, floated out thence, all gorgeous in crimson and gold, and

settling in peace above us, sank, day by day, lower and lower,

until its edges rested upon the tops of the mountains, turning

all their dimness into magnificence, and shutting us up, as if

forever, within a magic prison-house of grandeur and of glory.

The loveliness of Eleonora was that of the Seraphim; but she was

a maiden artless and innocent as the brief life she had led among

the flowers. No guile disguised the fervor of love which animated

her heart, and she examined with me its inmost recesses as we

walked together in the Valley of the Many-Colored Grass, and

discoursed of the mighty changes which had lately taken place

therein.

At length, having spoken one day, in tears, of the last sad

change which must befall Humanity, she thenceforward dwelt only

upon this one sorrowful theme, interweaving it into all our

converse, as, in the songs of the bard of Schiraz, the same

images are found occurring, again and again, in every impressive

variation of phrase.

She had seen that the finger of Death was upon her bosom—that,

like the ephemeron, she had been made perfect in loveliness only

to die; but the terrors of the grave to her lay solely in a

consideration which she revealed to me, one evening at twilight,

by the banks of the River of Silence. She grieved to think that,

having entombed her in the Valley of the Many-Colored Grass, I

would quit forever its happy recesses, transferring the love

which now was so passionately her own to some maiden of the outer

and everyday world. And, then and there, I threw myself hurriedly

at the feet of Eleonora, and offered up a vow, to herself and to

Heaven, that I would never bind myself in marriage to any

daughter of Earth—that I would in no manner prove recreant to her

dear memory, or to the memory of the devout affection with which

she had blessed me. And I called the Mighty Ruler of the Universe

to witness the pious solemnity of my vow. And the curse which I

invoked of Him and of her, a saint in Helusion should I prove

traitorous to that promise, involved a penalty the exceeding

great horror of which will not permit me to make record of it

here. And the bright eyes of Eleonora grew brighter at my words;

and she sighed as if a deadly burthen had been taken from her

breast; and she trembled and very bitterly wept; but she made

acceptance of the vow, (for what was she but a child?) and it

made easy to her the bed of her death. And she said to me, not

many days afterward, tranquilly dying, that, because of what I

had done for the comfort of her spirit she would watch over me in

that spirit when departed, and, if so it were permitted her

return to me visibly in the watches of the night; but, if this

thing were, indeed, beyond the power of the souls in Paradise,

that she would, at least, give me frequent indications of her

presence, sighing upon me in the evening winds, or filling the

air which I breathed with perfume from the censers of the angels.

And, with these words upon her lips, she yielded up her innocent

life, putting an end to the first epoch of my own.

Thus far I have faithfully said. But as I pass the barrier in

Time’s path, formed by the death of my beloved, and proceed with

the second era of my existence, I feel that a shadow gathers over

my brain, and I mistrust the perfect sanity of the record. But

let me on.—Years dragged themselves along heavily, and still I

dwelled within the Valley of the Many-Colored Grass; but a second

change had come upon all things. The star-shaped flowers shrank

into the stems of the trees, and appeared no more. The tints of

the green carpet faded; and, one by one, the ruby-red asphodels

withered away; and there sprang up, in place of them, ten by ten,

dark, eye-like violets, that writhed uneasily and were ever

encumbered with dew. And Life departed from our paths; for the

tall flamingo flaunted no longer his scarlet plumage before us,

but flew sadly from the vale into the hills, with all the gay

glowing birds that had arrived in his company. And the golden and

silver fish swam down through the gorge at the lower end of our

domain and bedecked the sweet river never again. And the lulling

melody that had been softer than the wind-harp of Æolus, and more

divine than all save the voice of Eleonora, it died little by

little away, in murmurs growing lower and lower, until the stream

returned, at length, utterly, into the solemnity of its original

silence. And then, lastly, the voluminous cloud uprose, and,

abandoning the tops of the mountains to the dimness of old, fell

back into the regions of Hesper, and took away all its manifold

golden and gorgeous glories from the Valley of the Many-Colored

Grass.

Yet the promises of Eleonora were not forgotten; for I heard the

sounds of the swinging of the censers of the angels; and streams

of a holy perfume floated ever and ever about the valley; and at

lone hours, when my heart beat heavily, the winds that bathed my

brow came unto me laden with soft sighs; and indistinct murmurs

filled often the night air, and once—oh, but once only! I was

awakened from a slumber, like the slumber of death, by the

pressing of spiritual lips upon my own.

But the void within my heart refused, even thus, to be filled. I

longed for the love which had before filled it to overflowing. At

length the valley pained me through its memories of Eleonora, and

I left it for ever for the vanities and the turbulent triumphs of

the world.

I found myself within a strange city, where all things might have

served to blot from recollection the sweet dreams I had dreamed

so long in the Valley of the Many-Colored Grass. The pomps and

pageantries of a stately court, and the mad clangor of arms, and

the radiant loveliness of women, bewildered and intoxicated my

brain. But as yet my soul had proved true to its vows, and the

indications of the presence of Eleonora were still given me in

the silent hours of the night. Suddenly these manifestations they

ceased, and the world grew dark before mine eyes, and I stood

aghast at the burning thoughts which possessed, at the terrible

temptations which beset me; for there came from some far, far

distant and unknown land, into the gay court of the king I

served, a maiden to whose beauty my whole recreant heart yielded

at once—at whose footstool I bowed down without a struggle, in

the most ardent, in the most abject worship of love. What,

indeed, was my passion for the young girl of the valley in

comparison with the fervor, and the delirium, and the

spirit-lifting ecstasy of adoration with which I poured out my

whole soul in tears at the feet of the ethereal Ermengarde?—Oh,

bright was the seraph Ermengarde! and in that knowledge I had

room for none other. Oh, divine was the angel Ermengarde! and as

I looked down into the depths of her memorial eyes, I thought

only of them—and of her.

I wedded—nor dreaded the curse I had invoked; and its bitterness

was not visited upon me. And once—but once again in the silence

of the night; there came through my lattice the soft sighs which

had forsaken me; and they modelled themselves into familiar and

sweet voice, saying:

“Sleep in peace! for the Spirit of Love reigneth and ruleth, and,

in taking to thy passionate heart her who is Ermengarde, thou art

absolved, for reasons which shall be made known to thee in

Heaven, of thy vows unto Eleonora.”

NOTES TO THE SECOND VOLUME

Notes — Scheherazade

(*1) The coralites.

(*2) “One of the most remarkable natural curiosities in Texas is

a petrified forest, near the head of Pasigno river. It consists

of several hundred trees, in an erect position, all turned to

stone. Some trees, now growing, are partly petrified. This is a

startling fact for natural philosophers, and must cause them to

modify the existing theory of petrification.—_Kennedy_.

This account, at first discredited, has since been corroborated

by the discovery of a completely petrified forest, near the head

waters of the Cheyenne, or Chienne river, which has its source in

the Black Hills of the rocky chain.

There is scarcely, perhaps, a spectacle on the surface of the

globe more remarkable, either in a geological or picturesque

point of view than that presented by the petrified forest, near

Cairo. The traveller, having passed the tombs of the caliphs,

just beyond the gates of the city, proceeds to the southward,

nearly at right angles to the road across the desert to Suez, and

after having travelled some ten miles up a low barren valley,

covered with sand, gravel, and sea shells, fresh as if the tide

had retired but yesterday, crosses a low range of sandhills,

which has for some distance run parallel to his path. The scene

now presented to him is beyond conception singular and desolate.

A mass of fragments of trees, all converted into stone, and when

struck by his horse’s hoof ringing like cast iron, is seen to

extend itself for miles and miles around him, in the form of a

decayed and prostrate forest. The wood is of a dark brown hue,

but retains its form in perfection, the pieces being from one to

fifteen feet in length, and from half a foot to three feet in

thickness, strewed so closely together, as far as the eye can

reach, that an Egyptian donkey can scarcely thread its way

through amongst them, and so natural that, were it in Scotland or

Ireland, it might pass without remark for some enormous drained

bog, on which the exhumed trees lay rotting in the sun. The roots

and rudiments of the branches are, in many cases, nearly perfect,

and in some the worm-holes eaten under the bark are readily

recognizable. The most delicate of the sap vessels, and all the

finer portions of the centre of the wood, are perfectly entire,

and bear to be examined with the strongest magnifiers. The whole

are so thoroughly silicified as to scratch glass and are capable

of receiving the highest polish.— _Asiatic Magazine_.

(*3) The Mammoth Cave of Kentucky.

(*4) In Iceland, 1783.

(*5) “During the eruption of Hecla, in 1766, clouds of this kind

produced such a degree of darkness that, at Glaumba, which is

more than fifty leagues from the mountain, people could only find

their way by groping. During the eruption of Vesuvius, in 1794,

at Caserta, four leagues distant, people could only walk by the

light of torches. On the first of May, 1812, a cloud of volcanic

ashes and sand, coming from a volcano in the island of St.

Vincent, covered the whole of Barbadoes, spreading over it so

intense a darkness that, at mid-day, in the open air, one could

not perceive the trees or other objects near him, or even a white

handkerchief placed at the distance of six inches from the

eye._“—Murray, p. 215, Phil. edit._

(*6) In the year 1790, in the Caraccas during an earthquake a

portion of the granite soil sank and left a lake eight hundred

yards in diameter, and from eighty to a hundred feet deep. It was

a part of the forest of Aripao which sank, and the trees remained

green for several months under the water.”—_Murray_, p. 221

(*7) The hardest steel ever manufactured may, under the action of

a blowpipe, be reduced to an impalpable powder, which will float

readily in the atmospheric air.

(*8) The region of the Niger. See Simmona’s _Colonial Magazine_.

(*9) The _Myrmeleon_—lion-ant. The term “monster” is equally

applicable to small abnormal things and to great, while such

epithets as “vast” are merely comparative. The cavern of the

myrmeleon is vast in comparison with the hole of the common red

ant. A grain of silex is also a “rock.”

(*10) The _Epidendron, Flos Aeris,_ of the family of the

_Orchideae_, grows with merely the surface of its roots attached

to a tree or other object, from which it derives no

nutriment—subsisting altogether upon air.

(*11) The _Parasites,_ such as the wonderful _Rafflesia

Arnaldii_.

(*12) _Schouw_ advocates a class of plants that grow upon living

animals—the _Plantae_ _Epizoae_. Of this class are the _Fuci_ and

_Algae_.

_Mr. J. B. Williams, of Salem, Mass._, presented the “National

Institute” with an insect from New Zealand, with the following

description: “‘_The Hotte_, a decided caterpillar, or worm, is

found gnawing at the root of the _Rota_ tree, with a plant

growing out of its head. This most peculiar and extraordinary

insect travels up both the _Rota_ and _Ferriri_ trees, and

entering into the top, eats its way, perforating the trunk of the

trees until it reaches the root, and dies, or remains dormant,

and the plant propagates out of its head; the body remains

perfect and entire, of a harder substance than when alive. From

this insect the natives make a coloring for tattooing.

(*13) In mines and natural caves we find a species of

cryptogamous _fungus_ that emits an intense phosphorescence.

(*14) The orchis, scabius and valisneria.

(*15) The corolla of this flower (_Aristolochia Clematitis_),

which is tubular, but terminating upwards in a ligulate limb, is

inflated into a globular figure at the base. The tubular part is

internally beset with stiff hairs, pointing downwards. The

globular part contains the pistil, which consists merely of a

germen and stigma, together with the surrounding stamens. But the

stamens, being shorter than the germen, cannot discharge the

pollen so as to throw it upon the stigma, as the flower stands

always upright till after impregnation. And hence, without some

additional and peculiar aid, the pollen must necessarily fan down

to the bottom of the flower. Now, the aid that nature has

furnished in this case, is that of the _Tiputa Pennicornis_, a

small insect, which entering the tube of the corrolla in quest of

honey, descends to the bottom, and rummages about till it becomes

quite covered with pollen; but not being able to force its way

out again, owing to the downward position of the hairs, which

converge to a point like the wires of a mouse-trap, and being

somewhat impatient of its confinement it brushes backwards and

forwards, trying every corner, till, after repeatedly traversing

the stigma, it covers it with pollen sufficient for its

impregnation, in consequence of which the flower soon begins to

droop, and the hairs to shrink to the sides of the tube,

effecting an easy passage for the escape of the insect.”—_Rev. P.

Keith-System of Physiological Botany_.

(*16) The bees—ever since bees were—have been constructing their

cells with just such sides, in just such number, and at just such

inclinations, as it has been demonstrated (in a problem involving

the profoundest mathematical principles) are the very sides, in

the very number, and at the very angles, which will afford the

creatures the most room that is compatible with the greatest

stability of structure.

During the latter part of the last century, the question arose

among mathematicians—“to determine the best form that can be

given to the sails of a windmill, according to their varying

distances from the revolving vanes, and likewise from the centres

of the revolution.” This is an excessively complex problem, for

it is, in other words, to find the best possible position at an

infinity of varied distances and at an infinity of points on the

arm. There were a thousand futile attempts to answer the query on

the part of the most illustrious mathematicians, and when at

length, an undeniable solution was discovered, men found that the

wings of a bird had given it with absolute precision ever since

the first bird had traversed the air.

(*17) He observed a flock of pigeons passing betwixt Frankfort

and the Indian territory, one mile at least in breadth; it took

up four hours in passing, which, at the rate of one mile per

minute, gives a length of 240 miles; and, supposing three pigeons

to each square yard, gives 2,230,272,000 Pigeons.—“_Travels in

Canada and the United States,” by Lieut. F. Hall._

(*18) The earth is upheld by a cow of a blue color, having horns

four hundred in number.”—_Sale’s Koran_.

(*19) “The _Entozoa_, or intestinal worms, have repeatedly been

observed in the muscles, and in the cerebral substance of

men.”—See Wyatt’s Physiology, p. 143.

(*20) On the Great Western Railway, between London and Exeter, a

speed of 71 miles per hour has been attained. A train weighing 90

tons was whirled from Paddington to Didcot (53 miles) in 51

minutes.

(*21) The _Eccalobeion_

(*22) Mäelzel’s Automaton Chess-player.

(*23) Babbage’s Calculating Machine.

(*24) _Chabert_, and since him, a hundred others.

(*25) The Electrotype.

(*26) _Wollaston_ made of platinum for the field of views in a

telescope a wire one eighteen-thousandth part of an inch in

thickness. It could be seen only by means of the microscope.

(*27) Newton demonstrated that the retina beneath the influence

of the violet ray of the spectrum, vibrated 900,000,000 of times

in a second.

(*28) Voltaic pile.

(*29) The Electro Telegraph Printing Apparatus.

(*30) The Electro telegraph transmits intelligence

instantaneously—at least at so far as regards any distance upon

the earth.

(*31) Common experiments in Natural Philosophy. If two red rays

from two luminous points be admitted into a dark chamber so as to

fall on a white surface, and differ in their length by 0.0000258

of an inch, their intensity is doubled. So also if the difference

in length be any whole-number multiple of that fraction. A

multiple by 2 1/4, 3 1/4, &c., gives an intensity equal to one

ray only; but a multiple by 2 1/2, 3 1/2, &c., gives the result

of total darkness. In violet rays similar effects arise when the

difference in length is 0.000157 of an inch; and with all other

rays the results are the same—the difference varying with a

uniform increase from the violet to the red.

“Analogous experiments in respect to sound produce analogous

results.”

(*32) Place a platina crucible over a spirit lamp, and keep it a

red heat; pour in some sulphuric acid, which, though the most

volatile of bodies at a common temperature, will be found to

become completely fixed in a hot crucible, and not a drop

evaporates—being surrounded by an atmosphere of its own, it does

not, in fact, touch the sides. A few drops of water are now

introduced, when the acid, immediately coming in contact with the

heated sides of the crucible, flies off in sulphurous acid vapor,

and so rapid is its progress, that the caloric of the water

passes off with it, which falls a lump of ice to the bottom; by

taking advantage of the moment before it is allowed to remelt, it

may be turned out a lump of ice from a red-hot vessel.

(*33) The Daguerreotype.

(*34) Although light travels 167,000 miles in a second, the

distance of 61 Cygni (the only star whose distance is

ascertained) is so inconceivably great, that its rays would

require more than ten years to reach the earth. For stars beyond

this, 20—or even 1000 years—would be a moderate estimate. Thus,

if they had been annihilated 20, or 1000 years ago, we might

still see them to-day by the light which started from their

surfaces 20 or 1000 years in the past time. That many which we

see daily are really extinct, is not impossible—not even

improbable.

Notes—Maelstrom

(*1) See Archimedes, “_De Incidentibus in Fluido_.”—lib. 2.

Notes—Island of the Fay

(*1) Moraux is here derived from moeurs, and its meaning is

“fashionable” or more strictly “of manners.”

(*2) Speaking of the tides, Pomponius Mela, in his treatise “De

Situ Orbis,” says “either the world is a great animal, or” etc

(*3) Balzac—in substance—I do not remember the words

(*4) Florem putares nare per liquidum aethera.—P. Commire.

Notes — Domain of Arnheim

(*1) An incident, similar in outline to the one here imagined,

occurred, not very long ago, in England. The name of the

fortunate heir was Thelluson. I first saw an account of this

matter in the “Tour” of Prince Puckler Muskau, who makes the sum

inherited _ninety millions of pounds_, and justly observes that

“in the contemplation of so vast a sum, and of the services to

which it might be applied, there is something even of the

sublime.” To suit the views of this article I have followed the

Prince’s statement, although a grossly exaggerated one. The germ,

and in fact, the commencement of the present paper was published

many years ago—previous to the issue of the first number of Sue’s

admirable _Juif Errant_, which may possibly have been suggested

to him by Muskau’s account.

Notes—Berenice

(*1) For as Jove, during the winter season, gives twice seven

days of warmth, men have called this element and temperate time

the nurse of the beautiful Halcyon—_Simonides_

V